Revisions to the Continuous Emissions Monitoring Rule for the Acid Rain Program, NOX, 4312-4377 [E7-25071]
Download as PDF
4312
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
[EPA–HQ–OAR–2005–0132; FRL–8511–1]
incorporated by reference. These
revisions do not impose significant new
requirements upon sources with regard
to monitoring or quality assurance
activities.
Friday, excluding legal holidays. The
telephone number for the Public
Reading Room is (202) 566–1744, and
the telephone number for the Air and
Radiation Docket is (202) 566–1742.
RIN 2060–AN16
DATES:
This final rule is effective on
January 24, 2008, for good cause found
as explained in this rule.
The incorporation by reference of
certain publications listed in the rule is
approved by the Director of the Federal
Register as of January 24, 2008, for good
cause found as explained in this rule.
ADDRESSES: The EPA has established a
docket for this action under Docket ID
No. EPA–HQ–OAR–2005–0132. All
documents in the docket are listed in
the www.regulations.gov index.
Although listed in the index, some
information is not publicly available,
e.g., CBI or other information whose
disclosure is restricted by statute.
Certain other material, such as
copyrighted material, will be publicly
available only in hard copy. Publicly
available docket materials are available
either electronically in
www.regulations.gov or in hard copy at
the Air and Radiation Docket, EPA/DC,
EPA West Building, EPA Headquarters
Library, Room 3334, 1301 Constitution
Avenue, NW., Washington, DC. The
Public Reading Room is open from 8:30
a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Matthew Boze, Clean Air Markets
Division, U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Clean Air Markets Division, MC
6204J, Ariel Rios Building, 1200
Pennsylvania Ave., NW., Washington,
DC 20460, telephone (202) 343–9211, email at boze.matthew@epa.gov.
Electronic copies of this document can
be accessed through the EPA Web site
at: https://www.epa.gov/airmarkets.
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
AGENCY
40 CFR Parts 72 and 75
Revisions to the Continuous
Emissions Monitoring Rule for the
Acid Rain Program, NOX Budget
Trading Program, Clean Air Interstate
Rule, and the Clean Air Mercury Rule
Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA).
ACTION: Final rule.
AGENCY:
SUMMARY: EPA is finalizing rule
revisions that modify existing
requirements for sources affected by the
federally administered emission trading
programs including the NOX Budget
Trading Program, the Acid Rain
Program, the Clean Air Interstate Rule,
and the Clean Air Mercury Rule.
The revisions are prompted primarily
by changes being implemented by EPA’s
Clean Air Markets Division in its data
systems in order to utilize the latest
modern technology for the submittal of
data by affected sources. Other revisions
address issues that have been raised
during program implementation, fix
specific inconsistencies in rule
provisions, or update sources
Regulated
Entities. Entities regulated by this action
primarily are fossil fuel-fired boilers,
turbines, and combined cycle units that
serve generators that produce electricity,
generate steam, or cogenerate electricity
and steam. Some trading programs
include process sources, such as process
heaters or cement kilns. Although Part
75 primarily regulates the electric utility
industry, certain State and Federal NOX
mass emission trading programs rely on
subpart H of Part 75, and those
programs may include boilers, turbines,
combined cycle, and certain process
units from other industries. Regulated
categories and entities include:
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
NAICS code
Examples of potentially regulated industries
Industry ................................
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Category
221112 and others .............
Electric service providers Process sources with large boilers, turbines, combined
cycle units, process heaters, or cement kilns where emissions exhaust through a
stack.
This table is not intended to be
exhaustive, but rather to provide a guide
for readers regarding entities likely to be
regulated by this action. This table lists
the types of entities which EPA is now
aware could potentially be regulated by
this action. Other types of entities not
listed in this table could also be
regulated. To determine whether your
facility, company, business,
organization, etc., is regulated by this
action, you should carefully examine
the applicability provisions in §§ 72.6,
72.7, and 72.8 of title 40 of the Code of
Federal Regulations and in 40 CFR Parts
96 and 97. If you have questions
regarding the applicability of this action
to a particular entity, consult the person
listed in the preceding FOR FURTHER
INFORMATION CONTACT section.
World Wide Web (WWW). In addition
to being available in the docket, an
electronic copy of the final rule is also
available on the WWW through the
Technology Transfer Network Web site
(TTN Web). Following signature, a copy
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
of the rule will be posted on the TTN’s
policy and guidance page for newly
proposed or promulgated rules at
https://www.epa.gov/ttn/oarpg. The TTN
provides information and technology
exchange in various areas of air
pollution control.
Judicial Review. Under CAA section
307(b), judicial review of this final
action is available only by filing a
petition for review in the U.S. Court of
Appeals for the District of Columbia
Circuit on or before March 24, 2008.
Under CAA section 307(d)(7)(B), only
those objections to the final rule that
were raised with specificity during the
period for public comment may be
raised during judicial review. Moreover,
under CAA section 307(b)(2), the
requirements established by today’s
final rule may not be challenged
separately in any civil or criminal
proceedings brought by EPA to enforce
these requirements. Section 307(d)(7)(B)
also provides a mechanism for the EPA
to convene a proceeding for
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
reconsideration if the petitioner
demonstrates that it was impracticable
to raise an objection during the public
comment period or if the grounds for
such objection arose after the comment
period (but within the time for judicial
review) and if the objection is of central
relevance to the rule. Any person
seeking to make such a demonstration to
EPA should submit a Petition for
Reconsideration, clearly labeled as such,
to the Office of the Administrator, U.S.
EPA, Room 3000, Ariel Rios Building,
1200 Pennsylvania Ave., Washington,
DC 20460, with a copy to the Associate
General Counsel for the Air and
Radiation Law Office, Office of General
Counsel, Mail Code 2344A, U.S. EPA,
1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW.,
Washington, DC 20460.
Outline
I. Detailed Discussion of Rule Revisions
A. Rule Definitions
B. General Monitoring Provisions
C. Certification Requirements
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
D. Missing Data Substitution
E. Recordkeeping and Reporting
F. Subpart H (NOX Mass Emissions)
G. Subpart I (Hg Mass Emissions)
H. Appendix A
I. Appendix B
J. Appendix D
K. Appendix E
L. Appendix F
M. Appendix G
N. Appendix K
O. Other Rule Revisions
II. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews
A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory
Planning and Review
B. Paperwork Reduction Act
C. Regulatory Flexibility Act
D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
E. Executive Order: 13132: Federalism
F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation
and Coordination With Indian Tribal
Governments
G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of
Children From Environmental Health
and Safety Risks
H. Executive Order 13211: Actions That
Significantly Affect Energy Supply,
Distribution, or Use
I. National Technology Transfer and
Advancement Act
J. Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions
To Address Environmental Justice in
Minority Populations and Low-Income
Populations
K. Congressional Review Act
L. Petition for Judicial Review
M. Determination Under Section 307(d)
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
I. Detailed Discussion of Rule Revisions
EPA is in the process of reengineering the data systems associated
with the collection and processing of
emissions, monitoring plan, quality
assurance, and certification data. The reengineering project includes the
creation of a client tool, provided by
EPA that sources will use to evaluate
and submit their Part 75 monitoring
data. This process change will enable
sources to assess the quality of their
data prior to submitting the data using
EPA established checking criteria. The
process will also allow sources to report
their data directly to a database. Having
the data in a true database will allow the
Agency to implement and assess the
program more efficiently and will
streamline access to the data. Also, this
database structure will enable EPA to
implement process changes that will
reduce the redundant reporting of
certain types of data. The re-engineered
systems will be supported by a new
extensible markup language (XML) data
format that will replace the record type/
column format currently used by EPA to
collect electronic data. EPA intends to
transition existing sources to the new
XML electronic data report (XML–EDR)
format during the 2008 reporting year.
For sources reporting in 2008 for the
first time, the new XML–EDR format
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
should be used. All sources will be
required to use the new process
beginning in 2009.
Therefore, EPA finds good cause to
determine that the final rule is effective
on January 24, 2008. EPA normally
issues final regulations with at least a
30-day effective date after Federal
Register publication. However, this
provision of the rule which pertains to
the re-engineering of the Clean Air
Markets Division’s data systems and to
implementation of the Clean Air
Mercury Regulation (CAMR), must be
effective by January 1, 2008. Today’s
rule allows sources the option of
reporting emissions data in the new
XML data reporting format in 2008, one
year before the use of XML becomes
mandatory. The final rule provides the
necessary record keeping and reporting
requirements to support the XML
format. Second, sources subject to
CAMR are required to install and certify
continuous mercury (Hg) monitoring
systems by January 1, 2009. To meet this
deadline, companies with multiple
CAMR-affected units will begin monitor
certification testing in the first quarter of
2008. As described in Sections I.C.3 and
I.O.3., today’s rule adds two recentlypublished Hg test methods, i.e.,
Methods 30A and 30B, to Part 75 as
alternatives to the Ontario Hydro
Method. For many sources, 30A and
30B will be the test methods of choice.
Third, as discussed in Section I.A.,
today’s rule defers until January 1, 2010
the requirement for the calibration
standards used to certify Hg continuous
emission monitoring systems (CEMS)
under CAMR to be traceable to the
National Institute of Standards and
Technology (NIST). Fourth, for CAMR
units that seek to qualify as low mass
emitting units under § 75.81, Hg
emission testing is required in 2008. As
discussed in Section G.2., today’s rule
adds considerable flexibility to the way
in which this testing is conducted,
particularly for common stack
configurations and groups of identical
units. The use of Methods 30A and 30B
for this testing is also desirable. Absent
this determination of good cause,
sources would not be able to begin
scheduled monitoring certification
activities until the necessary provisions
of this rule became effective. A thirty
day delay would significantly decrease
the overall amount of time available for
industry to comply with the
certification deadline of January 1, 2009.
Such a delay could result in sources not
being able to meet the certification
deadline, since industry would lose
some of its ability to spread utilization
of various certification resources (i.e.,
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4313
test teams, equipment, and vendor
support) over the entire course of 2008.
For these reasons, EPA believes it has
good cause to expedite the effective date
of this final rule.
A. Rule Definitions
Background
EPA proposed to add several new
definitions to Part 72, including
definitions for: ‘‘Long-term cold
storage’’ (to mean the complete
shutdown of a unit intended to last for
at least two calendar years); ‘‘EPA
Protocol Gas Verification Program’’ (to
support the proposed calibration gas
audit program); ‘‘Air Emission Testing
Body (AETB)’’ and ‘‘Qualified
Individual’’ (to support the proposed
stack tester accreditation program).
EPA also proposed to modify the
definitions of ‘‘Capacity factor’’, ‘‘EPA
protocol gas,’’ and ‘‘Excepted
monitoring system’’, and to remove the
definition of ‘‘Calibration gas’’ and
related definitions describing the
various types of gas standards that are
classified as calibration gas.
Summary of Rule Changes
All of the proposed new and modified
definitions have been finalized without
substantive changes. However, one
commenter cautioned that removing the
definitions of the calibration gas
standards from Part 72 might have
consequences that could necessitate
further rule revisions. In view of this,
the Agency reconsidered these proposed
changes and the final rule retains all but
one of the definitions. The definition of
‘‘Research gas material’’ was found to be
identical to the definition of ‘‘Research
gas mixture’’ and has been removed
from the rule.
Further, for consistency with Method
30A, the new instrumental reference
method for mercury (Hg) (which, as
noted in sections I.C.3 and I.O.3 of this
preamble has been added to the list of
acceptable Hg reference methods in
§ 75.22), and in light of other changes in
today’s rule related to the certification
of Hg monitoring systems, EPA is
adding definitions of ‘‘NIST traceable
elemental Hg standards’’ and ‘‘NIST
traceable source of oxidized Hg’’ to
§ 72.2. These definitions pertain to Hg
calibration gas standards and are
deemed necessary for implementation of
the continuous monitoring requirements
of the Clean Air Mercury Regulation
(CAMR).
Affected units under CAMR are
required to install and certify Part 75compliant Hg monitoring systems by
January 1, 2009. To meet this
requirement, the vast majority of the
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
4314
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
certification testing will be performed in
2008. When CAMR was first proposed,
only one reference test method (the
Ontario Hydro (OH) Method) was
prescribed for the relative accuracy test
audits (RATAs) of the required Hg
monitoring systems. However, the OH
method is wet chemistry-based, and is
both difficult and expensive to perform.
Also, the laboratory analysis required to
obtain the test results can take a week
or more, making the OH method
incompatible with the Hg emissions
trading program described in the CAMR
model rule.
In a cap and trade program, the RATA
results must be known while the test
team is still on-site, so that any
necessary corrective actions can be
taken and retesting performed without
delay. With the OH method, if the
results of the lab analysis indicate a
RATA failure, a retest must be
rescheduled and the Hg monitoring
system is considered out-of-control until
a subsequent RATA is passed. This can
result in an extended missing data
period and loss of Hg allowances.
Thus, it became apparent during the
CAMR rulemaking that an alternative to
the OH method was needed. An
instrumental Hg reference method was
put forth as the logical choice, because
it would provide real-time Hg
concentration data, allowing the RATA
results to be known on the day of the
test. When CAMR was published on
May 18, 2005, EPA stated its intention
to ‘‘propose and promulgate’’ an
instrumental Hg reference method (see
70 FR 28636). In support of the final
CAMR rule, Hg monitoring provisions
were added to Part 75. Among these was
an amendment to § 75.22, allowing the
use of either the OH method or an
‘‘instrumental reference method * * *
subject to the approval of the
Administrator’’ for the certification
testing of Hg continuous monitoring
systems. Method 30A was published on
September 7, 2007 in a direct-final
rulemaking, and became effective on
November 6, 2007 (see 72 FR 51494).
Method 30A represents the fulfillment
of the Agency’s commitment to publish
an instrumental reference method for
Hg.
One of the most important Part 75
requirements for the certification of Hg
continuous emission monitoring
systems (CEMS) is that the
concentrations of the elemental and
oxidized Hg calibration gas standards
used for the 7-day calibration error tests,
linearity checks, and system integrity
checks of the CEMS must be traceable
to the National Institute of Standards
and Technology (NIST) (see Part 75,
Appendix A, Section 5.1.9). This NIST
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
traceability requirement for Hg
standards is modeled after the NIST
traceability requirements in Section 5 of
Appendix A for SO2, NOX, and diluent
gas (CO2 and O2) calibration gas
standards.
For the SO2, NOX, CO2, and O2
compressed gas standards used in Part
75 applications, ‘‘NIST traceability’’
means that the calibration gases have
been prepared according to the EPAapproved protocol cited in Section 5.1.4
of Appendix A. Further, § 75.22(c)(1)
requires NIST-traceable gas standards to
be used to calibrate the instrumental
reference methods used for relative
accuracy testing of SO2, NOX, CO2, and
O2 CEMS (i.e., Methods 6C, 7E and 3A).
Prior to today’s rulemaking, no NIST
traceability protocols for Hg calibration
standards were referenced in Part 75.
The new definitions of ‘‘NIST traceable
elemental Hg standards’’ and ‘‘NIST
traceable source of oxidized Hg’’
address this deficiency and cite the EPA
protocols that must be followed to
ensure that the elemental and oxidized
Hg standards are traceable to NIST.
However, these protocols, which are
referenced in Section 16.0 of Method
30A, are not yet fully developed, and
are not expected to be ready for use
until the latter part of 2008. A
cooperative field demonstration
program that will include
representatives from EPA, NIST,
industry, equipment vendors, and other
key personnel is planned for the coming
months, to gather the data necessary to
refine and finalize the traceability
protocols. Once these traceability
protocols are finalized, they will be
posted on the Agency’s Technology
Transfer Network Web site (https://
www.epa.gov/ttn/emc/) and on the
Agency’s Clean Air Markets Division
Web site (https://www.epa.gov/
airmarkets/).
In view of this, EPA is temporarily
deferring (until January 1, 2010) the
requirement for elemental and oxidized
Hg standards to be NIST traceable. The
deferral affects both initial certifications
of the CEMS and routine qualityassurance tests of the CEMS performed
prior to January 1, 2010. Note that only
the NIST traceability requirement for
the Hg calibration standards is being
waived, not the requirement to perform
the calibration error tests, linearity
checks, and system integrity checks of
the Hg monitoring systems by January 1,
2009.
Beginning on January 1, 2010, all
daily calibration error tests, linearity
checks, and system integrity checks of
Hg CEMS must be performed using
NIST traceable elemental and oxidized
Hg calibration standards, as defined in
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
§ 72.2. Section 5.1.9 of Appendix A to
Part 75 has been revised to reflect this.
In view of this, EPA strongly
recommends that in 2009, all CAMRaffected sources should take the
necessary steps to ensure that the NIST
traceability requirement is met. In most
cases, this will involve the certification
of elemental and oxidized Hg
generators, according to the traceability
protocols. If a source elects to perform
daily calibrations and/or linearity
checks using compressed gas cylinders
instead of an elemental Hg generator,
the owner or operator will have to
obtain cylinder gases that conform to
the EPA traceability protocol for gaseous
calibration standards.
Finally, note that EPA is conditionally
allowing Method 30A to be used for Part
75 Hg emission testing and RATA
applications prior to finalization of the
traceability protocols in section 16.0 of
the method. The condition is that
interim traceability protocols are
developed and posted on the Agency’s
Technology Transfer Network Web site
(https://www.epa.gov/ttn/emc/), as
‘‘broadly applicable alternative test
method approvals’’ that will expire
when the final protocols are issued.
EPA’s authority to approve such test
method alternatives is described in 72
FR 4257, January 30, 2007.
EPA believes that a phased-in
approach to NIST traceability is
appropriate and necessary, in light of
the additional time needed to finalize
the traceability protocols and the time
required for the affected sources and
equipment vendors to set up the
necessary infrastructure to implement
the protocols. The Agency also believes
that this approach will not compromise
the quality of the data for the emissions
trading program under CAMR, since in
2010, the first year in which Hg
emissions count against allowances
held, NIST traceability of the Hg
calibration standards is mandatory.
B. General Monitoring Provisions
1. Update of Incorporation by Reference
(§ 75.6)
Background
Section 75.6 identifies a number of
methods and other standards that are
incorporated by reference into Part 75.
This section includes standards
published by the American Society for
Testing and Materials (ASTM), the
American Society of Mechanical
Engineers (ASME), the American
National Standards Institute (ANSI), the
Gas Processors Association (GPA), and
the American Petroleum Institute (API).
EPA proposed changes to § 75.6 that
would reflect the need to incorporate
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
recent updates for many of the
referenced standards. The proposed
revisions would recognize or adhere to
these newer standards by updating
references for the standards listed in
§§ 75.6(a) through 75.6(f). Additionally,
new §§ 75.6(a)(45) through 75.6(a)(48)
and 75.6(f)(4) would incorporate by
reference additional ASTM and API
standards that are relevant to Part 75
implementation.
Summary of Rule Changes
The updates and additions to § 75.6
have been finalized as proposed. One
commenter requested that an additional
ASTM method for analyzing the sulfur
content of low-sulfur fuel oil, i.e.,
ASTM D5453–06, ‘‘Standard Test
Method for Determination of Total
Sulfur in Light Hydrocarbons, Spark
Ignition Engine Fuel, Diesel Engine
Fuel, and Engine Oil by Ultraviolet
Fluorescence’’, be added to the list of
acceptable methods in § 75.6. This
method has been incorporated by
reference as § 75.6(a)(49) and has been
added to section 2.2.5 of Appendix D.
2. Default Emission Rates for Low Mass
Emissions (LME) Units
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Background
EPA proposed to allow LME units to
use site-specific default SO2 emission
rates for fuel oil combustion, in lieu of
using the ‘‘generic’’ default SO2
emission rates specified in Table LM–1
of § 75.19. To use this option, a federally
enforceable permit condition would
have to be in place for the unit, limiting
the sulfur content of the oil. This
revision, if made, would allow more
representative, yet still conservatively
high, SO2 emissions data to be reported
from oil-burning LME units. As
proposed, the site-specific default SO2
emission rate would be calculated using
an equation from EPA publication AP–
42. The sulfur content used in the
calculations would be the maximum
weight percent sulfur allowed by the
federally-enforceable permit. Sources
choosing to implement this option
would be required to perform periodic
oil sampling using one of the four
methodologies described in Section 2.2
of Appendix D to Part 75, and would be
required to keep records documenting
the sulfur content of the fuel.
The Agency also proposed to revise
§ 75.19(c)(1)(iv)(G) to clarify that fueland-unit-specific default NOX emission
rates for LME units may be determined
using data from a Continuous Emissions
Monitoring System (CEMS) that has
been quality-assured according to either
Appendix B of Part 75 or Appendix F
of Part 60, or comparably quality-
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
assured under a State CEMS program.
Lastly, the Agency proposed technical
revisions to the Equations LM–5 and
LM–6 changing the units of rate to units
of measure to make the equations
correct as units of rate cannot
technically be summed.
Summary of Rule Changes
Commenters were generally
supportive of the proposed revisions to
§ 75.19, and they have been finalized
with only one substantive change. EPA
has incorporated one commenter’s
suggestion not to restrict the allowable
fuel oil sampling options to those
described in Appendix D. The final rule
allows the use of other consensus
standard fuel sampling methods (e.g.,
ASTM, API, etc.) specified in applicable
State or Federal regulations or in the
unit’s operating permit, to determine the
sulfur content of the oil.
Another commenter requested that
EPA go beyond its proposal for SO2 and
consider providing a similar, more
reasonable site-specific alternative to
reporting the generic NOX emission
rates in Table LM–2. Specifically, the
commenter suggested that for units with
very low annual capacity factors, the
Agency should waive the testing
requirements of §§ 75.19(c)(1)(iv) and
allow emission test data that was
generated more than 5 years ago (e.g.,
from a Part 60 performance test) to be
used to determine fuel-specific default
NOX emission rates. The commenter
asserted that the cost of additional
testing could impose a financial burden
on smaller affected sources. After
careful consideration, EPA decided
against allowing infrequently-operated
units to use emission test data older
than 5 years for Part 75 reporting.
However, § 75.19(c)(1)(iv)(I) has been
amended to provide reduced emission
testing requirements for very low
capacity factor LME units. The final rule
allows single-load testing, between 75
and 100 percent of maximum load, to be
performed (both for the initial Appendix
E testing and for retests) if, for the 3
years prior to the year of the test, the
unit’s average capacity factor was 2.5
percent or less and did not exceed 4.0
percent in any of those three years.
Alternatively, for combustion turbines,
the emission test may be done at the
maximum attainable load corresponding
to the season of the year in which the
test is performed. For a group of
identical units, the single-load testing
option may be used for any unit(s) in
the group that meet the very low
capacity factor requirements. For a more
detailed discussion of this issue, refer to
section 2.3.2 of the Response to
Comments (RTC) document.
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4315
3. Default Moisture Value for Natural
Gas
Background
EPA proposed to allow gas-fired
boilers equipped with CEMS to use
default moisture values in lieu of
continuously monitoring the stack gas
moisture content. Two conservative
default values were proposed: 14.0%
H2O under § 75.11(b), and 18.0% H2O
under § 75.12(b). The Agency also
proposed that the higher default value
would apply only when Equation 19–3,
19–4, or 19–8 (from Method 19 in
appendix A–7 to part 60 of this chapter)
is used to determine the NOX emission
rate. The proposed default values
represent the 10th and 90th percentile
values from two sets of supplemental
moisture data provided to the Agency,
which is consistent with the approach
that the Agency has used in responding
to past petitions under § 75.66 for sitespecific default moisture values.
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received
on these proposed rule changes and
they have been finalized.
4. Expanded Use of Equation F–23
Background
EPA proposed to revise § 75.11(e)(1)
to remove the current restrictions on the
use of Equation F–23 to determine the
SO2 mass emission rate, by allowing
Equation F–23 to be used whether or not
the unit has an SO2 monitor and to
expand its use to fuels other than
natural gas. The proposal would allow
Equation F–23 to be used for any
gaseous fuel that qualifies for a default
SO2 emission rate under Section 2.3.6(b)
of Appendix D. Further, Equation F–23
could be used for the combustion of
liquid and solid fuels that meet the
definition of ‘‘very low sulfur fuel’’ in
§ 72.2, if a petition for a fuel-specific
default SO2 emission rate is submitted
to the Administrator under § 75.66 and
the Administrator approves the petition.
Under the proposed rule, petitions
would also be accepted for the
combustion of mixtures of these fuels
and for the co-firing of these fuels with
gaseous fuel.
Summary of Rule Changes
Commenters were supportive of the
expanded use of Equation F–23 and the
revisions to § 75.11(e) and
corresponding changes to section 7 of
Appendix F have been finalized as
proposed.
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
4316
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
5. Calculation of NOX Emission Rate—
LME Units
Background
EPA proposed to re-title
§ 75.19(c)(4)(ii) as ‘‘NOX mass emissions
and NOX emission rate’’ and to add a
new subparagraph (D) to § 75.19
(c)(4)(ii), providing instructions for
determining quarterly and cumulative
NOX emission rates for a LME unit. The
NOX emission rate for each hour (lb/
mmBtu) would simply be the
appropriate generic or unit-specific
default NOX emission rate defined in
the monitoring plan for the type of fuel
being combusted and (if applicable) the
NOX emission control status. Then, the
Agency proposed that the quarterly NOX
emission rate would be determined by
averaging all of the hourly NOX
emission rates and the cumulative (yearto-date) NOX emission rate would be the
arithmetic average of the quarterly
values.
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received
on these proposed rule changes and the
revisions to § 75.19(c)(4)(ii) have been
finalized as proposed.
6. LME Units—Scope of Applicability
Background
EPA proposed to revise § 75.19(a)(1)
to clarify that the low mass emissions
(LME) methodology is a stand-alone
alternative to a CEMS and/or the
‘‘excepted’’ monitoring methodologies
in Appendices D, E, and G. In other
words, if a unit qualifies for LME status,
the owner or operator is required either
to use the LME methodology for all
parameters or not to use the method at
all. No mixing-and-matching of other
monitoring methodologies with LME is
permitted. Parallel revisions to
§§ 75.11(d)(3), 75.12(e)(3), and
75.13(d)(3), consistent with the changes
to § 75.19(a)(1), were also proposed to
clarify the Agency’s intent.
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received
on the proposed changes and they have
been finalized.
controls are not bypassed and are
documented to be operating properly.
For example, for a coal-fired unit
equipped with FGD and SCR add-on
emission controls, if the SCR is
documented to be working during an
FGD malfunction and the effluent gases
are routed through an unmonitored
bypass stack after passing through the
SCR, then the MCR, rather than the
MER, would be the more appropriate
NOX emission rate to report for the
bypass hour(s). Documentation of
proper add-on control operation for
such hours of operation would be
required as described in § 75.34(d). The
MCR would be calculated in a manner
similar to the calculation of the MER,
except that the maximum expected NOX
concentration (MEC) would be used
instead of the maximum potential NOX
concentration (MPC).
Summary of Rule Changes
Commenters were generally
supportive of the proposed rule changes
and they have been finalized. One
commenter recommended that parallel
language be added to § 75.72(c)(3), to
cover non-Acid Rain Program units that
are subject to the NOX mass emissions
monitoring provisions of Subpart H.
EPA agrees with this comment and has
added the necessary language to
§ 75.72(c)(3).
C. Certification Requirements
1. Alternative Monitoring System
Certification
Background
EPA proposed to delete §§ 75.20(f)(1)
and (2) from the rule, thereby removing
the requirement for the Administrator to
publish each request for certification of
an alternative monitoring system in the
Federal Register, with an associated 60day public comment period. This rule
provision is considered unnecessary, in
view of the Agency’s authority under
Subpart E to approve alternative
monitoring systems and the rigorous
requirements in §§ 75.40 through 75.48
that alternative monitoring systems
must meet in order to be certified.
Background
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
7. Use of Maximum Controlled NOX
Emission Rate When Using Bypass
Stacks
Summary of Rule Changes
Commenters were supportive of the
proposed amendments to § 75.20(f), and
they have been finalized.
2. Part 60 Reference Test Methods
Revisions to § 75.17(d)(2) were
proposed that would allow a maximum
controlled NOX emission rate (MCR) to
be reported instead of the maximum
potential NOX emission rate (MER)
whenever an unmonitored bypass stack
is used, provided that the add-on
Background
On May 15, 2006, EPA promulgated
final revisions to EPA reference test
methods 6C, 7E, and 3A, which are
found in Appendix A of 40 CFR Part 60.
(See 71 FR 28082, May 15, 2006). These
test methods are prescribed for Part 75
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
emission testing and RATAs. Three new
testing options that were added to the
methods were deemed unacceptable for
use under Part 75. These include:
(1) Section 7.1 of revised EPA Method
7E, allowing for custom calibration gas
concentrations to be produced by
diluting EPA protocol gases, in
accordance with Method 205 in
Appendix M of 40 CFR Part 51.
(2) Section 8.4 of revised EPA Method
7E, allowing the use of a multi-hole
‘‘rake’’ probe to satisfy the multipoint
traverse requirement of the method.
(3) Section 8.6 of revised EPA Method
7E, allowing for the use of ‘‘dynamic
spiking’’ as an alternative to the
interference and system bias checks of
the method.
Although revised Method 7E states
that for use under Part 75 the three
options above require approval by the
Administrator, EPA proposed to add
similar language to § 75.22(a)(5) to
reinforce its position regarding these
testing alternatives.
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received
on the proposed amendments to
§ 75.22(a)(5) and they have been
finalized. However, one commenter
brought to EPA’s attention another
revision to the Part 60 reference
methods that impacts Part 75. EPA
Method 20 was also revised on May 15,
2006. Method 20 has been the NOX
emission test method prescribed for
combustion turbines (CTs) in section
2.1.2.2 of Appendix E. Method 20 has
also been used to determine fuelspecific NOX emission rates for
combustion turbines that qualify as low
mass emissions (LME) units under
§ 75.19.
The original Method 20 required
testing at 8 sampling points per run,
with typical run times averaging about
15 to 20 minutes. However, the revised
Method 20 no longer specifies the
minimum number of test points per run,
but rather requires sampling point
selection to be done according to
Method 7E. Revised Method 7E requires
12 traverse points for an emission test
run (which would suffice for Appendix
E testing), but the method also allows
the results of stratification testing to be
used to justify using three or, in some
cases, one sample point instead. This
raises questions about the required
length of an Appendix E test run. For
instance, if testing were required at only
one point, each Appendix E test run
would be reduced from 15–20 minutes
to as little as 2 minutes (depending on
the system response time). The
commenter stated that such short
sampling runs seem inadequate to
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
develop a substantial correlation curve
for emission reporting. The commenter
recommended that EPA modify
Appendix E or Method 20 and either set
a minimum run time of 20 minutes
(providing an hour of data at each load)
or specify a minimum number of
sampling points for an Appendix E test
of a CT.
EPA has incorporated the
commenter’s recommendations into Part
75. First, § 75.22(a)(5) has been
amended to prohibit the use of Method
7E to determine the required number of
sample points for the emission testing of
a combustion turbine. Section
75.22(a)(5)(ii) requires the sample points
to be determined according to section
2.1.2.2 of Appendix E, instead. Second,
for the emission test of a CT, section
2.1.2.2 of Appendix E has been revised
to require a minimum of 12 test points
per run, located according to EPA
Method 1. Third, amendments have
been made to § 75.22(a)(6),
§ 75.19(c)(1)(iv)(A), section 6.5.10 of
Appendix A, and sections 2.1.2.2 and
2.1.2.3 of Appendix E, to remove all
references to EPA Method 20 from Part
75. Fourth, for the testing of an
Appendix E boiler, the text of section
2.1.2.1 of Appendix E has been revised
to require 12 traverse points per run,
making it consistent with revised
section 2.1.2.2 (note that this is not a
new requirement—section 2.1.2.1 has
always required 12 test points, located
according to section 8.3.1 of Method 3,
and that section refers back to Method
1). Finally, in section 2.1.2.3 of
Appendix E, the references to the
measurement system response time in
section 5.5 of Method 20 (which section
no longer exists) have been replaced
with references to the response time
provisions in sections 8.2.5 and 8.2.6 of
Method 7E. Appendix E tests performed
on CTs prior to the effective date of
these amendments are grandfathered
from the revised test point location
requirements.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
3. Mercury Reference Methods
Background
EPA proposed to add an alternative
relative deviation (RD) specification for
the results of mercury (Hg) emission
data collected with paired Ontario
Hydro (OH) reference method sampling
trains. The principal RD specification in
§ 75.22(a)(7) is 10 percent. However,
this acceptance criterion may be too
stringent for sources with low Hg
emissions. Therefore, for average Hg
concentrations of 1.0 µg/m3 or less, EPA
proposed an alternative RD specification
of 20 percent. This is consistent with
the acceptance criteria for data from
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
4317
paired OH trains, as specified in
Performance Specification 12A in
Appendix B of 40 CFR Part 60.
EPA also proposed amendments to
§§ 75.22(a)(7), 75.59(a)(7), 75.81(c)(1),
and to sections 6.5.10 and 7.6.1 of
Appendix A, allowing EPA Method 29
(back-half impinger catch, only) to be
used as an alternative to the OH
method, both for RATA testing and for
periodic emission testing of units with
low Hg mass emissions (≤29 lb/yr). Two
caveats on the use of Method 29 were
proposed. First, sources electing to use
Method 29 (which is similar to the OH
method, but somewhat simpler and
more familiar to stack testers) would be
required to use paired sampling trains
(i.e., two trains sampling the source
effluent simultaneously), and the RD
specifications in § 75.22(a)(7) would
have to be met for each run. Second,
certain analytical and quality assurance
(QA) procedures in the OH method
(ASTM D6784–02) would have to be
followed instead of the corresponding
procedures in Method 29 (because the
analytical and quality assurance/quality
control (QA/QC) requirements of the OH
method are more detailed and rigorous
than those in Method 29), and testers
could opt to follow several of the
sample recovery and preparation
procedures in the OH method instead of
the Method 29 procedures.
Finally, the Agency solicited
comment on the use of sorbent traps for
reference method testing. Members of
the regulated community had expressed
an interest in using portable sorbent trap
monitoring systems for Hg reference
method testing, as an alternative to the
OH method. EPA proposed to
accommodate a possible future sorbentbased reference method by adding
language to § 75.22(a)(7) that would
allow an ‘‘other suitable’’ reference
method approved by the Administrator
to be used for Hg emission testing and
RATAs.
trains for the OH method was made
during the rulemaking that led to
publication of the Clean Air Mercury
Regulation (CAMR) (see 70 FR 28636–
28639, May 18, 2005).
Two commenters supported the
proposed 20 percent alternative RD
specification for low emitters, and that
provision has been finalized. However,
one of the commenters noted that even
a 20 percent RD specification may be
too stringent for extremely low Hg
concentrations. EPA agrees that when
Hg concentrations are exceptionally low
(0.1 µg/m3 or less), the 20 percent RD
specification may be difficult to meet.
Therefore, the final rule adds a third tier
to the RD specifications in § 75.22. The
paired train agreement is also
considered to be acceptable if the
absolute difference between the two
measured Hg concentrations does not
exceed 0.03 µg/m3.
Several commenters strongly
supported the proposal to allow the use
of a sorbent-based reference method for
Hg emission testing and for the RATAs
of Hg monitoring systems. Since
publication of the proposed rule, a great
deal of progress has been made in this
area. First, EPA conducted a Method
301 analysis of available data comparing
sorbent trap sampling to the OH
method. The results of this analysis
showed that a sorbent-based sampling
method can be a viable alternative
reference method. Second, EPA drafted
‘‘Method 30B’’, a reference method that
uses iodated carbon traps to measure
vapor phase Hg emissions. Finally, as
part of a direct final rulemaking,
Method 30B was published on
September 7, 2007 (see 72 FR 51494–
51531), along with Method 30A, an
instrumental Hg reference method.
Today’s final rule allows both Methods
30A and 30B to be used.
Summary of Rule Changes
Commenters were generally
supportive of the proposed amendments
that would add Method 29 as an
alternative Hg reference method, and
those provisions have been finalized
without substantive change. One
commenter objected to the requirement
to use paired sampling trains for OH
and Method 29 tests, asserting that this
adds to the cost of testing and may
result in significant numbers of test runs
being discarded. However, EPA does not
agree with the commenter. The Agency
believes rather that paired sampling
trains provide added assurance of data
quality when these test methods are
used. The decision to require paired
Background
Historically, EPA’s policy has
required sources to use a ‘‘block’’
approach for CEMS missing data
substitution. The percent monitor data
availability (PMA) at the end of the
missing data period has been used to
determine which mathematical
algorithm applies, and the substitute
data value or values prescribed by that
one algorithm have been reported for
each hour of the missing data period.
However, EPA has recently
reconsidered and revised its missing
substitution data policy, to allow
sources to apply the missing data
algorithms in a stepwise manner instead
of using the block approach. Under the
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
D. Missing Data Substitution
1. Block Versus Step-Wise Approach
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
4318
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
stepwise methodology, the various
missing data algorithms are applied
sequentially. That is, the least
conservative algorithm is applied to the
missing data hours until the PMA drops
below 95%. Then, the next algorithm is
applied until the PMA has dropped
below 90%, and so on.
Since Part 75 is not clear about which
of the two methods should be used for
missing data substitution, EPA proposed
to amend §§ 75.33 and 75.32(b), to
clarify that the stepwise, hour-by-hour
method is the preferred one, and that
use of that method would be required
for all CEMS data recorded on and after
January 1, 2009, and for any CEMS data
recorded in XML-format during the
transition year of 2008.
Summary of Rule Changes
Commenters unanimously supported
the proposal to adopt stepwise missing
data substitution and the proposed
amendments to §§ 75.32 and 75.33 have
been finalized.
2. Substitute Data Values for Controlled
Units
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Background
For units with add-on emission
controls, when the PMA for SO2 or NOX
is below 90.0 percent, § 75.34(a)(3) has
historically allowed the designated
representative (DR) to petition the
Administrator under § 75.66 for
permission to report the maximum
controlled concentration or emission
rate recorded in a specified lookback
period instead of reporting the
maximum value recorded in that
lookback period, for each missing data
hour in which the add-on controls are
documented to be operating properly.
After more than ten years of
implementing the Acid Rain Program,
EPA no longer believes that such special
petitions are necessary, because sources
with add-on controls are required to
implement a quality assurance/quality
control (QA/QC) program that includes
the recording of parametric data to
document the hourly operating status of
the emission controls. This parametric
information must be made available to
inspectors and auditors upon request.
Therefore, any claim that the emission
controls were operating properly during
a particular missing data period can be
easily verified through the audit
process.
In view of this, the Agency proposed
to remove from § 75.34(a)(3) and
§ 75.66(f) the requirement to petition the
Administrator to use the maximum
controlled SO2 or NOX concentration (or
maximum controlled NOX emission
rate) from the applicable lookback
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
period. The proposed revisions would
simply allow the maximum controlled
values to be reported whenever
parametric data are available to
document that the emission controls are
operating properly. The proposed rule
would further clarify that this reporting
option applies only to the third missing
data tier, when the PMA is greater than
or equal to 80.0 percent, but less than
90.0 percent.
EPA also proposed to add a new
paragraph (a)(5) to § 75.34, which would
allow units with add-on emission
controls to report alternative substitute
data values for missing data periods in
the fourth missing data tier, when the
PMA is below 80.0 percent. Proposed
§ 75.34(a)(5) would allow the owner or
operator to replace the maximum
potential SO2 or NOX concentration
(MPC) or the maximum potential NOX
emission rate (MER) with a less
conservative substitute data value, for
missing data hours where parametric
data, (as described in §§ 75.34(d) and
75.58(b)) are available to verify proper
operation of the add-on controls.
Specifically, for SO2 and NOX
concentration, the replacement value for
the MPC would be the greater of: (a) The
maximum expected concentration
(MEC); or (b) 1.25 times the maximum
controlled value in the standard missing
data lookback period. For NOX emission
rate, the replacement value for the MER
would be the greater of: (a) The
maximum controlled NOX emission rate
(MCR); or (b) 1.25 times the maximum
controlled value in the standard missing
data lookback period. The NOX MCR
would be calculated in the same manner
as the NOX MER, except that the MEC,
rather than the MPC, would be used in
the calculation. The proposed
alternative data substitution
methodology in § 75.34(a)(5) would
ensure that the substitute data values for
the fourth missing data tier are always
higher than the corresponding substitute
data values for the third tier.
Finally, EPA proposed to revise
§ 75.38(c) to extend the alternative
missing data options for the third and
fourth tiers to mercury (Hg)
concentration, and § 75.58(b)(3) would
be revised to be consistent with the
proposed revisions to §§ 75.34(a)(3),
75.34(a)(5), and 75.38(c).
Summary of Rule Changes
Comments on the proposed
alternative missing data substitution
values for controlled units were
generally supportive and these
provisions have been finalized. Two
commenters requested that parallel
language be added to § 75.72(c)(3), to
extend the use of the new missing data
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
provisions to ozone season-only
reporters. Another commenter asked
EPA to clarify that the MCR may be
implemented on a fuel-specific basis.
EPA has incorporated both of these
suggestions in the final rule. Two other
commenters suggested that, for common
stack configurations, EPA should allow
the substitute data values to be
apportioned or prorated in some way
instead of requiring maximum potential
values to be reported, in cases where the
emission controls installed on some of
the units sharing the stack are
documented to be operating properly,
but such documentation cannot be
provided for the controls on the other
units. The Agency believes that this
approach would unnecessarily
complicate the missing data substitution
process and would provide no
assurance that emissions are not being
underestimated. Therefore, this
suggestion was not incorporated in the
final rule.
3. Substitute Data Values for Hg
Background
EPA proposed to revise the Hg
missing data procedures. First, for Hg
CEMS, the text of § 75.38(a) would be
amended to clarify that the PMA
‘‘trigger conditions’’ for Hg monitoring
systems are different from the trigger
conditions for all other parameters. For
all parameters except Hg, the trigger
points that define the boundaries of the
four missing data tiers are 95 percent, 90
percent, and 80 percent PMA. However,
for Hg the corresponding trigger points
are 90 percent, 80 percent and 70
percent, respectively.
Second, EPA proposed to completely
revise the missing data provisions in
§ 75.39 for sorbent trap monitoring
systems, to make them the same as for
Hg CEMS, so that. the initial missing
data procedures of § 75.31(b) and the
standard Hg missing data provisions of
§ 75.38 would be followed for sorbent
trap systems. EPA believes that this
proposed missing data approach greatly
simplifies the missing data substitution
process for Hg monitoring systems. The
hourly Hg concentration data stream
from a sorbent trap system will look
essentially the same as the data stream
from a CEMS, except that the Hg
concentration will ‘‘flat-line’’ (i.e., will
not change) during each data collection
period. Therefore, under the proposal,
when the owner or operator elects to use
a primary Hg CEMS and a backup
sorbent trap system (or vice-versa), the
appropriate substitute data values
would be derived from a lookback
through the previous 720 hours of
quality-assured data, irrespective of
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
whether they were from the primary
monitoring system or from the backup
system.
Summary of Rule Changes
Commenters were supportive of the
proposed changes to the sorbent trap
missing data procedures in § 75.39, and
these provisions have been finalized.
4. Correction of Cross-References
Background
For sources that report emissions data
on an ozone season-only basis, EPA
proposed to revise § 75.74(c)(3)(xi) and
(c)(3)(xii) by replacing references to
specific missing data sections with more
general references to the entire block of
CEMS missing data sections, i.e.,
§§ 75.31 through 75.37.
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received
on these proposed rule changes and
they have been finalized, as proposed.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
E. Recordkeeping and Reporting
Background
To accommodate its new, reengineered XML reporting format,
which will replace the current
electronic data reporting (EDR) format
in 2009, EPA proposed to revise the
monitoring plan recordkeeping
requirements in § 75.53, with
corresponding revisions to § 75.73(c)(3)
(for sources reporting NOX mass
emissions under Subpart H) and to
§ 75.84 (for sources reporting Hg mass
emissions under Subpart I).
EPA proposed to add two new
paragraphs, (g) and (h), to § 75.53,
which describe the required monitoring
plan data elements in EPA’s reengineered XML data structure. Under
this proposal, the provisions of
paragraphs (g) and (h) would be
followed instead of the existing
recordkeeping requirements of
paragraphs (e) and (f), on and after
January 1, 2009. In 2008, sources would
be allowed to choose between the EDR
format and XML, but new sources
reporting for the first time in 2008
would be strongly encouraged to use the
XML format. Included among the
proposed monitoring plan changes
would be mandatory recording and
reporting of the key rectangular duct
wall effects data elements using these
record types. The proposed
requirements to record and report the
results of wall effects adjustment factor
(WAF) determinations in the monitoring
plan are found in §§ 75.53 (e) and (g)
and in § 75.64.
EPA also proposed to make a series of
modifications to §§ 75.58 and 75.59 to
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
support the new XML data structure.
The proposed changes to the monitoring
plan and recordkeeping sections were
presented, section-by-section, in Tables
1, 2, and 3 in the preamble to the
August 22, 2006 proposed rule.
Summary of Rule Changes
No significant adverse comments
were received on the proposed changes
and they have been finalized.
1. Other Reporting Issues
a. Long-Term Cold Storage and Deferred
Units
Background
EPA proposed changes to Part 75 to
clarify the meaning of the term ‘‘longterm cold storage (LTCS)’’, found in
§ 75.4(d). First, a proposed definition of
long-term cold storage would be added
to § 72.2. LTCS would mean that the
unit has been completely shut down
and placed in storage and that the
shutdown is intended to last for an
extended period of time (at least two
calendar years). Second, the Agency
proposed to add a new paragraph, (a)(7),
to § 75.61, requiring the owner or
operator to provide notifications when a
unit is placed in LTCS and when the
unit re-commences operation. Third,
modifications to § 75.20(b) were
proposed, requiring recertification of all
monitoring systems when a unit recommences operations after a period of
long-term cold storage. If a source
claiming LTCS status re-commenced
operation sooner than two years after
being placed in LTCS, the notification
and recertification requirements would
apply. Fourth, the proposed rule would
exempt a unit in LTCS from quarterly
emissions reporting under § 75.64 until
the unit recommences operation.
Parallel LTCS rule provisions and
appropriate cross-references regarding
quarterly reporting requirements for
Subpart H and Subpart I units would be
added to §§ 75.73(f)(1) and 75.84(f)(1),
respectively, for consistency.
EPA also proposed to revise the
provisions of §§ 75.4(d) and 75.61(a)(3)
pertaining to ‘‘deferred’’ units, i.e., units
for which a planned or unplanned
outage prevents the required continuous
monitoring systems from being certified
by the compliance date. The proposed
revisions would broaden the scope of
§ 75.4(d) beyond the Acid Rain Program,
to include units in State or Federal
pollutant mass emissions reduction
programs that adopt the monitoring and
reporting provisions of Part 75.
Examples of such programs include the
Clean Air Interstate Regulation (CAIR),
which is scheduled to begin in 2008 and
the Clean Air Mercury Regulation
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4319
(CAMR), which goes into effect in 2009.
The proposed revisions to §§ 75.4(d)
and 75.61(a)(3) were deemed necessary
because the CAIR and CAMR rules do
not address deferred units.
The proposed revisions to § 75.4(d)
would require the owner or operator of
a deferred unit to provide notice of unit
shutdown and recommencement of
commercial operation, either according
to § 75.61(a)(3) (for planned shutdowns
such as scheduled maintenance outages
and for unplanned, forced unit outages)
or § 75.61(a)(7) (for units in long-term
cold storage). For all of these
circumstances involving deferred units,
EPA proposed that the Part 75
continuous monitoring systems would
have to be certified within 90 unit
operating days or 180 calendar days
(whichever comes first) of the date that
the unit recommences commercial
operation. In the time interval between
the unit re-start and the completion of
the required certification tests, the
owner or operator would be required to
report emissions data, using either: (1)
Maximum potential values; (2) the
conditional data validation procedures
of § 75.20(b)(3); (3) EPA reference
methods; or (4) another procedure
approved by petition to the
Administrator under § 75.66. Finally,
the Agency proposed to revise the
notification requirements of
§ 75.61(a)(3) to be consistent with the
proposed changes to § 75.4(d).
Summary of Rule Changes
Commenters were generally
supportive of the proposed long-term
cold storage provisions, requesting only
minor clarifications. These provisions
have been finalized with no substantive
changes. One commenter encouraged
EPA to adopt the proposed amendments
to broaden the scope of § 75.4(d), to
ensure that deferred units under
programs such as CAIR and CAMR are
provided with a reasonable window of
time in which to certify the required
monitoring systems, when the units
resume operation. EPA has finalized
these amendments to § 75.4(d), as
proposed.
b. Notice of Initial Certification
Deadline
Background
EPA proposed to add a new paragraph
(a)(8) to § 75.61, to require new and
newly affected sources to notify EPA
when the monitoring system
certification deadline is reached.
Depending on the program(s) to which
the unit is subject, this date will always
be a particular number of calendar days
or unit operating days after a unit either:
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
4320
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
(a) Commences commercial operation;
(b) commences operation; or (c)
becomes an affected unit. For Acid Rain
Program sources, the Agency must know
this date to correctly assess when to
begin counting emissions against
allowances pursuant to § 72.9. Knowing
this date also confirms that the
monitoring systems either have or have
not been certified by the legal deadline.
Summary of Rule Changes
One commenter asserted that the
requirement for sources to submit to
EPA a notification of the deadline for
initial monitoring system certification is
unnecessarily burdensome and should
not be incorporated into Part 75.
Another commenter requested that the
information be reported in the
electronic monitoring plan, rather than
requiring a separate notification. EPA
does not agree that reporting this
information will be burdensome or that
it is appropriate to report the date of the
initial certification deadline in the
electronic monitoring plan. Rather, this
date is an essential data element that
will be managed using the web-based
CAMD Business System (CBS).
Therefore, the notification requirement
can be met electronically using the CBS.
In view of this, the amendment to
§ 75.61 has been finalized, as proposed.
c. Monitoring Plan Submittal Deadline
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Background
EPA proposed to amend § 75.62(a) by
changing the submittal deadline for the
initial monitoring plan for new and
newly-affected units from 45 days to 21
days prior to the initial certification
testing, in order to synchronize the
initial monitoring plan submittal with
the initial test notice. Corresponding
changes to Subpart H (§ 75.73(e)) and to
Subpart I (§ 75.84(e)) were proposed, for
consistency.
EPA also proposed to remove the
requirement from § 75.62(a)(1) that the
electronic monitoring plan must be
submitted ‘‘in each electronic quarterly
report’’. Rather, inclusion of the
monitoring plan in the report would be
optional, and monitoring plan updates
would be made either prior to or
concurrent with (but not later than) the
date of submission of the quarterly
report. These proposed revisions would
allow sources to maintain their
monitoring plan information separate
from the quarterly report, but this
option would only be available to
sources reporting in the new XML
format under the re-engineered data
submission process.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
Summary of Rule Changes
g. Modifications to § 75.64
No adverse comments were received
on these proposed rule changes and
they have been finalized, as proposed.
Background
d. EPA Form 7610–14
Background
EPA proposed to amend §§ 75.63(a)(1)
and (a)(2), to remove the requirement to
submit hardcopy EPA form 7610–14
along with every certification or
recertification application. Significant
upgrades to EPA’s data systems have
been made in recent years, and Form
7610–14 is no longer needed to process
these applications.
As part of its data systems reengineering effort, EPA proposed to
revise § 75.64(a) to describe the
transition from the existing EDR
reporting requirements to the reporting
requirements of the new XML format.
The Agency proposed to renumber
several paragraphs, to replace
paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) with new
paragraphs (a)(3) through (a)(7), and to
remove existing paragraph (a)(8).
Summary of Rule Changes
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received
on these proposed rule changes and
they have been finalized, as proposed.
No adverse comments were received
on these proposed rule changes. These
amendments to § 75.64(a) have been
finalized, as proposed.
h. Steam Load Reporting
e. LME Applications
Background
EPA proposed to remove the
requirement from § 75.63(a)(1)(ii)(A) for
a hardcopy LME certification
application to be submitted to the
Administrator. The proposal would
require only the electronic portion of
the application, including the
monitoring plan and LME qualification
records, to be sent to EPA’s Clean Air
Markets Division. The hardcopy portion
of the LME application would be sent to
the State and to the EPA Regional
Office.
Summary of Rule Changes
Background
EPA proposed to add a third option to
Part 75 for reporting load data in units
of mmBtu/hr of steam thermal output.
This option is needed to accommodate
emissions trading programs in which
allowance allocations are made on an
electrical or thermal output basis, rather
than a heat input basis. The Agency
proposed to add text to several sections
in the main body of Part 75 and to the
Appendices, to accommodate the new
reporting option.
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received
on these proposed rule changes and
they have been finalized, as proposed.
No adverse comments were received
on these proposed rule changes and
they have been finalized, as proposed.
i. Test Notification Requirements—Hg
Low Mass Emission Units
f. Reporting Test Data for Diagnostic
Events
Section 75.61(a)(5) requires the owner
or operator or the designated
representative to provide 21-day
advance notice for various periodic
quality-assurance tests, including the
semiannual or annual relative accuracy
tests of CEMS, and for the re-tests of
Appendix E peaking units and low mass
emissions (LME) units. Test notices
must be provided to the Administrator,
to the appropriate EPA Regional Office
and to the State or local agency (unless
a particular agency issues a waiver from
the requirement).
Under Subpart I of Part 75, certain
low-emitting units covered by the Clean
Air Mercury Regulation (CAMR) may
qualify under §§ 75.81(b) through (d) to
perform periodic (semiannual or
annual) Hg emission testing in lieu of
operating and maintaining continuous
Hg monitoring systems. EPA proposed
to expand the notification requirements
of § 75.61(a)(5) and to add
Background
EPA proposed to revise
§ 75.63(a)(2)(iii) to make the reporting of
the results of diagnostic tests more
flexible. Rather than requiring these test
results to be reported in the electronic
quarterly report for the quarter in which
the tests are performed, they could
either be submitted prior to or
concurrent with that quarterly report.
However, this proposed flexibility in the
reporting of diagnostic test results
would only be available to sources
reporting in the new XML format under
the re-engineered data submission
process.
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received
on these proposed rule changes and
they have been finalized, as proposed.
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Background
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
corresponding introductory text to
§ 75.61(a)(1), requiring the owner or
operator or the designated
representative to provide at least 21
days notice of the scheduled dates of
these periodic Hg emission tests.
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received
on this proposed rule change and this
test notification requirement has been
finalized, as proposed.
j. Hardcopy Reports for Retests of Hg
Low Mass Emission Units
Background
Sections 75.60(b)(6) and (b)(7) require
the designated representative (DR) to
submit the results of certain periodic
quality-assurance tests to the
appropriate EPA Regional Office or to
the State or local agency, when the test
results are requested in writing (or by
electronic mail). In particular, the
results of semiannual or annual RATAs
of CEMS and the routine re-tests of
Appendix E units may be requested. If
requested, the test results must be
submitted within 45 days after the test
is completed or within 15 days of the
request, whichever is later. EPA
proposed to add a new paragraph (b)(8)
to § 75.60, requiring the DR to provide,
upon request from EPA or the State, the
results of the semiannual or annual Hg
emission tests required under
§ 75.81(d)(4) for low-emitting units
covered by CAMR. The proposed time
frame for submitting these Hg emission
test results would be the same as the
current one for the RATAs and
Appendix E re-tests.
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received
and this provision has been finalized, as
proposed.
k. Wall Effects Adjustment Factors
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Background
For sources with flow monitors
installed on circular stacks, reporting of
wall effects information is currently
required by §§ 75.64(a)(2)(xiii),
75.73(f)(1)(ii)(K) and 75.84(f)(1)(ii)(I),
when Method 2H is used in conjunction
with Method 2, 2F or 2G. The specific
wall effects data elements that must be
reported are found in § 75.59(a)(7)(ii)
and (a)(7)(iii). These data are submitted
along with flow RATA results, as
supplementary information.
For rectangular stacks and ducts,
some of the same supporting data
elements in § 75.59(a)(7)(ii) and
(a)(7)(iii) are needed for flow RATAs
performed using Method 2F or 2G,
when wall effects corrections are
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
4321
applied. Additional supporting data
elements, not in the current rule, are
also needed for Method 2 flow RATAs
when wall effects adjustments are made.
In view of this, EPA proposed to revise
the text of §§ 75.64(a)(2)(xiii),
75.73(f)(1)(ii)(K) and 75.84(f)(1)(ii)(I)
and to add RATA support data elements
to a new paragraph, (vii), in
§ 75.59(a)(7), to clarify which wall
effects data elements must be reported
for circular stacks, which ones are
reported for rectangular stacks and
ducts, and which data elements must be
reported for both types of stacks.
system. The NOX concentration system
would be used only to determine NOX
mass emissions, and the NOX emission
rate system would be used only to meet
the ARP requirement to report NOX in
lb/mmBtu.
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received
on these proposed rule changes and
they have been finalized, as proposed.
Consistent with the proposed
revisions to § 75.64, EPA proposed to
revise § 75.73(f)(1), to phase out the
requirement of § 75.73(f)(1)(i)(B) to
include facility location information in
each quarterly report.
F. Subpart H (NOX Mass Emissions)
1. Subpart H Diluent Monitoring
Systems
Background
For coal-fired Subpart H units that
calculate NOX mass emissions as the
product of NOX concentration and flow
rate and are required to monitor and
report the unit heat input, § 75.71(a)(2)
requires the installation of an ‘‘O2 or
CO2 diluent gas monitor’’. Consistent
with the definition of a CEMS in § 72.2,
this diluent monitor, which is only used
for the heat input determination, should
be described as an ‘‘O2 or CO2
monitoring system’’. EPA proposed to
revise the text of § 75.71(a)(2)
accordingly.
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received.
This clarification of § 75.71(a)(2) has
been finalized, as proposed.
2. Identifying a NOX Mass Methodology
Background
EPA proposed to revise § 75.72 to
require that only one NOX mass
emissions methodology be identified in
the monitoring plan at any given time,
and to disallow the designation of
primary and secondary NOX mass
calculation methodologies. EPA believes
that one methodology for NOX mass
emissions is sufficient. If a source is
subject to both Subpart H and to the
Acid Rain Program (ARP) and is
concerned about losing NOX data when
the diluent component of the NOX
emission rate system is out-of-control,
that source should choose the NOX
concentration times flow rate
calculation method as the NOX mass
calculation methodology. This would
require a NOX concentration system to
be identified in the monitoring plan, in
addition to the NOX emission rate
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received.
This provision has been finalized, as
proposed.
3. Reporting of Subpart H Facility
Information
Background
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received.
This provision has been finalized, as
proposed.
4. Linearity Check Requirements for
Ozone Season-Only Reporters
Background
For Subpart H sources that report
emissions data on an ozone season-only
(OSO) basis, EPA proposed to revise the
linearity check provisions in
§ 75.74(c)(2), (c)(2)(i), (c)(2)(ii), (c)(3)(ii),
(c)(3)(vi), and (c)(3)(viii). Historically,
OSO reporters have been required to do
a pre-season linearity check, an inseason second quarter linearity check
(in May or June, if the unit operates for
≥ 168 hours in May and June), and a
third quarter linearity check, if the unit
operates for ≥ 168 hours in that quarter.
Many sources have misunderstood these
rule provisions, particularly the
requirement to perform an in-season
linearity check in the second quarter. In
some cases, this has resulted in CEMS
out-of-control periods and has required
the use of missing data substitution.
OSO reporters have also been required
to operate and maintain each CEMS and
to perform daily calibration error tests,
in the time period extending from the
hour of completion of the pre-season
linearity check through April 30. EPA
has found that this rule provision is also
not well-understood by the affected
sources and assessing compliance with
the provision has been difficult, since
sources have not been required to report
the results of any off-season calibration
error tests done prior to April.
In view of these considerations, EPA
proposed to revise § 75.74(c)(2) to
require the pre-season linearity checks
to be conducted in the month of April,
and to delete all references to
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
4322
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
performing the pre-season linearity
checks at other times. The Agency also
proposed to remove the conditional
grace period provision from
§ 75.74(c)(2)(i)(D), and to address (in
§ 75.74(c)(3)(ii)(E)) data validation in the
case where the April linearity check is
not completed prior to the start of the
ozone season. In that case, data from the
monitor would be considered invalid as
of May 1, unless the conditional data
validation procedures of § 75.20(b)(3)
are applied. A 168 unit operating hour
period of conditional data validation
would be allowed, in which to perform
the required linearity check. Passing the
linearity check on the first attempt
within the allotted time would result in
the conditionally valid data becoming
quality-assured. Failing the linearity
check would result in all data from the
monitor be invalidated back to the
beginning of the ozone season and the
data would remain invalid until a
linearity check is passed. Performing the
linearity check after the 168-hour period
expires would require the data
validation provisions in
§ 75.20(b)(3)(viii) to be applied, subject
to the restrictions of § 75.74(c)(3)(xii).
EPA proposed to add a new paragraph
(F) to § 75.74(c)(3)(ii), stating that a preseason linearity check done in April
fulfills the second quarter linearity
check requirement, and to remove and
reserve related Section 75.74(c)(3)(viii).
Further, proposed § 75.74(c)(3)(ii)(B)
would require the third quarter linearity
check to be conducted either by July 30
or within a 168 operating hour period of
conditional data validation thereafter.
Finally, the Agency proposed that
§ 75.74(c)(3)(ii)(G) would address the
case where a unit operates infrequently
and the 168 operating hour conditional
data validation period associated with
the April linearity check extends
through the second quarter, into the
third quarter. In that case, if a linearity
check is performed and passed in the
third quarter, before the 168 operating
hour window expires, EPA proposed
that this one linearity check would
satisfy all three of the ozone season
linearity check requirements, i.e., for the
pre-season, for the second quarter, and
for the third quarter.
Summary of Rule Changes
The amendments to § 75.74(c) have
been finalized, as proposed.
Commenters supported EPA’s proposal
to allow a linearity check performed in
April to satisfy both the pre-season and
second quarter linearity check
requirements. However, several
commenters requested that the Agency
allow greater flexibility in the timing of
the required linearity checks. The
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
proposed amendments requiring the
pre-season linearity check to be
performed April and the 3rd quarter test
to be done in July were perceived as
being too restrictive. EPA does not agree
with these commenters that the revised
quality assurance requirements for
ozone season-only reporters lack
flexibility. The amendments allow
sources to use conditional data
validation for up to 168 unit or stack
operating hours, in situations where the
linearity check cannot be completed by
the prescribed deadline. If the required
test is performed and passed within the
allotted window of time, the source will
incur no data loss. OSO reporters
desiring greater flexibility in scheduling
quality assurance tests should seriously
consider switching to year-round
reporting. Doing so would provide many
benefits, such as grace periods, test
deadline extensions, and in some cases,
test exemptions.
5. RATA Requirements for Ozone
Season Only Reporters
Background
For Subpart H sources that report
NOX mass emission data on an ozone
season-only (OSO) basis, Part 75 has
required, for quality-assurance
purposes, that at the start of each ozone
season each required CEMS must be
within the ‘‘window’’ of data validation
of a current, non-expired RATA. In past
years, this requirement has been met
either by performing a RATA in the preseason (between October 1 and April 30)
or, in some instances, by relying on the
results of a RATA done in the previous
ozone season. The rule has further
required each CEMS to be operated,
calibrated and maintained in the time
period extending from the completion of
the RATA, through April 30. Many
sources choosing the OSO reporting
option find this operation and
maintenance (O&M) requirement to be
counter intuitive, because they expect to
be required to meet Part 75 monitoring
obligations only during the ozone
season.
In view of these considerations, EPA
proposed to restrict the window of time
in which pre-season RATAs may be
performed. As proposed, § 75.74(c)(2)(ii)
would require the RATAs to be done
either in the first quarter of the year or
in the month of April. That restriction
would prohibit RATAs done in the
previous year from being used to
validate data in the current ozone
season.
EPA also proposed to revise
§ 75.74(c)(2)(ii)(F), to address data
validation. The proposed data
validation rules for RATAs are similar
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
to those proposed for linearity checks,
in that a period of conditional data
validation (720 operating hours) would
be allowed when the pre-season RATA
is not completed by the April 30th
deadline. Consistent with these
revisions, the Agency proposed to delete
the data validation and conditional
grace period provisions in
§ 75.74(c)(2)(ii)(G) and (c)(2)(ii)(H) and
to remove and reserve § 75.74(c)(3)(vi),
(vii), and (viii).
Summary of Rule Changes
The amendments to § 75.74(c) have
been finalized, as proposed. One
commenter objected to the proposed
restriction on the timing of the RATAs
and requested that the existing
flexibility in the rule be retained. The
commenter expressed a strong
preference to perform RATAs in the
autumn, rather than in the January-April
time frame proposed by EPA. A second
commenter stated that EPA should
remove the requirement to keep records
of off-season daily calibration and
interference check records in a format
suitable for inspection from
§ 75.74(c)(2)(ii)(E)(1).
Regarding the first commenter’s
assertion that the proposed RATA time
frame for OSO reporters is too
restrictive, EPA recommends that the
owner or operator seriously consider
switching to year-round reporting. Yearround reporting allows complete
freedom to schedule RATAs at any
convenient time during the year and
provides many benefits, such as grace
periods, test deadline extensions, and in
some cases, test exemptions. Even if
EPA had decided not to amend the
RATA provisions for OSO reporters,
§ 75.74(c)(2)(ii)(E)(1) would still require
the CEMS to be operated, maintained
and calibrated in the time period
between the RATA and the start of the
next ozone season. Thus, if the RATAs
are performed in the autumn (e.g.,
November), the CEMS would have to be
maintained and calibrated for at least 10
months of the year; in this case, OSO
reporting offers no clear advantage over
year-round reporting.
EPA did not incorporate the second
commenter’s suggestion to remove the
recordkeeping requirement from
§ 75.74(c)(2)(ii)(E)(1). However, the text
of § 75.74(c)(6)(iii) has been revised to
remove the requirement to report the
daily calibrations and interference
checks done in the month of April. The
requirement to record these data
remains intact, but the reporting has
been made optional.
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
6. Determining Peaking Status for Ozone
Season Only Reporters
Background
EPA proposed to revise § 75.74(c)(11)
to clarify that when peaking unit status
for ozone season-only reporters is
determined, 3,672 hours (i.e., the
number of hours in the ozone season)
should be used instead of 8,760 hours
in the capacity factor equation.
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received.
This provision has been finalized, as
proposed.
7. Calculation of Ozone Season NOX
Mass Emissions—LME Units
Background
EPA proposed to correct an
organizational error in Subpart H of Part
75. The proposal would remove
§ 75.72(f), which describes ozone season
NOX mass calculations for units using
the low mass emission (LME)
methodology under § 75.19, and the
basic content of § 75.72(f) would be
relocated to § 75.71(e). The LME
provision in § 75.72 appears to have
been inadvertently placed in that
section. The monitoring provisions of
§ 75.72 apply to common and multiple
stack configurations, whereas § 75.71
addresses unit-level monitoring. LME is
a unit-level monitoring methodology.
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received.
This provision has been finalized, as
proposed.
G. Subpart I (Hg Mass Emissions)
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
1. Heat Input Provisions for Common
and Multiple Stacks
Background
Due to an apparent oversight, the heat
input monitoring provisions for certain
monitoring configurations in Subpart I
of Part 75 were inadvertently omitted
when Subpart I was promulgated. In
particular, EPA found the heat input
methodologies for common stacks
shared by affected and non-affected
units and for multiple stack or duct
configurations to be missing. In view of
this, the Agency proposed to add three
new paragraphs, (b)(3), (c)(4) and (d)(3)
to § 75.82 to correct this deficiency.
For the common stack shared by
affected and non-affected units,
proposed § 75.82(b)(3) would require
the owner or operator to either measure
the total heat input rate at the common
stack and apportion it to the individual
units by load, according to § 75.16(e)(3),
or to determine the heat input rate at the
individual units by installing a flow
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
monitor and a diluent monitor on the
duct leading from each unit to the
common stack. For multiple stack
configurations, proposed § 75.82(c)(4)
and (d)(3) would require the owner or
operator to determine the hourly unit
heat input by measuring the hourly heat
input rate (mmBtu/hr) at each stack,
multiplying each stack heat input rate
by the stack operating time (hr) to
convert it to heat input (mmBtu), and
then summing the hourly stack heat
input values.
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received.
These provisions have been finalized, as
proposed.
2. Low Mass Emission Alternative
Background
Section 75.81(b) of Subpart I provides
an alternative (‘‘excepted’’) monitoring
methodology for units with low Hg mass
emissions. To qualify to use this
methodology, emission testing is
required to demonstrate that the unit
has the potential to emit no more than
29 lb (464 ounces) of Hg per year. Once
a unit qualifies, periodic retesting
(semiannual or annual, depending on
the emission level) is required to
demonstrate that the unit is actually
emitting less than 29 lb/yr of Hg.
Section 75.81(e), as originally
published, allowed the low mass
emission alternative to be used for
common stacks, provided that the units
sharing the stack are tested individually
and each one qualifies as a low-emitter.
Though not explicitly stated in the rule,
it was implied that the periodic retests
for common stack configurations would
also have to be done at the unit level.
EPA has reconsidered this approach,
believing it to be overly restrictive,
unnecessarily difficult, and costly to
implement.
Therefore, EPA proposed to revise
§ 75.81(e) to require Hg testing of the
individual units that share the common
stack only for the initial demonstration
that the units individually qualify as
low emitters. Once this has been
satisfactorily demonstrated, the required
semiannual or annual retests could then
be done at the common stack, at a
normal load level for the configuration.
The proposed revisions to § 75.81(e)
would also allow the initial low mass
emitter qualification for a group of
identical units sharing a common stack
to be based on emission testing of a
subset of those units. To exercise this
proposed option, the group of units
would first have to qualify as identical
under § 75.19(c)(1)(iv)(B). Then, the
number of units required to be tested
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4323
would be determined from Table LM–4
in § 75.19.
The proposed amendments allowed
one exception to the requirement to test
the individual units sharing a common
stack, in order to demonstrate that the
units qualify for low mass emitter
status, i.e., the case where the gas
streams from the individual units are
combined together and routed through
emission controls that reduce the Hg
concentration (e.g., a wet scrubber)
before entering the common stack.
Owners or operators electing to use this
option would be required to perform the
testing with all of the units that share
the stack in operation, and the
combined load during the testing would
have to be ‘‘normal’’, as defined in
Section 6.5.2.1 of Appendix A.
EPA also proposed to revise
§ 75.81(c)(1), to specify the acceptable
time frame in which to perform the
initial certification testing for the low
mass emission option. As originally
published, the rule simply states that
this testing must be done ‘‘prior to the
compliance date in § 75.80(b)’’, but does
not specify how far in advance of that
date the testing may be done and still be
considered acceptable. Further,
§ 75.81(d)(1) requires the test results to
be submitted as a certification
application, no later than 45 days after
completing the testing. And
§ 75.81(d)(4) requires periodic Hg
retesting to commence within two or
four ‘‘QA operating quarters’’ after the
quarter of the certification testing.
If there is too long a gap between the
certification testing and the start of the
program, it becomes problematic. For
instance, if the testing is done too early,
the requirement to submit a certification
application within 45 days could result
in applications being submitted long
before the regulatory agencies are ready
to receive and process them. Also, the
periodic retesting requirements of
§ 75.81(d)(4), which become active on
the certification test date, could result in
several Hg retests being done before the
program begins. This is clearly contrary
to the purpose of the retests, which, like
the periodic relative accuracy tests of
CEMS, are intended to commence after
the compliance date, when Hg
emissions reporting has begun. This also
raises questions about which default
emission rate to use for the initial
reporting. In view of these
considerations, EPA proposed to revise
§ 75.81(c)(1), to require that the Hg
testing for initial certification be done
no more than 1 year before the
compliance date. Sections 75.81(d)(2)
and 75.81(d)(5) would also be revised,
to address the case where a retest may
be required before the compliance date
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
4324
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
(e.g., when § 75.81(d)(4) requires a retest
within two QA operating quarters,
following a certification test that was
done 9 to 12 months before the
compliance date). In such cases, the
default Hg emission rate used at the
beginning of the program would be the
value that was obtained in the retest.
Finally, EPA proposed to amend
§§ 75.81(d)(4) and (d)(5) to address the
emission testing requirements when the
fuel supply is changed. The proposed
revisions would require additional Hg
retesting within 720 unit operating
hours, following a change in the fuel
supply. The results of this retest would
then be applied retrospectively, back to
the time of the fuel switch. The Agency
also proposed to revise § 75.81(c)(1) to
require that the fuel combusted during
the initial certification testing be from
the same source of supply as the fuel
combusted when the program starts.
The proposed revisions only addressed
the emission testing and reporting
requirements for one case, i.e., where
the source of supply for the primary fuel
(assumed to be coal) changes. EPA
solicited comments and suggestions on
how to apply the Hg low mass emitter
option in situations where the coal
supply does not change, but the unit
sometimes burns other types of fuel
besides coal or co-fires mixtures of coal
and other fuels (i.e., what emission
testing and reporting requirements
might be appropriate).
Summary of Rule Changes
Commenters were generally
supportive of the proposed amendments
that would reduce the testing
requirements for Hg low mass emission
units in common stack configurations.
The final rule differs somewhat from the
proposal, however, in that it also allows
the initial qualifying test to be
performed at the common stack, if
certain conditions are met. The
conditions are: (1) Testing must be done
at a combined load corresponding to the
designated normal load level (low, mid,
or high) defined in the monitoring plan;
(2) all of the units that share the stack
must be operating in a normal, stable
manner and at typical load levels during
the emission testing; (3) the coal
combusted in each unit during the
testing must be representative of the
coal that will be combusted in that unit
at the start of the Hg mass emission
reduction program (preferably from the
same source(s) of supply); and (4) if flue
gas desulfurization and/or add-on Hg
emission controls are used to reduce the
level of emissions exiting from the
common stack, these emission controls
must be operating normally during the
emission testing and the owner or
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
operator must record parametric data or
SO2 concentration data in accordance
with § 75.58(b)(3)(i) to document proper
operation of the controls.
For retests, provided that the required
load level is attained and that all of the
units sharing the stack are fed from the
same on-site coal supply during normal
operation, it is not necessary for all of
the units sharing the stack to be in
operation during a retest. However, if
two or more of the units that share the
stack are fed from different on-site coal
supplies (e.g., one unit burns low-sulfur
coal for compliance and the other
combusts higher-sulfur coal), then the
owner or operator must either: (1)
Perform the retest with all units in
normal operation; or (2) if this is not
possible, due to circumstances beyond
the control of the owner or operator
(e.g., a forced unit outage), perform the
retest with the available units operating
and assess the test results as follows.
The Hg concentration obtained in the
retest is used for reporting purposes if
the concentration is greater than or
equal to the value obtained in the most
recent test. However, if the retested
value is lower than the Hg concentration
from the previous test, then the higher
value from the previous test continues
to be used for reporting purposes, and
that same higher Hg concentration is
used in Equation 1 to determine the due
date for the next retest.
The final rule expands the testing of
groups of identical units beyond
identical units that share a common
stack. Section 75.81(c)(1)(iv) has been
amended to allow a subset of any group
of identical units to be tested according
to Table LM–4 in § 75.19, whether or
not the units share a common stack.
This amendment is modeled after the
provisions of § 75.19(c)(1)(iv)(B) for
testing groups of identical LME units.
Several commenters objected to the
proposed requirement to perform
retesting of low mass emission units
when the fuel supply is changed.
Concerns were expressed that the term
‘‘change in fuel supply’’ is not clearly
defined and could be interpreted to
require frequent, unnecessary retesting,
especially in light of the variation in
coal supplies from day to day in
competitive wholesale power markets.
A number of the commenters
recommended that retesting be limited
to changes in coal rank or classification
(e.g., changing from bituminous coal to
sub-bituminous coal). EPA has
incorporated the commenters’
suggestion into the final rule. Section
75.81(d)(4) of the final rule clarifies
what constitutes a ‘‘change in fuel
supply’’ that will trigger LME retesting.
If a unit switches to a different rank of
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
coal as the primary fuel for the unit, inbetween the scheduled LME retests
(where coal rank is defined by ASTM
D388–99), an additional LME retest is
required within 720 operating hours of
the change. The results of this retest are
then applied retrospectively back to the
date and hour of the fuel switch. The
four principal coal ranks are anthracitic,
bituminous, subbituminous, and
lignitic. The ranks of anthracite coal
refuse (culm) and bituminous coal
refuse (gob) are considered to be
anthracitic and bituminous,
respectively.
Equation 1 in § 75.81(c )(2), which is
used to demonstrate that a unit qualifies
as a Hg low mass emissions unit,
conservatively estimates the unit’s
potential annual Hg emissions by
assuming that it operates at the
maximum potential flow rate for 8,760
hours per year. One commenter
requested that EPA consider modifying
Equation 1 to conditionally allow a
number of hours less than 8,760 to be
used in the calculations, the condition
being that there is a Federallyenforceable permit provision in place,
limiting the unit’s annual operating
hours. EPA has incorporated this
suggestion into the final rule. The term
‘‘8,760’’ in Equation 1 has been replaced
with ‘‘N’’, which will either be 8,760 or
the maximum number of operating
hours per year allowed by the unit’s
Federally-enforceable operating permit
(if less than 8,760). If the operating
permit restricts the unit’s annual heat
input but not the number of annual unit
operating hours, the owner or operator
may divide the allowable annual heat
input (mmBtu) by the design rated heat
input capacity of the unit (mmBtu/hr) to
determine the value of ‘‘N’’.
Finally, no comments were received
on the proposal to require that the Hg
emission testing for initial certification
of a low mass emission unit be done no
more than 1 year prior to the applicable
compliance date. Therefore, this
provision has been finalized, as
proposed. For units subject to the Clean
Air Mercury Regulation (CAMR), the
certification deadline is January 1, 2009.
In view of this, only those Hg emission
tests of candidate low mass emission
units that are performed on and after
January 1, 2008 will be accepted for
initial certification.
3. Harmonization of Subpart I With
Other Proposed Rule Revisions
Background
Subpart I of Part 75 also contains a
recordkeeping and reporting section
(§ 75.84). which, for the most part,
cross-references the primary monitoring
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
plan, recordkeeping, notification and
reporting sections of the rule (i.e.,
§§ 75.53, 75.57 through 75.59, 75.61,
and 75.64) and other sections of Subpart
I.
To make Subpart I consistent with the
proposed revisions to the monitoring
plan, recordkeeping, notification, and
reporting sections of Part 75, EPA
proposed to make a number of minor
adjustments to the text of §§ 75.84(c)(3),
(e)(1), (e)(2), and (f)(1).
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received.
These provisions have been finalized, as
proposed.
H. Appendix A
1. CO2 Span Values
Background
EPA proposed to revise Section 2.1.3
of Appendix A, to allow the use of CO2
spans less than 6.0 percent CO2 if a
technical justification is provided in the
hardcopy monitoring plan. This added
flexibility in the CO2 span value mirrors
a similar provision in Section 2.1.3 for
O2 span values.
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received.
This provision has been finalized, as
proposed.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
2. Protocol Gas Audit Program
Background
EPA is responsible for implementing
air quality programs that rely heavily on
the accuracy of calibration gas
standards. Section 2.1.10 of ‘‘EPA
Traceability Protocol for Assay and
Certification of Gaseous Calibration
Standards’’ (Protocol Procedures),
September 1997 (EPA–600/R–97/121)
states that EPA will periodically assess
the accuracy of calibration gases and
publish the results. Between 1978 and
1996, EPA conducted several
performance audits of calibration gases
from various manufacturers. One
notable result of these audits was a
steady, significant reduction in the
failure rate of the audited gas cylinders,
from about 27% in 1992 down to 5% in
1996. The annual audits were
discontinued after 1996. Then, in 2003,
EPA conducted a ‘‘surprise’’ audit of 14
national specialty gas producers and
found that the failure rate had risen to
11%.
In view of this, EPA proposed to
establish a Protocol Gas Verification
Program (PGVP) and would require that
EPA Protocol Gases being used for 40
CFR Part 75 purposes be obtained from
specialty gas producers who participate
in the PGVP. As proposed, the rule
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
would allow only program participants
to market their gas standards as ‘‘EPA
Protocol Gases.’’ EPA proposed to
maintain a web site, listing the PGVP
participants and the audit results, in
order to provide calibration gas users
with detailed information about the
quality of EPA Protocol Gases.
EPA also proposed to: (1) Add a
definition of ‘‘specialty gas producer’’ to
§ 72.2; (2) delete several calibration gas
standards and reference materials from
section 5.1 of appendix A (believing
them to be prohibitively expensive and
not used in practice by Part 75 sources);
(3) remove from § 72.2 the
corresponding definitions of the deleted
calibration gas standards; and (4)
consolidate the remaining calibration
gas standards under section 5.1 of
appendix A.
Finally, EPA requested comment on
the appropriate accuracy specification
to apply to Hg cylinder gases and other
Hg calibration standards (e.g., gases
from NIST-traceable generators).
Currently, EPA requires that accuracy of
other EPA Protocol gases to be within 2
percent of the certified tag values.
Summary of Rule Changes
Only one organization commented on
the proposed protocol gas verification
program (PGVP). The commenter stated
that a transition period is needed to
implement the program. Sources need
time to communicate with their gas
vendors regarding their participation in
the PGVP. The commenter further
asserted that the PGVP would be
disruptive and costly, both in the shortterm and in the long-term, and that the
affected sources would bear the brunt of
the cost impact.
EPA agrees with the commenter
regarding the need for a transition
period. The final rule amends section
5.1.4 (c) to have the Protocol Gas
Verification Program (PGVP) take effect
on January 1, 2009. As the commenter
has stated, the costs of the PGVP will be
borne by the Part 75 sources using the
calibration gases, and the Agency notes
that these minimal costs ($5 to $10
added to a $500 to $1,000 cylinder) will
be offset by the savings generated by
fewer failed calibration error tests,
linearity checks, and relative accuracy
test audits.
3. Requirements for Air Emission
Testing Bodies
Background
Since the inception of the Acid Rain
Program, field audits of Part 75-affected
facilities have brought to EPA’s
attention a number of improperlyperformed RATAs and other QA/QC
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4325
tests. In view of this, EPA proposed to
revise Section 6.1 of Appendix A to
require all individuals who perform the
emission tests and CEMS performance
evaluations required by Part 75 to
demonstrate conformance with ASTM
D7036–04 ‘‘Standard Practice for
Competence of Air Emission Testing
Bodies’’. ASTM D7036–04 specifies the
general requirements for demonstrating
that an air emission testing body (AETB)
is competent to perform emission tests
of stationary sources.
Proposed revisions to Section 6.1.2 of
Appendix A, Section 2.1 of Appendix E,
and Section 1 of Appendix B make it
clear that this requirement would apply
only to AETBs that perform RATAs,
NOX emission tests of Appendix E and
LME units, or Hg emission tests of lowemitting units. It would not be
applicable to the daily operation, daily
QA/QC (daily calibration error check,
daily flow interference check, etc.),
weekly QA/QC (i.e., Hg system integrity
checks), quarterly QA/QC (linearity
checks, etc.), and routine maintenance
of the CEMS.
EPA also proposed to incorporate
ASTM Method D7036–04 by reference
in § 75.6(a)(45), and to add a definition
of ‘‘Air Emission Testing Body’’ to
§ 72.2.
Summary of Rule Changes
The amendments to Section 6.1.2 of
Appendix A, Section 2.1 of Appendix E,
and to Section 1 of Appendix B,
requiring AETBs to conform to ASTM
D7036–04, have been finalized, as
proposed. Two commenters strongly
supported the proposed revisions.
However, several others objected to
them, believing they would be costly
and burdensome, without producing
any noticeable improvement in data
quality. EPA does not agree with these
commenters, for the following reasons.
The experience of the State and
Federal regulators in the ASTM work
group indicates that implementation of
the ASTM Practice will result in
improved data quality. EPA believes the
evidence is abundant that unqualified,
under-trained and inexperienced testers
are often deployed on testing projects.
The Agency has had experiences with
tests that have been invalidated or
called into question due to poor
performance by testing contractors (see
Docket Items OAR–2005–0132–0009,
–0021, and –0035). Conformance with
ASTM D7036–04 does not guarantee
that every test will be performed
properly. However, it will reduce the
likelihood of problems. Furthermore, it
provides a guideline for both regulatory
agencies and affected sources to
evaluate and select competent testing
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
4326
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
firms. One of the cornerstones of the
Practice is that AETBs must collect
performance data on how well they plan
and execute test projects. These data
must be shared with regulators and
clients upon request.
In response to claims that ASTM
D7036–04 will significantly increase the
cost and burden of Part 75 testing, EPA
notes that no data were provided to
support these claims. The ISO 17025
standard upon which the ASTM
standard is based has been implemented
in Europe for many years. Mark Elliot,
Chairman of the Stack Testing
Association (STA) of Great Britain, has
provided the following information on
the costs of their programs. Their
certification program (for individuals) is
called MCERTS.
• MCERTS testing fees: Level 1 $350;
Level 2 $940
• Technical endorsements (1–4): $350
each
The Level 2 certification requires a
personal interview with the applicant.
Please note that according to Mr. Elliot,
this program has been successfully
implemented in the UK with no small
companies going out of business and no
complaints of being overly burdensome
on industry. In fact, many large
companies such as Mobil, Dow, Pfizer,
and 3M are members of the STA and
fully support the program because,
according to Mr. Elliot, they believe it
improves the quality of the data
provided by testing companies. Even
major UK utility companies such as
Drax Power, Energy Power Resources,
the Electricity Supply Board, PB Power,
Scottish and Southern Energy, and
Scottish Power participate in the
program. And they do this voluntarily
because they have found it to their
benefit to do so.
There are several differences between
the program described in the final rule
and the UK program. First, the final rule
does not require accreditation. The
individual testing requirements in the
rule are less expensive and less
stringent than the UK program. In the
US, The Source Evaluation Society is
currently providing Qualified
Individual testing. The fees are $155 for
the first test (including a one-time $15
SES membership) and $89 for any
subsequent tests taken during the same
testing session). It should also be noted
that ASTM D7036–04 does not require
that every individual be tested. Only
one ‘‘Qualified Individual’’ need be
present on-site during a test. Therefore,
even this minimal cost and burden is
considerably less than the successful
UK program.
The costs of coming into initial
compliance with the ASTM D7036–04
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
standard depend on the current state of
an AETB’s quality program. Those that
do not currently have an organized
quality program will most likely incur
greater costs than those who do. In any
case, the burden will be no greater than
that experienced by the UK companies
who successfully went through the same
process.
The main costs to comply with the
ASTM D7036–04 standard are
associated with taking a stack test QSTI
(qualified stack test individual)
competency exam, and developing or
revising a quality assurance (QA)
manual. A nationwide compliance cost
estimate may be obtained using the
following estimates:
• 450 stack test companies in U.S.
(The number of private (external) stack
test companies came from www.epa.gov/
ttn/emc/software.html#testfirm. RMB
Consulting, Inc. estimated 10 in-house
utility RATA test teams in the U.S.);
• On average, 10 people per company
(Source: www.epa.gov/ttn/emc/
software.html#testfirm);
• QSTI exam (required by ASTM)
costs $150 and must be taken every 5
years (Source: December 11, 2006 letter
from the Source Evaluation Society in
Docket OAR–2005–0132); and
• Roughly 1 QSTI is required for
every 3 people in a stack test company.
Using these inputs, the Agency
estimates the cost to comply with ASTM
D7036–04 at about $100 per yr per
company to cover the QSTI exam. There
is also approximately a $4,000 one time
cost per company, whether a large or
small entity as defined by the Small
Business Administration’s (SBA)
regulations at 13 CFR 121.201, to
develop a QA manual (estimate
provided by Air Tech, see Docket Item
# EPA–HQ–OAR–2005–0132–0093).
However, the costs will be borne by the
Part 75 sources using the air emission
testing bodies, and the Agency notes
that these costs will be offset by the
savings generated by fewer failed or
incorrectly performed relative accuracy
test audits, and fewer repeat tests
required. Therefore, the effect of this
revision is to actually relieve a
regulatory burden on these entities.
Regarding the issue of the financial
impact on smaller companies and the
request to provide funds to these
companies, EPA notes that small stack
test companies were represented on the
ASTM work group. At least one small
stack test company (3 people) has
already complied with ASTM D7036–
04, is supportive of the requirement,
and expects to actually realize an
increase in business because of their
compliance with ASTM D7036–04. As
stated in another response, the costs to
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
comply with ASTM D7036–04 are
reasonable. Similar requirements have
been successfully implemented for
many years in the UK with no small
companies going out of business and no
complaints of being overly burdensome
on industry. EPA does not expect to
provide funds to support small stack
test companies in meeting the
requirements of ASTM D7036–04.
EPA notes that virtually the same
program has been in place in Europe for
several years and is functioning very
well with the support of stack testers,
the government, and industry. The
ASTM standard is actually less stringent
in some areas than the European
program. Based on this extensive
experience in Europe, EPA believes that
this program can be successfully
implemented here in the U.S. with very
little additional burden. In summary,
there is an abundance of both data and
experience showing that this program
can be implemented without an
unreasonable burden, and also
(according to UK industry participants)
that it will improve the quality of data.
Two commenters asserted that the
existing infrastructure is not adequate
for testers to comply with the ASTM
method. EPA disagrees with these
claims. The Source Evaluation Society
is currently offering qualification exams
in several areas. The commenters may
be concerned that the SES website used
to state that their exams may not
specifically satisfy the requirements of
the ASTM Practice (because they were
not developed specifically for that
purpose). However, SES has updated
the wording on their Web site to say that
their qualification exams do meet the
exam requirement of the ASTM
Practice. The Stack Testing
Accreditation Council (STAC) also
recognizes that not only does the SES
program meet the requirements of the
ASTM standard—it actually exceeds
them. It requires more experience than
the ASTM standard and also requires
letters of recommendation. Both EPA
and STAC accept an SES certification as
meeting the external testing and
experience requirements of the ASTM
Practice.
If an external QSTI test is not
available to a company, an internal test
may be used to meet the requirements
of ASTM D7036–04 until an external
test becomes available. EPA is aware of
at least one large stack test company
that has developed a training module for
mercury methods meeting the
requirements of the ASTM D7036–04,
and has trained and tested their people
according to the internal qualification
exam provision of ASTM D7036–04.
When a third party test becomes
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
available, this company has indicated
that they will re-certify their people
according to the requirements of ASTM
D7036–04. The Source Evaluation
Society is reviewing steps to improve
and expand the QSTI examination
process.
Four commenters asked EPA to clarify
how compliance with ASTM D7036–04
would be determined. Section 6.1.2 in
Appendix A of the final rule specifically
states that there are two ways an AETB
can certify compliance: (1) A certificate
of accreditation, or (2) a letter of
certification signed by senior
management. The latter option is similar
to the way major sources certify
compliance with their Title V permits.
However, AETBs are under much more
direct regulatory scrutiny than a Title V
source. Every state has a field test
observer program. In the case of one
large stack testing company, Clean Air
Engineering, about half of their
compliance tests are directly observed
by state regulators. This oversight
provides an on-going check of whether
an AETB remains in conformance. In cooperation with the New Jersey DEP, a
standardized state observer checklist is
being developed that will facilitate
incorporating state observer assessments
into the ASTM process.
EPA expects to treat non-compliance
with this standard in the same way it
treats noncompliance with any other
standard—using its enforcement
discretion. EPA does not anticipate
invalidating test results because of
minor infractions. The proper way to
deal with these issues, if either the
regulatory authority or the client
discovers them, is to notify the AETB
that a problem has been found. The
AETB is then obligated to initiate a
corrective action to address the
problem. This becomes part of the
AETB’s Performance Data required by
the Practice. The Agency recommends
that the client also ask the AETB to
report back on what corrective actions
were taken. In the case of serious
infractions, EPA may exercise the same
authority it has always had to reject the
test.
EPA encounters deviations in test
methodology routinely in reviewing
stack test reports. Minor deviations are
noted and reported back to the source
but the underlying results are accepted.
Major deviations result in a rejection of
the test. This situation is no different.
This Practice should be treated much
like a test method in this regard. Minor
deviations may be of the type the
commenters cite in their examples.
Major deviations may include (for
example) not having a Qualified
Individual on-site, not having proper
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
calibration records for the equipment
used, or failing to follow through with
corrective actions when required.
There will undoubtedly be some
discussions between EPA, affected
sources and AETB’s as this program
unfolds that will help define the
implementation of the Practice. But this
is the case with every new rule and
standard.
There is always a balance in standard
writing between being overly detailed
and prescriptive and being too loose and
flexible. The stakeholders involved in
the consensus process of ASTM
determined that the proper balance had
been achieved. It is important to keep in
mind that ASTM D7036–04 is
essentially an international standard
that has been used successfully in
countries all over the world.
Three commenters requested that EPA
provide a 1–2 year transition period
after promulgation of the final rule, to
allow AETBs sufficient time to conform
to ASTM D7036–04. Particular concerns
were expressed about the availability of
Qualified Individuals (QIs) for Hg
emission testing. EPA agrees that a
transition period is appropriate, given
the testers’ relative unfamiliarity with
Hg test methods. Therefore, the final
rule gives AETBs until January 1, 2009
to comply with ASTM D7036–04.
A number of other comments were
received on the proposed AETB
certification program. These are
addressed in detail in the Response to
Comments (RTC) document.
4. Linearity Requirements for Dual-Span
Applications
Background
In May 1999, EPA revised the
linearity check provisions in Part 75,
Appendix A, section 6.2, to exempt SO2
and NOX span values of 30 ppm or less
from performing linearity checks. Since
the May 1999 revisions became
effective, some have questioned whether
the linearity exemption applies only to
ongoing QA or whether it applies also
to initial certification. Others have
asked whether the exemption applies
only to a particular measurement range
or to all of the linearity check
requirements for a monitoring system.
In view of this, EPA proposed to revise
Section 6.2 of Appendix A to make it
clear that the 30 ppm linearity
exemption: (1) Is range-specific; (2)
covers both initial certification and
ongoing QA; (3) does not remove the
requirement to perform linearity checks
of the high range (if > 30 ppm) for dual
span applications; and (4) does not take
away the linearity check requirements
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4327
for the diluent monitor component of a
NOX-diluent monitoring system.
Summary of Rule Changes
The proposed amendments to Section
6.2 of Appendix A have been finalized,
without substantive change. At the
request of one commenter, the final rule
clarifies that the low-span linearity
exemption applies to recertification as
well as to initial certification and
ongoing QA.
5. Dual Span Applications-Data
Validation
Background
EPA proposed to clarify the
relationship between the qualityassured (QA) status of the low and high
ranges of a gas monitor in a dual-span
application. Sections 2.1.1.5(b) and
2.1.2.5(b) of Appendix A have provided
instructions for reporting SO2 and NOX
concentration data when the full-scale
range of the monitor is exceeded. For
single-range applications, reporting a
value of 200 percent of the range has
been required when a full-scale
exceedance occurs. For dual range
applications, if the low range is
exceeded, no special reporting has been
necessary, provided that the high range
is ‘‘available and not out-of-control or
out-of-service for any reason’’. However,
if the high range is ‘‘not able to provide
quality-assured data’’ during the lowrange exceedance, then sources have
been required to report the maximum
potential concentration (MPC).
Believing that the two phrases used to
describe the QA status of the high range
during low-scale exceedances, i.e.,
‘‘available and not out-of-control or outof-service for any reason’’ and ‘‘not able
to provide quality assured data’’ to be
too general, the Agency proposed to
revise these rule texts by defining the
QA status of the high range in terms of
its most recent calibration error and
linearity checks. Provided that both of
these QA tests are still ‘‘active’’, i.e.,
their windows of data validation have
not expired, the high range would be
considered in-control and able to
provide quality-assured data. However
if either of the tests has expired, data
recorded on the high range would be
considered invalid until the expired test
was repeated and passed. The MPC
would be reported until the expired
high-range test is redone or until the
data return to the low scale. Thus, the
proposed revisions would clarify that
when the low range is up-to-date on its
QA tests but the high range is not, the
QA status of each range is evaluated
separately.
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
4328
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received.
These provisions have been finalized, as
proposed.
6. Cycle Time Test-Stability Criteria
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Background
The cycle time test described in
Section 6.4 of Appendix A is required
for the initial certification and
recertification of gas monitoring
systems, and occasionally as a
diagnostic test. The test is designed to
determine how long it takes for a
monitor to respond to step changes in
gas concentration. Two calibration gases
(zero- and high-level) are used for the
test, which has both an upscale and a
downscale component.
Section 6.4 has specified criteria for
determining when a stable gas
concentration reading has been
obtained. The reading is considered
stable if it changes by less than 2.0
percent of the span value for 2 minutes
or less than 6.0 percent from the average
concentration over 6 minutes. These
criteria are reasonable when the source
effluent concentrations are moderate or
high. However, when concentrations are
very low, the criteria can become overly
stringent and difficult to meet. In view
of this, the Agency proposed to add
alternative stability criteria to Section
6.4 of Appendix A. By the alternative
criteria, an SO2 or NOX reading would
be considered stable if it changed by no
more than 0.5 ppm for 2 minutes or, for
a diluent monitor, if it changed by no
more than 0.2% CO2 or O2 for 2
minutes.
Summary of Rule Changes
Substantive changes have been made
to the cycle time test procedure, in
response to comments received. The
sequence of the test has been reversed,
i.e., it now begins with a stable reading
of stack emissions and ends with a
stable reading of calibration gas
concentration (see section 2.6 of the
Response to Comments document for
further discussion). Commenters were
generally supportive of the proposed
alternative stability criteria, and these
have been incorporated into the final
rule. One commenter noted the absence
of corresponding alternative stability
criteria for Hg monitors. To correct this
apparent oversight, the final rule
includes an alternative specification of
0.5 µg/m3 for Hg CEMS. The same
commenter also expressed concerns
about temporal variations in stack gas
concentration (particularly for Hg) that
can make it difficult to meet the stability
criteria, and recommended that the
order of the cycle time test be reversed,
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
i.e., begin the test by measuring stack
gas emissions and then inject the
calibration gas. EPA agrees with this
comment and has revised the cycle time
test procedure and Figure 6 in
Appendix A accordingly. EPA believes
this change in the test procedure (which
is closer to the way in which the test
was originally presented in the January
1993 rule) gives a more accurate
indication of the monitor’s true
response time and will help to prevent
‘‘false positive’’ test failures.
EPA has also revised the reporting
requirement (in Appendix A § 6.4) for
cycle time tests of dual range monitors
in light of the transition to the revised
XML format. The change requires that
cycle time for both ranges of a
component be reported separately
(consistent with the reporting of other
component level tests for CEMS), rather
than only reporting the results from the
range with the longer cycle time. This
change is consistent with the proposed
changes that required reporting of
certain test at the component level
rather than at a system/component
level, which overall reduces redundant
reporting of test data from shared
components. No adverse comments
were received on those similar proposed
changes. This revision was necessary for
consistency with those other proposed
changes which EPA is finalizing.
7. System Integrity and Linearity Checks
of Hg CEMS
Background
The required certification tests for a
Hg CEMS include a 3-level system
integrity check, using a NIST-traceable
source of oxidized Hg and a 3-level
linearity check, using elemental Hg
standards. The performance
specification for the system integrity
check, which is found in paragraph
(3)(iii) of Appendix A, Section 3.2, has
been that the system measurement error
must not exceed 5.0 percent of the span
value at any of the three calibration gas
levels. However no explanation of how
to calculate the measurement error has
been provided. EPA proposed to
restructure paragraph (3) of Section 3.2,
to add the necessary mathematical
procedure.
Believing that the performance
specification for the linearity check
(which is done with elemental Hg)
should be at least as stringent as the
performance for the system integrity
check (which is done with oxidized Hg),
the Agency also proposed to make the
linearity and system integrity check
specifications for Hg monitors the same,
i.e., 5.0 percent of the span value, with
an alternative specification to 0.6 µg/m3
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
absolute difference between the
reference gas value and the monitor
response.
Summary of Rule Changes
In the final rule, the performance
specifications for the linearity checks
and system integrity checks of Hg
monitors have been made the same, but
the proposed 5.0 percent of span
criterion (with an alternative
specification of 0.6 µg/m3) has not been
adopted. The commenters did not take
issue with the proposal to equalize the
performance specifications for the two
QA tests, but several commenters
objected to the proposed values of the
specifications, citing a lack of
supporting data to demonstrate that the
specifications are achievable. Two
commenters favored setting both
specifications at the existing values for
the linearity check, i.e., 10.0 percent of
the reference gas value, with an
alternative specification of 1.0 µg/m3.
In response to these comments, EPA
analyzed data from two recent field
studies in which elemental and
oxidized Hg calibration gases were
injected into commercially-available Hg
CEMS, at different concentration levels
(low, mid, high). Based on the results of
the data analysis, the Agency has
concluded that equalizing the
performance specifications for linearity
checks and system integrity checks of
Hg monitors at 10.0 percent of the
reference gas value, with an alternate
specification of 0.8 µg/m3 absolute
difference is appropriate, and the final
rule incorporates these specifications.
A total of 97 data points from the two
field studies were analyzed. Data
recorded during known periods of probe
malfunction and excessive analyzer drift
were excluded from the analysis.
Eighteen of the 97 data points analyzed
were elemental Hg injections, and the
rest were oxidized Hg injections. Each
gas injection was evaluated on a pass/
fail basis against six candidate sets of
performance specifications. These were:
(1) The proposed performance
specifications, i.e., 5.0 percent of span,
with an alternative specification of 0.6
µg/m3; (2) the existing linearity
specifications, i.e., 10.0 percent of the
reference gas value, with alternative
specification of 1.0 µ/m3; (3) the existing
system integrity specification, i.e., 5.0
percent of span, with no alternative
specification; (4) 5.0 percent of span,
with an alternative specification of 0.8
µg/m3 ; (5) 5.0 percent of span, with an
alternative specification of 1.0 µg/m3;
and (6) 10.0 percent of the reference gas
value, with alternative specification of
0.8 µg/m3. For each set of performance
specifications, the pass rate of the 97 gas
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
injections was determined. The two
highest pass rates (96.9% and 95.9%)
were attained with sets (2) and (5),
respectively, which have the widest
alternative specification of 1.0 µg/m3.
Similarly high pass rates (93.8% and
94.8%) were also attained with sets (4)
and (6), both of which have an
alternative specification of 0.8 µg/m3.
The lowest pass rates (85.5% and
75.3%) were attained with sets (1) and
(3), the proposed performance
specifications and the existing system
integrity check specification.
From these results, EPA concludes, on
the one hand, that both the proposed
performance specifications (set 1) and
existing system integrity check
specifications (set 3) may be too
stringent. On the other hand, very high
pass rates were achieved with the four
sets having the wider alternate
specifications of 1.0 µg/m3 and 0.8 µg/
m3, i.e., sets (2), (5), (4), and (6). For
these four sets, it seems to make little or
no difference whether the main
specification is 5.0 percent of span or
10.0 percent of the reference gas value.
In view of these considerations, EPA has
selected the main specification for the
system integrity and linearity checks to
be 10.0 percent of the reference gas
value, and the alternative specification
to be the more stringent value of 0.8 µg/
m3. These values have been
incorporated into paragraph (3) of
Section 3.2 in Appendix A.
Summary of Rule Changes
8. Correction of Hg Calibration Gas
Concentrations for Moisture
I. Appendix B
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
When calibration error tests and
linearity checks of SO2, NOX, and
diluent gas monitors are performed,
EPA protocol gases are used. The
protocol gases are essentially moisturefree. However, when mercury monitors
are calibrated, moisture is sometimes
added to the calibration gas. This
creates a potential source of error in the
calculations. In view of this, EPA
proposed to revise the calibration error
procedures in section 6.3.1 of Appendix
A, to require that when moisture is
added to the Hg calibration gas, the
moisture content of the gas must be
accounted for. The proposed revisions
would also require the calibration gas
concentration to be converted to a dry
basis for purposes of performing the
calibration error calculations.
The Agency also proposed to add
parallel language to Section 6.2 of
Appendix A, in a new paragraph ‘‘(h)’’,
to address this issue for the linearity
checks and system integrity checks of
Hg monitors.
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
9. Correction of Cross-References
Background
EPA proposed to correct a number of
cross-references in Appendix A,
Sections 6.2(g), 6.5.6(b)(3) and 6.5.6.3.
Regarding the system integrity checks of
Hg monitors, Section 6.2(g) of Appendix
A incorrectly only referred to Section
2.6 of Appendix B, which only
describes weekly, single-level system
integrity checks. The proposed revisions
would also refer to Sections 2.1.1 and
2.2.1 of Appendix B, which describe the
3-level system integrity checks. Finally,
corrections to sections 6.5.6(b)(3) and
6.5.6.3 of Appendix A were proposed,
changing references to Section 3.2 of
Performance Specification No. 2 (PS2)
to Section 8.1.3, of PS2.
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received.
These corrections have been finalized,
as proposed.
1. 3-Load Flow RATA Frequency and
RATA Grace Period
Background
VerDate Aug<31>2005
No comments were received on the
proposal. Therefore, the provisions have
been finalized, but there is one notable
change. The proposed rule
inappropriately limited the requirement
to account for added moisture in the
calibration gas to dry-basis Hg CEMS. In
the final rule text, this restriction has
been removed. This is simply a
technical correction of a misstatement
in the proposal.
Background
On May 26, 1999, EPA revised
Appendix B of Part 75, to reduce the
required frequency of 3-load flow
RATAs from annually to ‘‘at least once
every 5 consecutive calendar years’’. As
written, this rule provision actually
allows more than five years (20 calendar
quarters) to elapse between 3-load flow
RATAs. For instance, if successive 3load flow RATAs are performed in the
1st quarter of 2002 and in the 4th
quarter of 2007, this satisfies the ‘‘once
every 5 consecutive calendar years’’
requirement, but there would be 23
calendar quarters between the two tests.
In light of this, EPA proposed to
revise Section 2.3.1.3(c)(4) of Appendix
B, to require 3-load flow RATAs to be
done at least once every 20 calendar
quarters. This is consistent with both
the other 5-year testing requirements in
Part 75 (i.e., for Appendix E and LME
units) and the maximum allowable
interval between successive accuracy
tests of Appendix D fuel flowmeters.
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4329
EPA also proposed to revise the
RATA grace period provisions in
Section 2.3.3, by removing the method
of determining the deadline for the next
RATA after a grace period test from
paragraph (c) of Section 2.3.3 and
replacing it with a different method
described in new paragraph (d).
Paragraph (d) proposed a change to
the methodology for determining RATA
deadlines, without changing the end
result. The intent of paragraph (c) in
Section 2.3.3 had always been for the
source to return to its original RATA
schedule following a grace period test,
in order to prevent the grace period
provisions from being abused. However,
for infrequently operated units (e.g.,
many combustion turbines), the grace
period sometimes spans across many
calendar quarters, which effectively
eliminates the possibility of establishing
a meaningful relationship between the
original RATA due date and the
deadline for the next test.
In view of these considerations, EPA
proposed a simpler methodology for
determining RATA deadlines that will
work for both base load units and
combustion turbines that seldom
operate. The deadline for the next
RATA following a grace period test
would be two QA operating quarters
after the quarter of the test, if the RATA
results trigger a semiannual test
frequency, and three QA operating
quarters after the quarter of the test if
the RATA qualifies for an annual test
frequency. As proposed, there was one
exception to these rules. Regardless of
the number of QA operating quarters
that have elapsed following the grace
period test, the maximum allowable
interval between a grace period RATA
and the next RATA would be eight
calendar quarters. This is consistent
with Section 2.3.1.1(a) of Appendix B.
Finally, EPA proposed to amend
paragraph (c ) of Section 2.3.3, to state
that when a RATA is performed after
the expiration of a grace period, the
‘‘clock’’ is reset, and the deadline for the
next RATA is determined in the usual
manner, i.e., the next test would be due
within two QA operating quarters (for
semiannual frequency) or four QA
operating quarters (for annual
frequency), not to exceed eight calendar
quarters.
Summary of Rule Changes
Commenters were supportive of the
proposed amendments to the RATA
grace period provisions, and no
comments were received on the
proposal to determine 3-load flow
RATA deadlines on a calendar quarter
basis. Therefore, these provisions have
been finalized, as proposed.
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
4330
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
2. RATA Requirement for Shared
Components
Background
EPA proposed to amend paragraph (g)
in section 2.3.2 of Appendix B, to
specify the consequences of a failed
RATA, in the case where a particular
NOX pollutant concentration monitor is
a component of both a NOX
concentration monitoring system and a
NOX-diluent monitoring system. In such
cases, the Agency proposed that if the
NOX concentration system RATA is
failed, both the NOX concentration
monitoring system and the associated
NOX-diluent monitoring system would
be considered out-of-control, and
successful RATAs of both monitoring
systems would be required to get them
back in-control.
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received.
This amendment has been finalized, as
proposed.
3. AETB Requirements
Background
EPA proposed to amend Appendix B
by adding a new Section, 1.1.4, to
require that an Air Emissions Testing
Body (AETB) that performs emission
testing or RATAs for on-going qualityassurance under Part 75 must conform
to ASTM D7036–04.
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received.
This provision has been finalized, as
proposed.
4. Calibration Error Tests and Linearity
Checks-Dual Range Applications
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Background
EPA proposed to revise Sections 2.1.1,
2.1.1.2, 2.1.5.1 and 2.2.3(e) of Appendix
B, to clarify the data validation
requirements for daily calibration error
tests and linearity checks of gas
monitors when two span values and two
measurement ranges are required for a
particular parameter (e.g., SO2 or NOX).
The proposed revisions to Section
2.1.1 of Appendix B would require that
‘‘sufficient’’ calibration error tests be
performed on the low and high monitor
ranges to validate the data recorded on
each range, in accordance with Section
2.1.5 of Appendix B. EPA also proposed
to add a new paragraph, (3), to Section
2.1.5.1 of Appendix B, to clarify how
the QA status of the low and high ranges
is determined when: (a) a calibration
error test on one of the ranges is failed;
or (b) the most recent calibration error
test of one of the ranges has expired.
Under proposed paragraph (3), when
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
separate analyzers are used for the two
ranges, a failed or expired calibration
error test on one of the ranges would not
affect the QA status of the other range.
For a dual-range analyzer (i.e., a single
analyzer with two scales), a failed
calibration error test on either range
would result in an out-of-control period,
and data from the monitor would
remain invalid until corrective actions
are taken, followed by successful
‘‘hands-off’’ calibrations of both ranges.
However, if the most recent calibration
error test on one range of a dual-range
analyzer was successful, but its data
validation window expires, this would
have no effect on the QA status of the
other range.
Further, the Agency proposed to
amend Section 2.2.3(e) of Appendix B to
make it clear that ‘‘hands-off’’ linearity
checks of both ranges of a dual-range
analyzer are required whenever a
linearity check on either range fails or
is aborted (unless, of course, a particular
range is exempted from linearity checks
under Section 6.2 of Appendix A).
Summary of Rule Changes
These provisions have been finalized,
as proposed. Two commenters did not
understand why failure of a calibration
error test or a linearity check on one
scale of a dual-range analyzer should
invalidate data on both ranges, and
asked for EPA to more fully explain the
technical basis for this requirement.
The requirement to perform
calibration error tests or linearity checks
on both scales of a dual-range analyzer
to resolve an out-of-control period does
not reflect a change in Agency policy.
Rather, EPA’s proposal intended to
clarify the existing requirement that
each range of a dual-range monitor must
be known to be in-control in order to
validate data from the monitor.
The final rule allows data to be
considered valid from a particular
measurement range that has passed a
calibration error check when the
calibration error test for the other
measurement range has expired. In such
instances, since there is no indication
that the monitor is not functioning
properly, but there is evidence that the
measurement range being used is
properly calibrated, EPA is allowing
that range to be considered quality
assured. However, whenever a monitor
fails any required daily, quarterly, semiannual or annual quality assurance test,
regardless of range, EPA maintains that
data from that monitor must be
considered invalid until the required
quality assurance tests are passed. A
failed test on either range of a dual
range monitor indicates a problem with
the monitor’s ability to accurately
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
measure emissions. While it is possible
that in some instances, the problem
causing the failure of a test on one range
does not affect the accuracy of the
monitor’s measurements on the other
range, it is far from certain. Therefore,
the Agency’s firm position is that
whenever a calibration error test or
linearity check is failed on either
measurement scale of a dual-range
analyzer, it is necessary to calibrate both
ranges following corrective actions
(which usually involve adjustments to
the monitor), to verify that the monitor
is back in-control and is able to generate
quality-assured data on both ranges.
5. Off-Line Calibration Error Tests
Background
Section 2.1.1.2 of Appendix B allows
the owner or operator to make limited
use of off-line calibration error tests to
validate data if an off-line calibration
demonstration test is performed and
passed. If the off-line calibration error
demonstration is successful, then offline calibrations may be used to validate
up to 26 unit operating hours of data
before an on-line calibration error test is
required.
The off-line calibration provisions in
Appendix B have not been wellunderstood by many affected sources.
Through the years, EPA has received
numerous requests for a more detailed
explanation and/or examples of how to
apply these rule provisions. In view of
this, the Agency proposed to revise
Sections 2.1.1.2 and 2.1.5.1 of Appendix
B to clarify the data validation rules for
off-line calibration error tests.
EPA proposed to revise paragraph (2)
in Section 2.1.1.2 to state that sources
may make limited use of off-line
calibrations if the off-line calibration
demonstration has been performed and
passed. The proposed changes to
paragraph (2) of Section 2.1.5.1 would
explain what ‘‘limited use’’ of off-line
calibrations means. Off-line calibrations
could be used to validate up to 26
consecutive unit operating hours of data
before an on-line test is required. Each
individual off-line calibration would be
valid only for 26 clock hours, and if the
sequence of consecutive operating hours
validated by off-line calibrations is
broken before reaching the 26th
consecutive unit operating hour, data
from the monitor would become invalid
until an on-line calibration is performed
and passed.
Summary of Rule Changes
Numerous commenters objected to the
proposed revisions to Section 2.1.5.1 of
Appendix B. The commenters found the
proposed rule language to be confusing
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
rather than clarifying, and several of
them asserted that EPA appeared to be
placing new restrictions on the use of
off-line calibration error tests.
After careful consideration of these
comments, EPA agrees that the
proposed rule language, particularly the
term ‘‘sequence of consecutive unit
operating hours’’ can be misinterpreted.
However, the Agency’s intent was (and
is) simply to clarify the existing
procedures for using off-line
calibrations to validate CEMS data. That
is, a source desiring to use the off-line
calibration provisions in paragraph (2)
of Appendix B, section 2.1.5.1 must first
pass the off-line calibration
demonstration described in section
2.1.1.2. After successfully completing
this demonstration, off-line calibrations
may be used on a limited basis for data
validation. In particular, off-line
calibrations may be used to validate
data for up to 26 consecutive unit
operating hours following a passed online calibration error test.
The term ‘‘consecutive unit operating
hours’’ does not mean consecutive clock
hours. For example, two consecutive
unit operating hours could be separated
by several hours, days, weeks, etc., due
to a unit outage. Each off-line
calibration error test has the same
prospective, 26 clock hour window of
data validation as an on-line calibration
error test.
Therefore, for a source that has passed
the off-line calibration demonstration,
EPA considers the data for a particular
operating hour to be valid if there is: (1)
A passed on-line calibration within the
26 unit operating hours preceding that
operating hour; and (2) a passed off-line
calibration within the 26 clock hours
immediately preceding that operating
hour. The Agency has revised the
proposed rule language to clarify these
requirements. For each hour of unit
operation, these criteria will be used to
evaluate each monitoring system’s
control status with respect to daily
calibrations.
6. Weekly System Integrity Check—Data
Validation
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Background
For a Hg CEMS that is equipped with
a converter and that uses elemental Hg
for daily calibrations, Section 2.6 of Part
75, Appendix B requires a weekly
system integrity check, using a NISTtraceable source of oxidized Hg. This
‘‘weekly’’ test is required once every 168
unit operating hours. However, due to
an apparent oversight, Section 2.6 did
not explain the consequences of either
failing the test or failing to perform the
test on schedule. In view of this, EPA
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
proposed to add the following data
validation rules for the weekly system
integrity check to Section 2.6 of
Appendix B: (a) If the test fails, it would
trigger an out-of-control period until a
subsequent system integrity check is
passed; and (b) if the test is not
performed within 168 unit operating
hours of the previous successful system
integrity check, data from the CEMS
would become invalid, starting with the
169th unit operating hour and
continuing until a system integrity
check is passed.
The Agency also proposed to correct
a typographical error in Section 2.6 of
Appendix B. The performance
specification for the weekly system
integrity check was incorrectly
referenced as Section 3.2 (c)(3) of
Appendix A. The correct citation is
Appendix A, Section 3.2, paragraph
(3)(iii).
Summary of Rule Changes
The revision has been finalized as
proposed. Several commenters objected
to the proposed data validation rules for
weekly system integrity checks of Hg
CEMS. Commenters expressed concern
that the specified test frequency, i.e.,
once every 168 unit operating hours,
will cause scheduling difficulties, due
to the limited availability of qualified
technicians and other factors. The
commenters requested that EPA provide
a grace period of 72 to 96 hours for this
QA test, to minimize the possibility of
data loss.
EPA does not agree with the
commenters’ assertions that the 168
operating hour requirement will be
difficult to implement and that a grace
period should be added. The number of
operating hours since the last weekly
system integrity check can (and should)
be tracked by the data acquisition and
handling system (DAHS). An alarm or
prompt could be activated when the
deadline for the next test is near (e.g.,
when 120 or 144 operating hours have
elapsed since the last test).
EPA favors basing the interval
between successive tests on operating
hours rather than clock hours in a week,
primarily for reasons of simplicity. The
Agency acknowledges that this is
distinctly different from the way in
which the deadlines for RATAs and
linearity checks are determined. For a
RATA or linearity check, the deadline is
always at the end of a calendar quarter.
Grace periods are provided for these
tests because the deadlines can pass
while the unit is either off-line or
experiencing operational abnormalities
that prevent the monitors from being
tested on time. Also, a limited number
of RATA deadline extensions and
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4331
linearity check exemptions are provided
for ‘‘non-QA operating quarters’’, i.e.,
calendar quarters in which the unit
operates for < 168 hours.
However, the required frequency for
the system integrity checks of a Hg
CEMS is weekly, not quarterly. This is
the only weekly QA test required by
Part 75. Therefore, the existing ‘‘QA
operating quarter’’ model and grace
period scheme cannot be directly
applied to the system integrity check. A
new concept, perhaps a ‘‘QA operating
week’’ would have to be introduced and
an appropriate grace period determined.
EPA considered this approach and
decided against it, believing that it
would unnecessarily complicate the
process of QA status tracking for Hg
CEMS.
The Agency believes that if the DAHS
is programmed to track the number of
unit operating hours since the last
system integrity check and if an alert is
provided to let plant personnel know
when the test deadline is approaching,
there will seldom, if ever be a missed
test. Furthermore, the Agency believes
that as experience is gained with Hg
monitors, it may be possible to automate
the weekly system integrity check so
that during the 168th hour of operation
since the last system integrity check, the
check is automatically initiated by the
DAHS computer system or other
appropriate programmable logic
controller (PLC) systems. Such
automation would further reduce the
probability of a missed test.
7. Correction of Hg Units of Measure—
Figure 2
Background
EPA proposed to correct a minor error
in the units of measure for Hg
concentration in Figure 2 of Appendix
B, changing the units of micrograms per
dry standard cubic meter (µg/dscm) to
micrograms per standard cubic meter
(µg/scm). This change was proposed
because not all Hg monitoring systems
measure Hg concentration on a dry
basis.
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received.
The proposed correction to Figure 2 has
been made.
J. Appendix D
1. Update of Incorporation by Reference
Background
As previously noted, EPA proposed to
update the list of test methods, sampling
and analysis procedures, and other
items that are incorporated by reference
in § 75.6. As such, the proposed rule
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
4332
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
included corresponding updates to the
references in Appendix D.
EPA also proposed to add to Section
2.1.5.1 of Appendix D, the American
Petroleum Institute’s (API) Manual of
Petroleum Measurement Standards
Chapter 22—Testing Protocol: Section
2—Differential Pressure Flow
Measurement Devices (First Edition,
August 2005) as a new standard
procedure for verifying flowmeter
accuracy.
Summary of Rule Changes
These provisions have been finalized,
as proposed. Note that in response to a
comment, EPA has also incorporated by
reference ASTM D5453–06, ‘‘Standard
Test Method for Determination of Total
Sulfur in Light Hydrocarbons, Spark
Ignition Engine Fuel, Diesel Engine
Fuel, and Engine Oil by Ultraviolet
Fluorescence’’ 1, and has added ASTM
D5453–06 to the list of acceptable oil
sampling methods in Section 2.2.5 of
Appendix D (see section 2.7 of the
Response to Comments document for
further discussion). In addition, the
equation for Hourly SO2 Mass Emissions
from the Combustion of all Fuels in
Appendix D, section 3.5.1 has been
revised to be consistent with the new
XLM format. This change is considered
to be insignificant and was made to be
consistent with the proposed changes to
harmonize the units of measure for
reporting hourly mass emissions.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
2. Pipeline Natural Gas—Method of
Qualification and Monthly GCV Values
Background
For a unit which combusts a fuel that
meets the definition of ‘‘pipeline natural
gas’’ (PNG) in § 72.2, Section 2.3.1.1 of
Appendix D allows the owner or
operator to estimate the unit’s SO2 mass
emissions using a default SO2 emission
rate of 0.0006 lb/mmBtu. To qualify to
use this SO2 emission rate, the owner or
operator must document that the natural
gas has a total sulfur content of 0.5
grains per 100 standard cubic foot or
less. Section 2.3.1.4 describes three
ways to initially demonstrate that the
gas meets this total sulfur requirement:
(1) Based on the gas quality
characteristics specified in a purchase
contract, tariff sheet, or pipeline
transportation contract; or (2) based on
historical fuel sampling data from the
previous 12 months; or (3) based on at
least one representative sample of the
gas, if the requirements of (1) or (2)
cannot be met. When fuel sampling data
1 ASTM
D5453–05 is no longer available. EPA is
thus adding ASTM D5453–06, the version currently
available. EPA considers this a minor ministerial
correction.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
are used to qualify, the rule has required
that each individual sample result must
meet the total sulfur limit. Once a fuel
has qualified as pipeline natural gas,
Section 2.3.1.4(e) of Appendix D
requires annual sampling of the total
sulfur content to demonstrate that the
fuel still meets the definition of PNG. At
least one sample per year must be taken
and if multiple samples are taken, the
rule has required each one to meet the
0.5 gr/100 scf total sulfur limit.
Many suppliers of natural gas
regularly sample the total sulfur content
of the gas (in many cases, daily) and
provide that data to their customers
upon request. Sources desiring to use
this data to meet the initial or ongoing
total sulfur sampling requirements of
Appendix D have asked whether the gas
would be disqualified from using the
0.0006 lb/mmBtu SO2 emission rate if
the total sulfur content of one of these
daily samples exceeded 0.5 gr/100 scf.
EPA has been handling these requests
individually, on a case-by-case basis.
However, the Agency believes it will be
more efficient to address the issue
through rulemaking. In view of this,
amendments to Sections 2.3.1.4(a)(2)
and (e) of Appendix D were proposed.
For the initial documentation that the
gas meets the 0.5 gr/100 scf total sulfur
limit, the proposed revisions to Section
2.3.1.4(a)(2) would allow sources with
at least 100 total sulfur samples from the
previous 12 months to reduce the data
to monthly averages. Then, if all
monthly averages meet the 0.5 gr/100
scf limit, the fuel would qualify as
pipeline natural gas, and the source
could use the 0.0006 lb/mmBtu default
SO2 emission rate. Alternatively, if at
least 98 percent of the 100 (or more)
samples from the previous 12 months
have a total sulfur content of 0.5 gr/100
scf or less, the fuel would qualify as
pipeline natural gas.
The proposed revisions to Section
2.3.1.4(e) would allow this same
calculation methodology to be used for
the annual total sulfur sampling
requirement. That is, each year, if the
results of at least 100 total sulfur
samples from the past 12 months are
obtained, the data could either be
reduced to monthly averages, or the
percentage of the samples that meet the
0.5 gr/100 scf limit could be
determined.
EPA also proposed to clarify the gross
calorific value (GCV) sampling
requirements for pipeline natural gas in
Section 2.3.4.1 of Appendix D. The
current rule requires monthly GCV
sampling for PNG. However, Section
2.3.4.1 refers only to the ‘‘monthly
sample’’ (singular), whereas affected
sources may collect and analyze
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
multiple GCV samples each month, or
may receive the results of multiple GCV
samples from the fuel supplier each
month. In view of this, the Agency
proposed to revise Section 2.3.4.1 to
require that the monthly average GCV
value be used for Part 75 reporting, for
any month in which multiple samples
are taken and analyzed. To implement
this provision in the case where the
owner or operator has elected to use the
actual monthly GCV value in the
emission calculations, revisions to
Section 2.3.7(c) of Appendix D were
proposed, requiring the monthly average
GCV value to be applied starting from
the latest date of any of the individual
GCV samples used to calculate the
monthly average. In the case where an
assumed GCV value is used in the
calculations (i.e., either a contract value
or the highest monthly average from the
previous year), the assumed value
would continue to be used unless
superseded by a higher monthly average
GCV value.
Summary of Rule Changes
The provisions pertaining to
documentation that a particular gaseous
fuel qualifies as pipeline natural gas
have been finalized, with only minor
editorial changes. Regarding the
proposed requirement to average the
results of all GCV samples of natural gas
taken in each calendar month, one
commenter asked whether the monthly
average would be used to back-calculate
the heat input values for each day in
that month.
The proposed revisions to Section
2.3.7(c) of Appendix D specified that
when the option to use the actual
monthly GCV in the calculations is
selected and multiple samples are taken,
each monthly average GCV would be
applied prospectively, starting on the
date of the last sample taken during the
month. However, in light of the
commenter’s question, EPA has
reconsidered this approach. The final
rule requires instead that each monthly
GCV value be applied to every day in
that month. The Agency believes that
this approach provides a more
representative estimate of the unit’s true
monthly heat input.
Note that the text of paragraph (b)(2)
in section 2.3.7 has also been modified
to address the new alternative
methodology for making annual
assessments of the sulfur content of
natural gas.
3. Requirement to Split Oil Samples
Background
For affected units that combust fuel
oil and use the Appendix D
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
methodology to quantify SO2 mass
emissions and/or unit heat input,
Section 2.2 of Appendix D requires the
owner or operator to perform periodic
sampling of the sulfur content, gross
calorific value and density of the oil (as
applicable). Section 2.2.5 of Appendix D
requires each oil sample to be split and
a portion (at least 200 cc) of it to be
maintained for at least 90 days after the
end of the allowance accounting period.
The requirement to split and maintain
a portion of each oil sample has been in
Appendix D since it was first
promulgated on January 11, 1993. At
that time, on-site fuel oil sampling was
required on every day that the unit
combusted oil. Later, on May 17, 1995,
an option to sample each shipment
upon delivery was added for diesel fuel.
Then, on May 26, 1999, the four basic
oil sampling options in the current rule
were put in place. However, the
requirement to split and maintain a
portion of each sample has remained
unchanged through all of these
rulemakings.
Believing that the requirement to split
and maintain oil samples should only
apply to samples that are taken at the
affected facility, EPA proposed to revise
Section 2.2.5 of Appendix D to limit this
requirement to samples that are taken
on-site. If this proposed amendment
were finalized, sources electing to
sample each fuel lot would no longer be
required to split and maintain oil
samples in cases where the samples are
taken off-site, from the fuel supplier’s
storage container.
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received.
This provision has been finalized, as
proposed.
K. Appendix E
1. AETB Requirements
Background
EPA proposed to revise Section 2.1 of
Appendix E to require that any Air
Emissions Testing Body (AETB)
performing emission measurements to
develop an Appendix E correlation
curve or to derive a default emission
rate for a LME unit, would have to
conform to ASTM D7036–04.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received.
This provision has been finalized, as
proposed.
2. Reporting Data When the Correlation
Curve Expires
Background
For oil and gas-fired peaking units
using the Appendix E methodology to
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
estimate NOX emissions, the owner or
operator is required, for each fuel type,
to perform four-load emission testing for
initial certification in order to develop
a correlation curve of NOX emission rate
versus heat input rate. Each correlation
curve is programmed into the data
acquisition and handling system
(DAHS), and retesting is required every
five years (20 calendar quarters) to
develop a new curve.
If the 20 calendar quarter test
deadline passes without a retest having
been performed, the previous
correlation curve expires and is no
longer valid. However, the appropriate
missing data procedure to follow when
a correlation curve expires has been
conspicuously absent from Section 2.5
of Appendix E. To address this
deficiency, EPA proposed to add a new
Section, 2.5.2.4, to Appendix E,
requiring the fuel-specific maximum
potential NOX emission rate (MER) to be
reported, from the date and hour in
which a baseline correlation curve
expires until a new correlation curve is
generated.
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received.
This provision has been finalized, as
proposed.
L. Appendix F
1. NOX Mass Calculations
Background
EPA proposed to revise the manner in
which NOX mass data are collected
under the XML format that will be
required in 2009 as part of EPA’s effort
to re-engineer the Agency’s data
collection systems. To achieve this, the
hourly NOX mass emission rate (lb/hr)
would be reported instead of hourly
NOX mass emission (lb), when the
source transitions from EDR reporting
format to the XML format.
To effect this, Equations F–24, and F–
27 in Appendix F of Part 75 would have
to be modified and Equation F–26
removed. However, since the current
EDR reporting format will continue to
be supported through 2008, these
equations must remain in the rule until
the transition to XML is complete.
Therefore, EPA proposed to revise
Section 8 of Appendix F by adding
Equations F–24a for the reporting of
hourly NOX mass emission rate (lb/hr)
and Equation F–27a , for the calculation
of cumulative NOX mass emissions. In
2009, the use of Equations F–24a and F–
27a would become mandatory for all
sources and Equations F–24 and F–27
would no longer be applicable.
EPA also proposed to revise Section
8.2 of Appendix F, by splitting it into
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4333
two subsections, 8.2.1 and 8.2.2. Section
8.2 had described a procedure for
calculating the NOX mass emission rate
in lb/hr, when NOX mass emissions are
determined using a NOX concentration
monitoring system and a flow monitor.
However, Section 8.2 simply crossreferenced other parts of the rule, rather
than showing the actual equations used.
To correct this, the Agency proposed to
add Equation F–26a to subsection 8.2.1
and Equation F–26b to subsection 8.2.2,
clearly showing how the NOX mass
emission rate is calculated on a wet and
dry basis, and to renumber Equation F–
26 in Section 8.3 as Equation F–26c.
Proposed Equations F–26a and F–26b
have been used since 2002 by sources in
the NOX Budget Program, and the
equations have been represented in the
EDR reporting instructions as Equations
N–1 and N–2, respectively.
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received.
These provisions have been finalized, as
proposed.
2. Use of the Diluent Cap
Background
EPA proposed to restrict the use of the
diluent cap to NOX emission rate
determinations. The original purpose for
allowing the diluent cap to be used was
to keep calculated NOX emission rates
from approaching infinity during
periods of unit startup and shutdown,
when the diluent gas (CO2 or O2)
concentration is close to the level in the
ambient air. However, since 1999, Part
75 has allowed the diluent cap to be
used for heat input rate calculations,
CO2 mass emission calculations, and
calculation of hourly CO2 concentration
from measured O2 concentrations, in
addition to being used for NOX emission
rate. Sources have been allowed to use
the cap value for some of these
calculations and not others, which
greatly complicates the data collection
process. EPA has also found that using
the diluent cap for other parameters
besides NOX emission rate always leads
to over-reporting of these parameters,
which is clearly contrary to the
intended purpose of the diluent cap.
Therefore, the Agency proposed to
remove all of the references in Sections
4 and 5 of Appendix F that allow the
diluent cap to be used for other
parameters besides NOX emission rate.
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received.
These provisions have been finalized, as
proposed.
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
4334
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
EPA proposed to provide special
reporting instructions to account for
situations where the equations
prescribed by the rule yield negative
values. First, when Equation 19–3 or
19–5 (from EPA Method 19 in 40 CFR
Part 60, Appendix A) is used to
calculate NOX emission rate, modified
forms of these equations, designated as
Equations 19–3D and 19–5D, would be
used whenever the diluent cap is
applied. Second, for any hour where
Equation F–14b results in a negative
hourly average CO2 value, EPA
proposed to require 0.0% CO2 to be
reported as the average CO2 value for
that hour. Third, the Agency proposed
to require a default heat input rate value
of 1 mmBtu/hr to be reported for any
hour in which Equation F–17 results in
a negative hourly heat input rate. These
changes would be accomplished by
modifying Sections, 3.3.4, 4.4.1, and
5.2.3 of Appendix F.
volume of CO2 generated per million
Btu of heat input. The F-factor is fuelspecific.
Sections 3.3.5 and 3.3.6 of Appendix
F allow the owner or operator to use
either a default F-factor from Table 1 in
Appendix F, or use Equation F–7a or F–
7b in Appendix F to calculate a sitespecific F-factor, based on the
composition of the fuel. However,
Appendix F has never specified how
much fuel sampling data is required to
develop a site-specific F-factor or how
often the F-factor must be updated.
To address this issue, EPA proposed
to revise the introductory text of
Appendix F, Section 3.3.6 to require
each site-specific F-factor to be based on
a minimum of 9 samples of the fuel.
Fuel samples taken during the 9 runs of
an annual RATA would be acceptable
for this purpose. Further, redetermination of the F-factor would be
required at least annually, and the value
from the most recent determination
would be used in the emission
calculations.
Summary of Rule Changes
Summary of Rule Changes
These provisions have been finalized,
with one notable change. The final rule
will require a default heat input rate
value of 1 mmBtu/hr to be reported for
any hour in which Equation F–17
results in a hourly heat input rate that
is less than or equal to zero.
No adverse comments were received.
These provisions have been finalized, as
proposed.
3. Negative Emission Values
Background
4. Calculation of Stack Gas Moisture
Content
Background
EPA proposed to add Equation F–31
to a new Section 10 in Appendix F, to
be used to calculate stack gas moisture
values from wet and dry oxygen
measurements, as described in
Appendix A, Section 6.5.7(a). Sources
have been using this equation for many
years and it has been represented in the
EDR reporting instructions as Equation
M–1.
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received.
This provision has been finalized, as
proposed.
5. Site-Specific F-Factors (Single Fuel)
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Background
For units that use CEMS to measure
the NOX emission rate in lb/mmBtu
and/or the unit heat input rate in
mmBtu/hr, an equation from Appendix
F of Part 75 or from Method 19 of 40
CFR Part 60 is required to convert the
raw CEMS data into the proper units of
measure. Each of these equations
contains an F-factor, which represents
either the total volume of flue gas or the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
6. Prorated F-Factors
Background
For affected units that co-fire
combinations of fossil fuels or fossil
fuels and wood residue and that use
CEMS to monitor the NOX emission rate
or unit heat input rate, Section 3.3.6.4
of Appendix F has required a prorated
F-factor to be used in the emission
calculations. The prorated F-factor is
calculated using Equation F–8 in
Appendix F. In applying Equation F–8,
the F-factor for each type of fuel is
weighted according to the fraction of the
total heat input contributed by the fuel.
However, Equation F–8 has never
specified how the total unit heat input
and the fraction of the heat input
contributed by each fuel are determined.
Data from the CEMS cannot be used for
this purpose because the prorated Ffactor must be known before the unit
heat input rate can be calculated.
To correct this situation, EPA
proposed to revise the definition of ‘‘Xi’’
(the fraction of the total heat input
derived from each fuel) in the Equation
F–8 nomenclature. The proposed
revision would require sources to
determine Xi from the best available
information on the quantity of each fuel
combusted and its GCV value over a
specified time period. The value of Xi
would be updated periodically, either
hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly, and
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the prorated F-factor used in the
emission calculations would be derived
from the Xi values from the most recent
update. The owner or operator would be
required to document in the hard copy
portion of the monitoring plan the
method used to determine the Xi values.
Summary of Rule Changes
The revisions to Section 3.3.6.4 of
Appendix F regarding the prorating of
F-factors have been finalized, with only
minor changes. However, several
commenters requested that EPA
consider allowing the use of the ‘‘worstcase’’ (i.e., highest) F-factor as an
alternative to prorating, when
combinations of fuels are co-fired. After
careful consideration of these
comments, EPA is persuaded by the
commenters’ arguments in favor of this
option and has decided to incorporate
this suggestion into the final rule (see
section 2.4 of the Response to
Comments document). New Section
3.3.6.5 of Appendix F allows sources
that burn combinations of fuels listed in
Table 1 of Appendix F to use the highest
(‘‘worst-case’’) F-factor for any unit
operating hour, in lieu of prorating the
F-factor. Note that in view of the
revisions to Section 3.3.6.4, Agency has
deemed it necessary to modify the
language in Section 3.3.6.3 of Appendix
F. Administrative approval of the Ffactor is no longer required when
combinations of fossil fuels with wood
or bark are combusted, since F-factors
for these fuels are listed in Table 1.
Rather, revised Section 3.3.6.3 requires
Administrative approval of the F-factor
only when a fuel not listed in Table 1
is co-fired with a fuel (or fuels) listed in
the Table.
7. Default F-Factors
Background
In recent years, petroleum coke and
tires have begun to be used as primary
or secondary fuels by a number of
affected sources. In view of this, EPA
proposed to add default F-factors for
petroleum coke and tire-derived fuels to
Table 1 in Section 3.3.5 of Appendix F.
The proposed values were 9,832 dscf/
mmBtu for Fd and 1,853 scf CO2/mmBtu
for Fc for petroleum coke and 10,261
dscf/mmBtu for Fd and 1,803 scf CO2/
mmBtu for Fc for tire-derived fuels. The
Agency also proposed F-factors of 9,819
dscf/mmBtu (for Fd) and 1,840 scf CO2/
mmBtu (for Fc) for sub-bituminous coal.
All of the proposed F-factors were
calculated using Equations F–7a and F–
7b and representative composition and
gross calorific value (GCV) data for each
fuel.
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
Summary of Rule Changes
These provisions have been finalized,
with minor editorial changes. One
commenter recommended that the
proposed F-factor values be rounded off
to the nearest multiple of 10, to be
consistent with the other values in
Table 1. EPA agrees with this comment
and has rounded off the F-factors
accordingly.
8. Revisions to Equation F–23
Background
Consistent with the proposed changes
to § 75.11(e), expanding the
applicability of Equation F–23, EPA
proposed to amend Section 7 of
Appendix F (introductory text), and the
Equation F–23 nomenclature.
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received.
These provisions have been finalized, as
proposed.
M. Appendix G
Background
Consistent with the changes to other
parts of the rule, EPA proposed to
update the current ASTM standards
listed in Sections 2.1.2, 2.2.1, and 2.2.2,
of Appendix G, citing the newer
versions.
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received.
These provisions have been finalized, as
proposed.
N. Appendix K
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Background
EPA proposed to addresses several
issues regarding the use of sorbent trap
monitoring systems for the
measurement and reporting of Hg mass
emissions. When this monitoring option
is selected, paired sorbent traps are
required to measure the effluent Hg
concentration. If the two Hg
concentrations measured by the paired
traps meet the required relative
deviation (RD) specification in
Appendix K of Part 75, and if each trap
individually meets certain other QA
requirements of Appendix K, then the
two Hg concentrations are averaged
arithmetically and the average value is
used to determine the Hg mass
emissions in each hour of the data
collection period. However, in cases
where either or both of the traps fails to
meet the acceptance criteria, § 75.15(h)
and Table K–1 in Appendix K specify
consequences of varying severity. In the
months following promulgation of these
rule provisions, EPA revisited them and
concluded that some of the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
consequences were too lenient and
others unnecessarily severe. The Agency
therefore proposed to revise them to
make them more consistent and
equitable.
Whenever one of the paired traps is
accidentally lost, damaged, or broken
and cannot be analyzed, § 75.15(h) has
allowed the owner or operator to use the
remaining trap to determine the Hg
concentration for the data collection
period, provided that the remaining trap
meets all of the QA requirements of
Appendix K. But no adjustment of the
data has been required to compensate
for the loss of one of the samples. In
view of this, EPA proposed to revise
§ 75.15(h) to require that the Hg
concentration measured by the
remaining valid trap be multiplied by a
‘‘single trap adjustment factor’’ (STAF)
of 1.222. The STAF represents the
maximum amount by which the Hg
concentration from the lost, damaged or
broken trap could have exceeded the
concentration measured by the valid
trap and still met the 10% RD
specification.
The Agency also proposed to revise
Table K–1 in Appendix K, to extend the
use of the STAF to cases where one of
the paired sorbent traps either: (a) fails
a post-test leak check; (b) has excessive
breakthrough in the second section; or
(c) is unable to meet the required
percent recovery of the third section
elemental Hg spike. In all three of these
cases, provided that the other trap meets
all Appendix K requirements, rather
than invalidating the sorbent trap
system data for the entire collection
period, the Hg concentration measured
by the valid trap, multiplied by the
STAF, could be used for Part 75
reporting.
Section 7.2.3 of Appendix K requires
that for each hour of the data collection
period, the ratio of the stack gas flow
rate to the sample flow rate through
each sorbent trap must be maintained
within ±25 percent of the initial ratio
established in the first hour of the data
collection period. However, the rule has
stated that when this criterion is not
met, the appropriate consequences are
to be determined on a ‘‘case-by-case’’
basis. EPA has reconsidered this
approach and now believes that it
allows for inconsistent application of
the sorbent trap monitoring
methodology. Therefore, the Agency
proposed to revise Table K–1 to specify
that a sample is invalidated if either: (a)
More than 5 percent of the hourly ratios;
or (b) more than 5 hourly ratios in the
data collection period (whichever is less
restrictive) fail to meet the ±25 percent
acceptance criterion. Further, if only
one of the paired traps is able to meet
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4335
the specification, provided that it also
meets the rest of the Appendix K QA
criteria, the valid trap could be used for
Part 75 reporting, if the STAF value of
1.222 is applied to the measured Hg
concentration.
Appendix K has required data from a
sorbent trap monitoring system to be
invalidated whenever the relative
deviation between the Hg
concentrations measured by the paired
traps is greater than 10 percent. EPA
proposed to revise this requirement, to
allow sources to report the higher of the
two Hg concentrations measured by a
pair of sorbent traps whenever the RD
specification is not met, rather than
invalidating the sorbent trap system
data for the entire collection period. The
Agency also proposed, for consistency
with the proposed changes § 75.22(a), to
revise Table K–1 to include an
alternative relative deviation
specification of 20 percent for paired
sorbent traps, when low effluent
concentrations of Hg (≤ 1 µg/m3) are
encountered.
EPA further proposed to add two new
paragraphs, (k) and (l), to § 75.15.
Proposed § 75.15(k) would have
required that whenever the RATA of a
sorbent trap system is performed, the
sorbent traps used to collect the RATA
run data must be the same size as the
traps used for daily operation of the
monitoring system. Likewise, the
sorbent material must be the same type
that is used for daily operation.
Proposed § 75.15(l) would have required
a diagnostic RATA of the sorbent trap
system whenever either the size of the
sorbent traps or the type of sorbent
material was changed. Data from the
modified sorbent trap system would not
have been acceptable for Part 75
reporting until the RATA is passed,
with one exception, i.e., data collected
during a successful diagnostic RATA
test period could be reported as qualityassured.
Finally, revisions to section 7.2.3 of
Appendix K were proposed, requiring
that the sample flow rate through a
sorbent trap monitoring system must be
zero when the unit is not operating. EPA
believes this clarification is needed to
prevent the system from sampling
ambient air during periods when the
combustion unit is off-line, which
would artificially lower the Hg
concentrations measured by the sorbent
traps, resulting in under-reporting of Hg
mass emissions.
Summary of Rule Changes
The commenters generally favored the
proposal to add a 20 percent alternative
relative deviation (RD) specification for
sources with low Hg emissions (≤ 1.0
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
4336
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
µg/m3). However, concerns were
expressed that even a 20 percent RD
specification might be difficult to meet
when emissions are exceptionally low.
For instance, following a flue gas
desulfurization system, the Hg emission
levels can be as low as 0.1 to 0.2 µg/m3.
One commenter suggested that the
allowable RD for low emitters should be
either 20 percent or 0.03 µg/m3 absolute
difference, whichever is less restrictive
(see section 2.9.2 of the Response to
Comments document). EPA agrees with
this comment and has incorporated the
0.03 µg/m3 alternative RD specification
into both Appendix K (for sorbent trap
monitoring systems), and § 75.22 (for
the Ontario Hydro Method and EPA
Method 29).
The commenters were divided on the
proposed single trap adjustment factor
(STAF) provisions. Two commenters
supported the proposed amendments
and four others objected to them. Those
objecting expressed concern that
applying the proposed STAF value of
1.222 in cases where one trap meets all
of the QA requirements is unnecessarily
punitive. Several of the commenters
recommended that the STAF value
should be 1.111, which would be
consistent with the averaging that is
performed when the results of both
traps are available and would
appropriately weight the results of the
valid trap (see section 4.3 of the
Response to Comments document for
further discussion). After careful
consideration of the comments, EPA has
decided to incorporate the commenters’
suggestion regarding the value of the
STAF. Therefore, the single-trap
adjustment factor provisions have been
finalized as proposed, except that the
value of the STAF is 1.111.
Regarding proposed paragraphs (k)
and (l) in § 75.15, EPA has reconsidered
its position and has withdrawn the
requirement for the sorbent traps used
for RATA testing to be the same size as
the traps used for daily operation of the
monitoring system. Accordingly, the
proposed requirement to perform a
diagnostic RATA when the trap size is
changed has also been withdrawn. The
Agency is finalized paragraph (k) as part
of a direct-final rulemaking on
September 7, 2007 (72 FR 51494–
51531). Paragraph (k) requires only that
the type of sorbent material used for the
RATAs be the same as the sorbent
material used for daily operation.
Today’s rule finalizes paragraph (l) of
§ 75.15, to require a diagnostic RATA
within 720 operating hours whenever a
new type of sorbent material begins to
be used in the traps (e.g., using
brominated carbon instead of iodated
carbon). Commenters on proposed
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
paragraph (l) questioned why data
collected by the modified sorbent trap
system are considered invalid prior to
the diagnostic RATA. The commenters
requested that EPA revise paragraph (l)
to allow data collected prior to the
diagnostic RATA to be reported as valid
if the RATA is passed. The commenters’
suggestion is reasonable and has been
incorporated into the final rule. A
passed diagnostic RATA demonstrates
that the change in sorbent material has
not significantly affected the monitoring
system’s ability to accurately measure
Hg emissions. Therefore, § 75.15(l)
allows the data from the modified
sorbent trap system to be considered
conditionally valid according to
§ 75.20(b)(3), for up to 720 unit or stack
operating hours after switching to a new
type of sorbent material. If the
diagnostic RATA is passed within the
720 operating hour window, the data
recorded by the modified system prior
to the RATA may be reported as qualityassured. If the RATA is failed, no data
from the modified system may be
reported as quality-assured until a
subsequent RATA is passed. If the
diagnostic RATA is not completed
within the allotted 720 operating hour
window but is passed on the first
attempt, data from the modified system
are considered to be invalid from the
first hour after the expiration of the 720
operating hour window until the
completion of the RATA.
No comments were received on the
following proposed amendments: (1)
The proposal to allow the higher Hg
concentration to be reported when the
RD criterion for the paired sorbent traps
is not met; (2) the proposed acceptance
criteria for the hourly ratios of stack gas
flow rate to sample flow rate; and (3) the
proposal to require the sample flow rate
through a sorbent trap monitoring
system to be zero when the affected unit
is off-line. Therefore, these provisions
have been finalized, as proposed.
O. Other Rule revisions
1. Particulate Matter Monitoring
Systems
Background
EPA received a comment that was
outside the scope of the proposed rule,
requesting that units with installed
particulate matter (PM) monitoring
systems be exempted from the opacity
monitoring requirements of § 75.14.
Summary of Rule Changes
Although the comment was outside
the scope of this rulemaking and no
response is required, EPA believes that
it has merit in light of June 13, 2007
amendments to Subparts Da and Db of
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40 CFR Part 60 (see: 72 FR p.32710). For
certain affected units (some of which are
also subject to Part 75), these rule
revisions either require or allow a
particulate matter (PM) monitoring
system to be used in lieu of an opacity
monitor (e.g., see §§ 60.49Da(t), and
60.48b(j)).
Summary of Rule Changes
Today’s rule incorporates the
commenter’s recommendation, as new
paragraph (e) in § 75.14. The Agency
believes that this revision to Part 75 is
non-controversial and is consistent with
EPA’s ongoing commitment to
harmonization of the Part 60 and Part 75
continuous monitoring regulations.
2. Default Moisture Values for Hg
Monitoring
Background
For dry-basis Hg CEMS and sorbent
trap monitoring systems, the hourly Hg
emissions data must be corrected for the
stack gas moisture content. This
requirement can be met by using one of
the fuel-specific default moisture values
specified in Part 75. Several places in
§ 75.80, § 75.81, and Appendix K state
that for the purposes of Hg monitoring,
a default moisture value from § 75.11(b)
or § 75.12(b) may be used in lieu of
installing a continuous moisture
monitoring system. However, the
reference to § 75.12(b) is incorrect. Only
the default moisture values in § 75.11(b)
are appropriate for Hg monitoring
applications. Equation F–29, the only
Hg mass emissions equation with a
moisture correction term, is structurally
similar to Equation F–2 for SO2 mass
emissions. The default moisture values
in § 75.11(b) are the ones that apply to
Equation F–2. Hence, they apply also to
Equation F–29. The default moisture
values in § 75.12(b) are used for NOX
emission rate calculations, and several
of them are not applicable to Hg mass
emissions monitoring.
Summary of Rule Changes
All references to the default moisture
values in § 75.12(b) have been removed
from § 75.80, § 75.81, and Appendix K.
3. Hg Stratification Testing
Background
To support the Clean Air Mercury
Regulation (CAMR), which was
published in 2005 (see: 70 FR 28606,
May 18, 2005), EPA added Hg
monitoring provisions to Part 75, among
which were revisions to § 75.22(a) and
to section 6.5.10 of Appendix A,
specifying ASTM D6784–02, the
‘‘Ontario Hydro Method’’, as the
appropriate reference method for
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
measuring Hg concentration. On August
22, 2006 EPA proposed to add Method
29 (which is similar to Ontario Hydro)
to Part 75, as an alternative Hg reference
method. Most recently, in a direct-final
action on September 7, 2007. EPA
published two more alternative
reference methods (RMs) for measuring
vapor phase Hg emissions, Method 30A
(an instrumental method) and Method
30B (a sorbent-based method). Today’s
rule allows the use of Methods 29, 30A,
and 30B as alternatives to the Ontario
Hydro Method (see the revisions to
§ 75.22(a) and Section 6.5.10 of
Appendix A). EPA anticipates that in
2008 and beyond, all four of the Hg
reference methods in Part 75 will be
used, to a greater or lesser extent, for the
Hg emission testing required under
§§ 75.81(c) and (d) and for RATAs of Hg
monitoring systems.
For Hg emission tests, Methods 30A
and 30B require 12 sampling points
(located according to EPA Method 1) for
each test run, unless the results of a Hg
stratification test justify using fewer
points. The Ontario Hydro Method and
Method 29 each require a minimum of
12 sample points and do not include
any stratification test provisions or
alternative sampling point location
criteria.
For the RATAs of Part 75 Hg
monitoring systems, when Methods 30A
and 30B are used, both methods defer to
the RM point selection and location
procedures described in Part 75,
Appendix A, section 6.5.6 and
Performance Specification 2 (PS2) in
Appendix B of 40 CFR Part 60. This is
the familiar sampling approach that
allows the use of a ‘‘short’’ 3-point
measurement line at locations where
stratification is not expected, but
requires the use of a 3-point ‘‘long’’
measurement line (which includes a
point at the center of the stack) at
locations where stratification is
suspected (e.g., after a wet scrubber),
unless the results of a stratification test
justify using the 3-point short line (or
perhaps a single sampling point). As an
alternative, Part 75 allows the use of six
Method 1 sampling points located along
a diameter, at any test location
(including those where stratification is
suspected). This same RM sampling
point location methodology applies to
Hg RATAs in which the Ontario Hydro
Method or Method 29 is used as the
reference method.
However, when testing is performed
downstream of a scrubber, measuring at
the center of a large-diameter stack is
extremely difficult logistically, and
testing at 6 points along a diameter may
not be possible for certain test platform
and test port configurations. Therefore,
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
historically, most testers have opted to
perform stratification testing at scrubbed
stacks to justify sampling along a 3point short line (or at a single point),
which greatly simplifies the test
procedures, in that all measurements
can be made at one test port, using a
probe of reasonable length.
Unfortunately, Part 75 does not have a
stratification test procedure for Hg, and,
as previously noted, neither the Ontario
Hydro Method nor Method 29 has any
stratification test provisions—but there
is a Hg stratification test procedure in
Method 30A.
Summary of Rule Changes
In view of these considerations, EPA
has deemed it necessary to revise
Section 6.5.6(c) of Appendix A, to crossreference the Hg stratification test
provisions in Sections 8.1.3 through
8.1.3.5 of Method 30A. Further,
§ 75.22(a)(7) has been revised to address
RM sample point location and
stratification testing when the Ontario
Hydro Method or Method 29 is used for
the Hg low mass emission testing
required under §§ 75.81(c) and (d). For
that particular application, revised
§ 75.22(a)(7) requires the sampling
points to be located according to Section
8.1 of Method 30A and cross-references
the stratification test provisions in
sections 8.1.3 through 8.1.3.5 of Method
30A.
These amendments to Appendix A
and § 75.22 provide a consistent
approach to stratification testing and
RM sampling point location for Hg
emission testing and Hg monitoring
system RATAs, irrespective of which Hg
reference method is used for the testing.
II. Statutory and Executive Order
Reviews
A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory
Planning and Review
This action is not a ‘‘significant
regulatory action’’ under the terms of
Executive Order (EO) 12866 (58 FR
51735, October 4, 1993) and is therefore
not subject to review under the EO.
B. Paperwork Reduction Act
The information collection
requirements in the final rule have been
submitted for approval to OMB under
the Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C.
3501 et seq. The Information Collection
Request (ICR) document prepared by
EPA has been assigned EPA ICR number
2203.02. The information collection
requirements are not enforceable until
OMB approves them.
The information requirements are
based on the revisions to the
monitoring, recordkeeping, and
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4337
reporting requirements in 40 CFR Part
75, which are mandatory for all sources
subject to the Acid Rain Program under
Title IV of the Clean Air Act and certain
other emissions trading programs
administered by EPA. All information
submitted to EPA pursuant to the
recordkeeping and reporting
requirements for which a claim of
confidentiality is made is safeguarded
according to Agency policies set forth in
40 CFR Part 2, subpart B. The
preexisting Part 75 rule requirements
amended in this final rule are covered
by existing ICRs for the Acid Rain
Program (EPA ICR number 1633.14;
OMB control number 2060–0258), the
NOX SIP Call (EPA ICR number 1857.04;
OMB number 2060–0445), and the
Clean Air Interstate Rule (EPA ICR
number 2152.02; OMB number 2060–
0570). The separate ICR for the final rule
revisions addresses the one-time costs
necessary for sources to review the rule
revisions and adapt their recordkeeping
and reporting systems to the revised
requirements. The EPA believes that the
long term implications of the rule
revisions will be to reduce the ongoing
burdens and costs associated with Part
75 compliance, but those impacts will
be addressed as EPA renews the
individual program ICRs. The annual
monitoring, reporting, and
recordkeeping burden for this collection
(averaged over the first 3 years after the
effective date of the final rule) is
estimated to be 124,976 labor hours per
year at a total annual cost of $8,581,420.
This estimate includes burdens for rule
review, recordkeeping and reporting
software upgrades, and software
debugging activities, as well as the
capital costs of upgrading recordkeeping
and reporting software.
Burden means the total time, effort, or
financial resources expended by persons
to generate, maintain, retain, or disclose
or provide information to or for a
Federal agency. This includes the time
needed to review instructions; develop,
acquire, install, and utilize technology
and systems for the purposes of
collecting, validating, and verifying
information, processing and
maintaining information, and disclosing
and providing information; adjust the
existing ways to comply with any
previously applicable instructions and
requirements; train personnel to be able
to respond to a collection of
information; search data sources;
complete and review the collection of
information; and transmit or otherwise
disclose the information. An Agency
may not conduct or sponsor, and a
person is not required to respond to a
collection of information unless it
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
4338
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
displays a currently valid OMB control
number. The OMB control numbers for
EPA’s regulations in 40 CFR are listed
in 40 CFR Part 9. When this ICR is
approved by OMB, the Agency will
publish a technical amendment to 40
CFR part 9 in the Federal Register to
display the OMB control number for the
approved information collection
requirements contained in this final
rule.
C. Regulatory Flexibility Act
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA)
generally requires an agency to prepare
a regulatory flexibility analysis of any
rule subject to notice and comment
rulemaking requirements under the
Administrative Procedure Act or any
other statute unless the agency certifies
that the rule will not have a significant
economic impact on a substantial
number of small entities. Small entities
include small businesses, small
organizations, and small governmental
jurisdictions. For purposes of assessing
the impacts of today’s rule on small
entities, small entity is defined as: (1) A
small business as defined by the SBA’s
regulations at 13 CFR 121.201; (2) a
small governmental jurisdiction that is a
government of a city, county, town,
school district or special district with a
population of less than 50,000; and (3)
a small organization that is any not-forprofit enterprise which is independently
owned and operated and is not
dominant in its field.
After considering the economic
impacts of today’s final rule on small
entities, I certify that this action will not
have a significant economic impact on
a substantial number of small entities.
In determining whether a rule has a
significant economic impact on small
entities, the impact of concern is any
significant adverse economic impact on
small entities, since the primary
purpose of the regulatory flexibility
analysis is to identify and address
regulatory alternatives ‘‘which minimize
any significant economic impact of the
rule on small entities.’’ 5 U.S.C. 603 and
604. Thus, an agency may certify that a
rule will not have a significant
economic impact on a substantial
number of small entities if the rule
relieves regulatory burden or otherwise
has a positive economic effect on all of
the small entities subject to the rule.
These final rule revisions represent
minor changes to existing monitoring
requirements used in EPA emission
trading programs and we expect these
revisions to reduce the economic
burden for affected entities in the long
term.
Although there will be some small
level of up front costs to reprogram
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
existing electronic data reporting
software used under this program, the
long term effects of these revisions will
be to allow continued efficient
electronic data submittals that should
act to relieve some of the long term
reporting burdens for affected sources,
which include some small entities.
D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
Title II of the Unfunded Mandates
Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA), Pub. L.
104–4, establishes requirements for
Federal agencies to assess the effects of
their regulatory actions on State, local,
and tribal governments and the private
sector. Under section 202 of the UMRA,
EPA generally must prepare a written
statement, including a cost-benefit
analysis, for proposed and final rules
with ‘‘Federal mandates’’ that may
result in expenditures to State, local,
and tribal governments, in the aggregate,
or to the private sector, of $100 million
or more in any one year. Before
promulgating an EPA rule for which a
written statement is needed, section 205
of the UMRA generally requires EPA to
identify and consider a reasonable
number of regulatory alternatives and
adopt the least costly, most cost
effective or least burdensome alternative
that achieves the objectives of the rule.
The provisions of section 205 do not
apply when they are inconsistent with
applicable law. Moreover, section 205
allows EPA to adopt an alternative other
than the least costly, most cost-effective,
or least burdensome alternative if the
Administrator publishes with the final
rule an explanation why that alternative
was not adopted. Before EPA establishes
any regulatory requirements that may
significantly or uniquely affect small
governments, including tribal
governments, it must have developed
under section 203 of the UMRA a small
government agency plan. The plan must
provide for notifying potentially
affected small governments, enabling
officials of affected small governments
to have meaningful and timely input in
the development of EPA regulatory
proposals with significant Federal
intergovernmental mandates, and
informing, educating, and advising
small governments on compliance with
the regulatory requirements. EPA has
determined that this final rule does not
contain a Federal mandate that may
result in expenditures of $100 million or
more for State, local, and tribal
governments in the aggregate, or to the
private sector in any 1 year, nor does
this rule significantly or uniquely
impact small governments, because it
contains no requirements that impose
new obligations upon them. Thus, this
final rule is not subject to the
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
requirements of sections 202 and 205 of
the UMRA.
EPA has determined that this rule
contains no regulatory requirements that
might significantly or uniquely affect
small governments. The revisions
primarily make certain changes EPA has
determined are necessary as part of
upgrading the data systems used to
manage data submitted under the
program and to streamline the methods
for sources to report their information.
The revisions also clarify certain issues
that have been raised during ongoing
implementation of the existing rule and
update the information on various
voluntary consensus standards
incorporated by reference in the rule.
Some States do have programs that rely
on the monitoring provisions in 40 CFR
Part 75, and States may incur some costs
associated with reviewing the
modifications to Part 75, but the rule
revisions and the impact on the States
are not significant.
E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism
Executive Order 13132, entitled
‘‘Federalism’’ (64 FR 43255, August 10,
1999), requires EPA to develop an
accountable process to ensure
‘‘meaningful and timely input by State
and local officials in the development of
regulatory policies that have federalism
implications.’’ ‘‘Policies that have
federalism implications’’ is defined in
the Executive Order to include
regulations that have ‘‘substantial direct
effects on the States, on the relationship
between the national government and
the States, or on the distribution of
power and responsibilities among the
various levels of government.’’ This
final rule does not have federalism
implications. It will not have substantial
direct effects on the States, on the
relationship between the national
government and the States, or on the
distribution of power and
responsibilities among the various
levels of government, as specified in
Executive Order 13132. These rule
revisions represent minor adjustments
to existing regulations. The revisions
primarily make certain changes EPA has
determined are necessary as part of
upgrading the data systems used to
manage data submitted under the
program and to streamline the methods
for sources to report their information.
The revisions also clarify certain issues
that have been raised during ongoing
implementation of the existing rule and
update the information on various
voluntary consensus standards
incorporated by reference in the rule.
Some States do have programs that rely
on the monitoring provisions in 40 CFR
Part 75, and States may incur some costs
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
associated with reviewing the
modifications to Part 75, but the rule
revisions and the impact on the States
are not significant. Thus, Executive
Order 13132 does not apply to this final
rule.
F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation
and Coordination With Indian Tribal
Governments
Executive Order 13175, entitled
‘‘Consultation and Coordination With
Indian Tribal Governments’’ (65 FR
67249, November 9, 2000), requires EPA
to develop an accountable process to
ensure ‘‘meaningful and timely input by
tribal officials in the development of
regulatory policies that have tribal
implications.’’ This final rule does not
have tribal implications, as specified in
Executive Order 13175. It will not have
substantial direct effects on tribal
governments, on the relationship
between the Federal government and
Indian tribes, or on the distribution of
power and responsibilities between the
Federal government and Indian tribes.
Thus, Executive Order 13175 does not
apply to this final rule.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of
Children From Environmental Health
and Safety Risks
Executive Order 13045: ‘‘Protection of
Children From Environmental Health
Risks and Safety Risks’’ (62 FR 19885,
April 23, 1997) applies to any rule that:
(1) Is determined to be ‘‘economically
significant’’ as defined under Executive
Order 12866, and (2) concerns an
environmental health or safety risk that
EPA has reason to believe may have a
disproportionate effect on children. If
the regulatory action meets both criteria,
the Agency must evaluate the
environmental health or safety effects of
the planned rule on children, and
explain why the planned regulation is
preferable to other potentially effective
and reasonably feasible alternatives
considered by the Agency. EPA
interprets Executive Order 13045 as
applying only to those regulatory
actions that are based on health or safety
risks, such that the analysis required
under section 5–501 of the Order has
the potential to influence the regulation.
This rule is not subject to Executive
Order 13045 because it does not
establish an environmental standard
intended to mitigate health or safety
risks.
H. Executive Order 13211: Actions That
Significantly Affect Energy Supply,
Distribution, or Use
This rule is not subject to Executive
Order 13211, ‘‘Actions Concerning
Regulations That Significantly Affect
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use’’ (66
FR 28355, May 22, 2001) because it is
not a significant regulatory action under
Executive Order 12866.
I. National Technology Transfer and
Advancement Act
Section 12(d) of the National
Technology Transfer and Advancement
Act of 1995 (NTTAA), Public Law No.
104–113, section 12(d) (15 U.S.C. 272
note) directs EPA to use voluntary
consensus standards in its regulatory
activities unless to do so would be
inconsistent with applicable law or
otherwise impractical. Voluntary
consensus standards are technical
standards (e.g., materials specifications,
test methods, sampling procedures, and
business practices) that are developed or
adopted by voluntary consensus
standards bodies. The NTTAA directs
EPA to provide Congress, through OMB,
explanations when the Agency decides
not to use available and applicable
voluntary consensus standards. This
rule includes updated information on a
number of voluntary consensus
standards previously included in 40
CFR Part 75, as well as the addition of
certain other voluntary consensus
standards.
J. Executive Order 12898: Federal
Actions To Address Environmental
Justice in Minority Populations and
Low-Income Populations
Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629
(Feb. 16, 1994)) establishes federal
executive policy on environmental
justice. Its main provision directs
federal agencies, to the greatest extent
practicable and permitted by law, to
make environmental justice part of their
mission by identifying and addressing,
as appropriate, disproportionately high
and adverse human health or
environmental effects of their programs,
policies, and activities on minority
populations and low-income
populations in the United States. EPA
has determined that this final rule will
not have disproportionately high and
adverse human health or environmental
effects on minority or low-income
populations because it does not affect
the level of protection provided to
human health or the environment. This
final rule does not affect or relax the
control measures on sources impacted
by emission trading programs that rely
on monitoring under 40 CFR Part 75.
K. Congressional Review Act
The Congressional Review Act, 5
U.S.C. 801 et seq., as added by the Small
Business Regulatory Enforcement
Fairness Act of 1996, generally provides
that before a rule may take effect, the
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4339
Agency promulgating the rule must
submit a rule report, which includes a
copy of the rule, to each House of the
Congress and to the Comptroller General
of the United States. EPA will submit a
report containing this rule and other
required information to the U.S. Senate,
the U.S. House of Representatives, and
the Comptroller General of the United
States prior to publication of the rule in
the Federal Register. A major rule
cannot take effect until 60 days after it
is published in the Federal Register.
This action is not a ‘‘major rule’’ as
defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2). This rule
will be effective on January 24, 2008 for
good cause found as explained in this
rule.
L. Petitions for Judicial Review
Under Clean Air Act section 307(b)(1),
petitions for judicial review of this
action must be filed in the United States
Court of Appeals for the appropriate
circuit by March 24, 2008. Filing a
petition for reconsideration by the
Administrator of this final rule does not
affect the finality of this rule for the
purposes of judicial review, nor does it
extend the time within which a petition
for judicial review may be filed, and
shall not postpone the effectiveness of
such a rule or action. This action may
not be challenged later in proceedings to
enforce its requirements. (See section
307(b)(2) of the Administrative
Procedures Act.)
M. Determination Under Section 307(d)
Pursuant to Clean Air Act section
307(d)(1)(U), the Administrator
determines that this action is subject to
the provisions of section 307(d). Section
307(d)(1)(U) provides that the
provisions of section 307(d) apply to
‘‘such other actions as the Administrator
may determine.’’ While the
Administrator did not make this
determination earlier, the Administrator
believes that all of the procedural
requirements, e.g., docketing, hearing
and comment periods, of section 307(d)
have been complied with during the
course of this rulemaking.
List of Subjects in 40 CFR Parts 72 and
75
Environmental protection, Acid rain,
Administrative practice and procedure,
Air pollution control, Carbon dioxide,
Continuous emission monitoring,
Electric utilities, Incorporation by
reference, Nitrogen oxides, Reporting
and recordkeeping requirements, Sulfur
oxides.
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
4340
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
Dated: December 19, 2007.
Stephen L. Johnson,
Administrator.
For the reasons set forth in the
preamble, parts 72 and 75 of chapter I
of title 40 of the Code of Federal
Regulations are amended as follows:
I
PART 72—PERMITS REGULATION
1. The authority citation for part 72
continues to read as follows:
I
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7601 and 7651, et seq.
Subpart A—Acid Rain Program
General Provisions
2. Section 72.2 is amended as follows:
a. Revising the definition of ‘‘Capacity
factor’’;
I b. In the definition of ‘‘Diluent cap’’,
by removing the words ‘‘, CO2 mass
emission rate, or heat input rate,’’ after
the words ‘‘NOX emission rate’’;
I c. In the definition of ‘‘EPA protocol
gas’’, by adding a new sentence to the
end of the definition;
I d. Revising the definition of
‘‘Excepted monitoring system’’;
I e. Adding the new definitions in
alphabetical order for ‘‘Air Emission
Testing Body (AETB)’’, ‘‘EPA Protocol
Gas Verification Program’’, ‘‘Long-term
cold storage’’, ‘‘NIST traceable
elemental Hg standards’’, ‘‘NIST
traceable source of oxidized Hg’’,
‘‘Qualified Individual’’, and ‘‘Specialty
gas producer’’; and
I f. Removing the definition for
‘‘Research gas material (RGM)’’
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
I
I
§ 72.2
Definitions.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
*
*
*
*
*
Air Emission Testing Body (AETB)
means a company or other entity that
conducts Air Emissions Testing as
described in ASTM D7036–04
(incorporated by reference under § 75.6
of this part).
*
*
*
*
*
Capacity factor means either:
(1) The ratio of a unit’s actual annual
electric output (expressed in MWe/hr)
to the unit’s nameplate capacity (or
maximum observed hourly gross load
(in MWe/hr) if greater than the
nameplate capacity) times 8760 hours;
or
(2) The ratio of a unit’s annual heat
input (in million British thermal units
or equivalent units of measure) to the
unit’s maximum rated hourly heat input
rate (in million British thermal units per
hour or equivalent units of measure)
times 8,760 hours.
*
*
*
*
*
EPA protocol gas * * * On and after
January 1, 2009, vendors advertising
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
certification with the EPA Traceability
Protocol or distributing gases as ‘‘EPA
Protocol Gas’’ must participate in the
EPA Protocol Gas Verification Program.
Non-participating vendors may not use
‘‘EPA’’ in any form of advertising for
these products, unless approved by the
Administrator.
EPA Protocol Gas Verification
Program means the EPA Protocol Gas
audit program described in Section
2.1.10 of the ‘‘EPA Traceability Protocol
for Assay and Certification of Gaseous
Calibration Standards,’’ September
1997, EPA–600/R–97/121 (EPA Protocol
Procedure) or such revised procedure as
approved by the Administrator.
*
*
*
*
*
Excepted monitoring system means a
monitoring system that follows the
procedures and requirements of § 75.15
of this chapter, § 75.19 of this chapter,
§ 75.81(b) of this chapter or of appendix
D, or E to part 75 for approved
exceptions to the use of continuous
emission monitoring systems.
*
*
*
*
*
Long-term cold storage means the
complete shutdown of a unit intended
to last for an extended period of time (at
least two calendar years) where notice
for long-term cold storage is provided
under § 75.61(a)(7).
*
*
*
*
*
NIST traceable elemental Hg
standards means either:
(1) Compressed gas cylinders having
known concentrations of elemental Hg,
which have been prepared according to
the ‘‘EPA Traceability Protocol for
Assay and Certification of Gaseous
Calibration Standards’’; or
(2) Calibration gases having known
concentrations of elemental Hg,
produced by a generator that fully meets
the performance requirements of the
‘‘EPA Traceability Protocol for
Qualification and Certification of
Elemental Mercury Gas Generators’’.
*
*
*
*
*
NIST traceable source of oxidized Hg
means a generator that: Is capable of
providing known concentrations of
vapor phase mercuric chloride (HgCl2),
and that fully meets the performance
requirements of the ‘‘EPA Traceability
Protocol for Qualification and
Certification of Oxidized Mercury Gas
Generators’’.
*
*
*
*
*
Qualified Individual means an
individual who meets the requirements
as described in ASTM D7036–04,
‘‘Standard Practice for Competence of
Air Emission Testing Bodies’’
(incorporated by reference under § 75.6
of this part).
*
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Specialty gas producer means an
organization that prepares and analyzes
compressed gas mixtures for use as
calibration gases and that offers the
mixtures for sale to end users or to
third-party vendors for resale to end
users.
*
*
*
*
*
PART 75—CONTINUOUS EMISSION
MONITORING
3. The authority citation for Part 75
continues to read as follows:
I
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7601, and 7651k, and
7651k note.
Subpart A—General
4. Section 75.4 is amended by revising
paragraph (d) to read as follows:
I
§ 75.4
Compliance dates.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) This paragraph, applies to affected
units under the Acid Rain Program and
to units subject to a State or Federal
pollutant mass emissions reduction
program that adopts the emission
monitoring and reporting provisions of
this part. In accordance with § 75.20, for
an affected unit which, on the
applicable compliance date, is either in
long-term cold storage (as defined in
§ 72.2 of this chapter) or is shut down
as the result of a planned outage or a
forced outage, thereby preventing the
required continuous monitoring system
certification tests from being completed
by the compliance date, the owner or
operator shall provide notice of such
unit storage or outage in accordance
with § 75.61(a)(3) or § 75.61(a)(7), as
applicable. For the planned and
unplanned unit outages described in
this paragraph, the owner or operator
shall ensure that all of the continuous
monitoring systems for SO2, NOX, CO2,
Hg, opacity, and volumetric flow rate
required under this part (or under the
applicable State or Federal mass
emissions reduction program) are
installed and that all required
certification tests are completed no later
than 90 unit operating days or 180
calendar days (whichever occurs first)
after the date that the unit recommences
commercial operation, notice of which
date shall be provided under
§ 75.61(a)(3) or § 75.61(a)(7), as
applicable. The owner or operator shall
determine and report SO2 concentration,
NOX emission rate, CO2 concentration,
Hg concentration, and flow rate data (as
applicable) for all unit operating hours
after the applicable compliance date
until all of the required certification
tests are successfully completed, using
either:
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
(1) The maximum potential
concentration of SO2 (as defined in
section 2.1.1.1 of appendix A to this
part), the maximum potential NOX
emission rate, as defined in § 72.2 of
this chapter, the maximum potential
flow rate, as defined in section 2.1.4.1
of appendix A to this part, the
maximum potential Hg concentration,
as defined in section 2.1.7.1 of appendix
A to this part, or the maximum potential
CO2 concentration, as defined in section
2.1.3.1 of appendix A to this part; or
(2) The conditional data validation
provisions of § 75.20(b)(3); or
(3) Reference methods under
§ 75.22(b); or
(4) Another procedure approved by
the Administrator pursuant to a petition
under § 75.66.
*
*
*
*
*
I 5. Section 75.6 is amended by:
I a. Removing ‘‘D129–91’’ and adding
in its place ‘‘D129–00’’, in paragraph
(a)(1);
I b. Removing ‘‘D240–87 (Reapproved
1991)’’ and adding in its place ‘‘D240–
00’’, in paragraph (a)(2);
I c. Removing ‘‘D287–82 (Reapproved
1987)’’ and adding in its place ‘‘D287–
92 (Reapproved 2000)’’, in paragraph
(a)(3);
I d. Removing ‘‘D388–92’’ and adding
in its place ‘‘D388–99’’, in paragraph
(a)(4);
I e. Removing and reserving paragraph
(a)(5);
I f. Removing ‘‘D1072–90’’ and adding
in its place ‘‘D1072–06’’, and also by
adding the phrase ‘‘by Combustion and
Barium Chloride Titration’’ after the
word ‘‘Gases’’, in paragraph (a)(6);
I g. Removing ‘‘D1217–91’’ and adding
in its place ‘‘D1217–93 (Reapproved
1998)’’, in paragraph (a)(7);
I h. Removing the phrase ‘‘(Reapproved
1990)’’, and by removing ‘‘D1250–80’’
and adding in its place ‘‘D1250–07’’,
and also by adding the phrase ‘‘Use of
the’’ after the first occurrence of the
word ‘‘for’’, in paragraph (a)(8);
I i. Removing the phrase ‘‘D1298–85
(Reapproved 1990), Standard Practice
for Density, Relative Density (Specific
Gravity)’’ and adding in its place
‘‘D1298–99, Standard Test Method for
Density, Relative Density (Specific
Gravity),’’, in paragraph (a)(9);
I j. Removing ‘‘D1480–91’’ and adding
in its place ‘‘D1480–93 (Reapproved
1997)’’, in paragraph (a)(10);
I k. Removing ‘‘D1481–91’’ and adding
in its place ‘‘D1481–93 (Reapproved
1997)’’, in paragraph (a)(11);
I l. Removing ‘‘D1552–90’’ and adding
in its place ‘‘D1552–01’’, and also by
removing the phrase, ‘‘High
Temperature’’ and adding in its place
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
‘‘High-Temperature’’, in paragraph
(a)(12);
I m. Removing ‘‘D1826–88’’ and adding
in its place ‘‘D1826–94 (Reapproved
1998)’’, in paragraph (a)(13);
I n. Removing ‘‘D1945–91’’ and adding
in its place ‘‘D1945–96 (Reapproved
2001)’’, in paragraph (a)(14);
I o. Adding the phrase ‘‘(Reapproved
2006)’’ after ‘‘D1946–90’’, in paragraph
(a)(15);
I p. Removing and reserving paragraph
(a)(16);
I q. Removing ‘‘D2013–86’’ and adding
in its place ‘‘D2013–01’’, and also by
removing the phrase, ‘‘Method of’’, and
adding in its place, ‘‘Practice for’’, in
paragraph (a)(17);
I r. Removing and reserving paragraph
(a)(18);
I s. Removing ‘‘D2234–89’’ and adding
in its place ‘‘D2234–00’’, and also by
removing the phrase ‘‘Test Methods’’,
and adding in its place, ‘‘Practice’’, in
paragraph (a)(19);
I t. Removing and reserving paragraph
(a)(20);
I u. Removing ‘‘D2502–87’’ and adding
in its place ‘‘D2502–92 (Reapproved
1996)’’, in paragraph (a)(21);
I v. Removing ‘‘D2503–82 (Reapproved
1987)’’ and adding in its place ‘‘D2503–
92 (Reapproved 1997)’’, and also by
removing the phrase ‘‘Molecular Weight
(Relative Molecular Mass)’’, and by
adding in its place, ‘‘Relative Molecular
Mass (Molecular Weight)’’, in paragraph
(a)(22);
I w. Removing ‘‘D2622–92’’ and adding
in its place ‘‘D2622–98’’, and also by
removing the phrase ‘‘X-Ray
Spectrometry’’, and adding in its place
‘‘Wavelength Dispersive X-ray
Fluorescence Spectrometry’’, in
paragraph (a)(23);
I x. Removing ‘‘D3174–89’’ and adding
in its place ‘‘D3174–00’’, and also by
removing the word ‘‘From’’ and adding
in its place ‘‘from’’, in paragraph (a)(24);
I y. Adding the phrase ‘‘(Reapproved
2002)’’ after ‘‘D3176–89’’, in paragraph
(a)(25);
I z. Removing ‘‘D3177–89’’ and adding
in its place the phrase ‘‘ D3177–02
(Reapproved 2007)’’ in paragraph
(a)(26);
I aa. Removing ‘‘ D3178–89 (1997),
‘‘Standard Test Methods for Carbon and
Hydrogen in the Analysis Sample of
Coal and Coke’’ and adding in its place
‘‘D5373–02 (Reapproved 2007) Standard
Test Methods for Instrumental
Determination of Carbon, Hydrogen, and
Nitrogen in Laboratory Samples of Coal
and Coke’’ in paragraph (a)(27);
I bb. Removing ‘‘D3238–90’’ and adding
in its place ‘‘D3238–95 (Reapproved
2000)’’, in paragraph (a)(28);
I cc. Removing ‘‘D3246–81 (Reapproved
1987)’’ and adding in its place ‘‘D3246–
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4341
96’’, and also by removing the word
‘‘By’’ and adding in its place, ‘‘by’’, in
paragraph (a)(29);
I dd. Removing and reserving
paragraph (a)(30);
I ee. Removing ‘‘D3588–91’’ and adding
in its place ‘‘D3588–98’’, and also by
removing the phrase, ‘‘(Specific
Gravity)’’, in paragraph (a)(31);
I ff. Removing ‘‘D4052–91’’ and adding
in its place ‘‘D4052–96 (Reapproved
2002)’’, in paragraph (a)(32);
I gg. Removing ‘‘D4057–88’’ and adding
in its place ‘‘D4057–95 (Reapproved
2000)’’, in paragraph (a)(33);
I hh. Removing ‘‘D4177–82
(Reapproved 1990)’’ and adding in its
place ‘‘D4177–95 (Reapproved 2000)’’,
in paragraph (a)(34);
I ii. Removing ‘‘D4239–85’’ and adding
in its place ‘‘D4239–02’’, and also by
removing the phrase ‘‘High
Temperature’’, and adding in its place
‘‘High-Temperature’’, in paragraph
(a)(35);
I jj. Removing ‘‘D4294–90’’ and adding
in its place ‘‘D4294–98’’, adding the
words ‘‘and Petroleum’’ after the word
‘‘Petroleum’’, by removing the word ‘‘XRay’’ and adding in its place, ‘‘X-ray’’,
and by removing the word
‘‘Spectroscopy’’ and adding in its place,
‘‘Spectrometry’’ in paragraph (a)(36);
I kk. Removing the phrase
‘‘(Reapproved 1989)’’ and adding in its
place the phrase ‘‘(Reapproved 2006)’’,
in paragraph (a)(37);
I ll. Removing ‘‘(reapproved 2004)’’,
and adding in its place, ‘‘(Reapproved
2004)’’, in paragraph (a)(38);
I mm. Adding the phrase ‘‘(Reapproved
2006)’’ after ‘‘D4891–89’’, in paragraph
(a)(39);
I nn. Removing ‘‘D5291–92’’ and
adding in its place ‘‘D5291–02’’, in
paragraph (a)(40);
I oo. Removing ‘‘D5373–93’’, and
adding in its place ‘‘D5373–02
(Reapproved 2007)’’ and adding the
word ‘‘Test’’ after the word ‘‘Standard’’,
in paragraph (a)(41);
I pp. Removing ‘‘D5504–94’’ and
adding in its place ‘‘D5504–01’’, in
paragraph (a)(42);
I qq. Adding new paragraphs (a)(45),
(a)(46), (a)(47), (a)(48), and (a)(49);
I rr. Removing the phrase ‘‘ASME
MFC–3M–1989 with September 1990
Errata’’ and adding in its place the
phrase ‘‘ASME MFC–3M–2004
(Revision of ASME MFC–3M–1989
(R1995))’’, in paragraph (b)(1);
I ss. Removing the date ‘‘1990’’ and
adding in its place the date ‘‘1997’’ in
the parenthetical, in paragraph (b)(2);
I tt. Adding the phrase ‘‘(Reaffirmed
1994)’’ after ‘‘ASME–MFC–5M–1985,’’,
in paragraph (b)(3);
I uu. Removing the phrase ‘‘1987 with
June 1987 Errata’’ and adding in its
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
4342
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
place the number ‘‘1998’’ at the end of
‘‘MFC–6M–’’, and also by removing
‘‘Flow Meters’’ and adding in its place,
‘‘Flowmeters’’, in paragraph (b)(4);
I vv. Removing the phrase ‘‘with
December 1989 Errata’’ and adding in its
place the phrase ‘‘(Reaffirmed 2001)’’, in
paragraph (b)(6);
I ww. Removing the number ‘‘86’’ and
adding in its place the number ‘‘96’’ at
the end of ‘‘GPA Standard 2172–’’, in
paragraph (d)(1);
I xx. Removing the number ‘‘90’’ and
adding in its place the number ‘‘00’’ at
the end of ‘‘GPA Standard 2261–00’’, in
paragraph (d)(2);
I yy. Revising paragraphs (f)(1) and
(f)(3); and
I zz. Adding new paragraph (f)(4).
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
§ 75.6
Incorporation by reference.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
*
*
*
*
*
(a) * * *
(45) ASTM D6667–04, Standard Test
Method for Determination of Total
Volatile Sulfur in Gaseous
Hydrocarbons and Liquefied Petroleum
Gases by Ultraviolet Fluorescence, for
appendix D of this part.
(46) ASTM D4809–00, Standard Test
Method for Heat of Combustion of
Liquid Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb
Calorimeter (Precision Method), for
appendices D and F of this part.
(47) ASTM D5865–01a, Standard Test
Method for Gross Calorific Value of Coal
and Coke, for appendices A, D, and F of
this part.
(48) ASTM D7036–04, Standard
Practice for Competence of Air Emission
Testing Bodies, for appendices A, B, and
E of this part.
(49) ASTM D5453–06, Standard Test
Method for Determination of Total
Sulfur in Light Hydrocarbons, Spark
Ignition Engine Fuel, Diesel Engine
Fuel, and Engine Oil by Ultraviolet
Fluorescence, for appendix D of this
part.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) * * *
(1) American Petroleum Institute
(API) Manual of Petroleum
Measurement Standards, Chapter 3—
Tank Gauging, Section 1A, Standard
Practice for the Manual Gauging of
Petroleum and Petroleum Products,
Second Edition, August 2005; Section
1B—Standard Practice for Level
Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons in
Stationary Tanks by Automatic Tank
Gauging, Second Edition June 2001;
Section 2—Standard Practice for
Gauging Petroleum and Petroleum
Products in Tank Cars, First Edition,
August 1995 (Reaffirmed March 2006);
Section 3—Standard Practice for Level
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons in
Stationary Pressurized Storage Tanks by
Automatic Tank Gauging, First Edition
June 1996; Section 4—Standard Practice
for Level Measurement of Liquid
Hydrocarbons on Marine Vessels by
Automatic Tank Gauging, First Edition
April 1995 (Reaffirmed, March 2006);
and Section 5—Standard Practice for
Level Measurement of Light
Hydrocarbon Liquids Onboard Marine
Vessels by Automatic Tank Gauging,
First Edition March 1997 (Reaffirmed,
March 2003); for § 75.19.
*
*
*
*
*
(3) American Petroleum Institute
(API) Manual of Petroleum
Measurement Standards, Chapter 4—
Proving Systems, Section 2—Pipe
Provers (Provers Accumulating at Least
10,000 Pulses), Second Edition, March
2001, and Section 5—Master-Meter
Provers, Second Edition, May 2000, for
appendix D to this part.
(4) American Petroleum Institute
(API) Manual of Petroleum
Measurement Standards, Chapter 22—
Testing Protocol, Section 2—Differential
Pressure Flow Measurement Devices
(First Edition, August 2005), for
appendix D to this part.
I 6. Section 75.11 is amended by:
I a. Revising the heading of the section;
I b. Adding the phrase ‘‘and 14.0% for
natural gas (boilers, only);’’ after the
word ‘‘wood;’’, in paragraph (b)(1);
I c. Revising paragraph (d)(3);
I d. Revising paragraphs (e)
introductory text and (e)(1);
I e. Removing and reserving paragraph
(e)(2);
I f. Revising paragraph (e)(3)
introductory text;
I g. Add new paragraph (e)(4); and
I h. Revising paragraph (f).
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
§ 75.11 Specific provisions for monitoring
SO2 emissions.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(3) By using the low mass emissions
excepted methodology in § 75.19(c) for
estimating hourly SO2 mass emissions if
the affected unit qualifies as a low mass
emissions unit under § 75.19(a) and (b).
If this option is selected for SO2, the
LME methodology must also be used for
NOX and CO2 when these parameters
are required to be monitored by
applicable program(s).
(e) Special considerations during the
combustion of gaseous fuels. The owner
or operator of an affected unit that uses
a certified flow monitor and a certified
diluent gas (O2 or CO2) monitor to
measure the unit heat input rate shall,
during any hours in which the unit
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
combusts only gaseous fuel, determine
SO2 emissions in accordance with
paragraph (e)(1) or (e)(3) of this section,
as applicable.
(1) If the gaseous fuel qualifies for a
default SO2 emission rate under Section
2.3.1.1, 2.3.2.1.1, or 2.3.6(b) of appendix
D to this part, the owner or operator
may determine SO2 emissions by using
Equation F–23 in appendix F to this
part. Substitute into Equation F–23 the
hourly heat input, calculated using the
certified flow monitoring system and
the certified diluent monitor (according
to the applicable equation in section 5.2
of appendix F to this part), in
conjunction with the appropriate
default SO2 emission rate from section
2.3.1.1, 2.3.2.1.1, or 2.3.6(b) of appendix
D to this part. When this option is
chosen, the owner or operator shall
perform the necessary data acquisition
and handling system tests under
§ 75.20(c), and shall meet all quality
control and quality assurance
requirements in appendix B to this part
for the flow monitor and the diluent
monitor; or
(2) [Reserved]
(3) The owner or operator may
determine SO2 mass emissions by using
a certified SO2 continuous monitoring
system, in conjunction with the certified
flow rate monitoring system. However,
if the gaseous fuel is very low sulfur fuel
(as defined in § 72.2 of this chapter), the
SO2 monitoring system shall meet the
following quality assurance provisions
when the very low sulfur fuel is
combusted:
*
*
*
*
*
(4) The provisions in paragraph (e)(1)
of this section, may also be used for the
combustion of a solid or liquid fuel that
meets the definition of very low sulfur
fuel in § 72.2 of this chapter, mixtures
of such fuels, or combinations of such
fuels with gaseous fuel, if the owner or
operator submits a petition under
§ 75.66 for a default SO2 emission rate
for each fuel, mixture or combination,
and if the Administrator approves the
petition.
(f) Other units. The owner or operator
of an affected unit that combusts wood,
refuse, or other material in addition to
oil or gas shall comply with the
monitoring provisions for coal-fired
units specified in paragraph (a) of this
section, except where the owner or
operator has an approved petition to use
the provisions of paragraph (e)(1) of this
section.
I 7. Section 75.12 is amended by:
I a. Revising the section heading;
I b. Removing the word ‘‘and’’ before
the number ‘‘15.0%’’, and by adding the
phrase ‘‘; and 18.0% for natural gas
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
(boilers, only)’’ after the word ‘‘wood’’,
in paragraph (b); and
I c. Revising paragraph (e)(3).
The revisions read as follows:
§ 75.12 Specific provisions for monitoring
NOX emission rate.
*
*
*
*
*
(e) * * *
(3) Use the low mass emissions
excepted methodology in § 75.19(c) for
estimating hourly NOX emission rate
and hourly NOX mass emissions, if
applicable under § 75.19(a) and (b). If
this option is selected for NOX, the LME
methodology must also be used for SO2
and CO2 when these parameters are
required to be monitored by applicable
program(s).
*
*
*
*
*
I 8. Section 75.13 is amended by
revising paragraph (d)(3) to read as
follows:
§ 75.13 Specific provisions for monitoring
CO2 emissions.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(3) Use the low mass emissions
excepted methodology in § 75.19(c) for
estimating hourly CO2 mass emissions,
if applicable under § 75.19(a) and (b). If
this option is selected for CO2, the LME
methodology must also be used for NOX
and SO2 when these parameters are
required to be monitored by applicable
program(s).
I 9. Section 75.14 is amended by adding
paragraph (e) to read as follows:
§ 75.14 Specific provisions for monitoring
opacity.
*
*
*
*
(e) Unit with a certified particulate
matter (PM) monitoring system. If, for a
particular affected unit, the owner or
operator installs, certifies, operates,
maintains, and quality-assures a
continuous particulate matter (PM)
monitoring system in accordance with
Procedure 2 in appendix F to part 60 of
this chapter, the unit shall be exempt
from the opacity monitoring
requirement of this part.
I 10. Section 75.15 is amended by:
I a. Removing the reference ‘‘(j)’’ and
adding the reference ‘‘(l)’’ in its place in
the introductory paragraph;
I b. Revising paragraph (h); and
I c. Adding paragraph (l).
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
*
§ 75.15 Special provisions for measuring
Hg mass emissions using the excepted
sorbent trap monitoring methodology.
*
*
*
*
*
(h) The hourly Hg mass emissions for
each collection period are determined
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
using the results of the analyses in
conjunction with contemporaneous
hourly data recorded by a certified stack
flow monitor, corrected for the stack gas
moisture content. For each pair of
sorbent traps analyzed, the average of
the two Hg concentrations shall be used
for reporting purposes under ( 75.84(f).
Notwithstanding this requirement, if,
due to circumstances beyond the control
of the owner or operator, one of the
paired traps is accidentally lost,
damaged, or broken and cannot be
analyzed, the results of the analysis of
the other trap may be used for reporting
purposes, provided that:
(1) The other trap has met all of the
applicable quality-assurance
requirements of this part; and
(2) The Hg concentration measured by
the other trap is multiplied by a factor
of 1.111.
*
*
*
*
*
(l) Whenever the type of sorbent
material used by the traps is changed,
the owner or operator shall conduct a
diagnostic RATA of the modified
sorbent trap monitoring system within
720 unit or stack operating hours after
the date and hour when the new sorbent
material is first used. If the diagnostic
RATA is passed, data from the modified
system may be reported as qualityassured, back to the date and hour when
the new sorbent material was first used.
If the RATA is failed, all data from the
modified system shall be invalidated,
back to the date and hour when the new
sorbent material was first used, and data
from the system shall remain invalid
until a subsequent RATA is passed. If
the required RATA is not completed
within 720 unit or stack operating
hours, but is passed on the first attempt,
data from the modified system shall be
invalidated beginning with the first
operating hour after the 720 unit or
stack operating hour window expires
and data from the system shall remain
invalid until the date and hour of
completion of the successful RATA.
11. Section 75.16 is amended by:
a. Revising paragraph (b)(1)(ii);
I b. Adding the word ‘‘rate’’ after the
phrase ‘‘report heat input’’ in the last
sentence, in paragraph (e)(1); and
I c. In the second sentence of
paragraphs (e)(3) by removing both
occurrences of the phrase ‘‘steam flow’’
and adding in its place the phrase
‘‘steam load’’ and adding the phrase ‘‘or
mmBtu/hr thermal output’’ inside the
parentheses, after the phrase ‘‘in 1000
lb/hr’’, in paragraph (e)(3).
The revisions read as follows:
I
I
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4343
§ 75.16 Special provisions for monitoring
emissions from common, bypass, and
multiple stacks for SO2 emissions and heat
input determinations.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(1) * * *
(ii) Install, certify, operate, and
maintain an SO2 continuous emission
monitoring system and flow monitoring
system in the common stack and
combine emissions for the affected units
for recordkeeping and compliance
purposes.
*
*
*
*
*
I 12. Section 75.17 is amended by
revising paragraph (d)(2) to read as
follows:
§ 75.17 Special provisions for monitoring
emissions from common, bypass, and
multiple stacks for NOX emission rate.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(2) Install, certify, operate, and
maintain a NOX-diluent CEMS only on
the main stack. If this option is chosen,
it is not necessary to designate the
exhaust configuration as a multiple
stack configuration in the monitoring
plan required under § 75.53, with
respect to NOX or any other parameter
that is monitored only at the main stack.
For each unit operating hour in which
the bypass stack is used and the
emissions are either uncontrolled (or the
add-on controls are not documented to
be operating properly), report the
maximum potential NOX emission rate
(as defined in § 72.2 of this chapter).
The maximum potential NOX emission
rate may be specific to the type of fuel
combusted in the unit during the bypass
(see § 75.33(c)(8)). Alternatively, for a
unit with NOX add-on emission
controls, for each unit operating hour in
which the bypass stack is used and the
add-on NOX emission controls are not
bypassed, the owner or operator may
report the maximum controlled NOX
emission rate (MCR) instead of the
maximum potential NOX emission rate
provided that the add-on controls are
documented to be operating properly, as
described in the quality assurance/
quality control program for the unit,
required by section 1 in appendix B of
this part. To provide the necessary
documentation, the owner or operator
shall record parametric data to verify
the proper operation of the NOX add-on
emission controls as described in
§ 75.34(d). Furthermore, the owner or
operator shall calculate the MCR using
the procedure described in section
2.1.2.1(b) of appendix A to this part
where the words ‘‘maximum potential
NOX emission rate (MER)’’ shall apply
instead of the words ‘‘maximum
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
4344
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
controlled NOX emission rate (MCR)’’
and by using the NOX MEC in the
calculations instead of the NOX MPC.
I 13. Section 75.19 is amended by:
I a. Revising paragraph (a)(1);
I b. Revising paragraph (c)(1)(i);
I c. Revising paragraph (c)(1)(iv)(A)(3);
I d. Removing the words ‘‘Method 20’’
from paragraph (c)(1)(iv)(A)(4);
I e. Removing the words ‘‘Method 20’’
from the definition of NOX obs in the
nomenclature for Equation LM–1a
under paragraph (c)(1)(iv)(A);
I f. Adding the phrase, ‘‘that meets the
quality assurance requirements of
either: this part, or appendix F to part
60 of this chapter, or a comparable State
CEM program,’’ after the abbreviation
‘‘CEMS’’, in paragraph (c)(1)(iv)(G);
I g. Adding paragraphs (c)(1)(iv)(I)(3),
(4), (5) and (6);
I h. Revising paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(B)(2);
I i. Revising paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(H);
I j. Removing the words ‘‘from Table
LM–1 of this section’’ from the first
sentence of paragraph (c)(4)(i)(A);
I k. Revising the heading for paragraph
(c)(4)(ii); and
I l. Adding paragraph (c)(4)(ii)(D).
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
§ 75.19 Optional SO2, NOX, and CO2
emissions calculation for low mass
emissions units.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
*
*
*
*
*
(a) * * *
(1) For units that meet the
requirements of this paragraph (a)(1)
and paragraphs (a)(2) and (b) of this
section, the low mass emissions (LME)
excepted methodology in paragraph (c)
of this section may be used in lieu of
continuous emission monitoring
systems or, if applicable, in lieu of
methods under appendices D, E, and G
to this part, for the purpose of
determining unit heat input, NOX, SO2,
and CO2 mass emissions, and NOX
emission rate under this part. If the
owner or operator of a qualifying unit
elects to use the LME methodology, it
must be used for all parameters that are
required to be monitored by the
applicable program(s). For example, for
an Acid Rain Program LME unit, the
methodology must be used to estimate
SO2, NOX, and CO2 mass emissions,
NOX emission rate, and unit heat input.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(1) * * *
(i) If the unit combusts only natural
gas and/or fuel oil, use Table LM–1 of
this section to determine the
appropriate SO2 emission rate for use in
calculating hourly SO2 mass emissions
under this section. Alternatively, for
fuel oil combustion, a lower, fuel-
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
specific SO2 emission factor may be
used in lieu of the applicable emission
factor from Table LM–1, if a federally
enforceable permit condition is in place
that limits the sulfur content of the oil.
If this alternative is chosen, the fuelspecific SO2 emission rate in lb/mmBtu
shall be calculated by multiplying the
fuel sulfur content limit (weight percent
sulfur) by 1.01. In addition, the owner
or operator shall periodically determine
the sulfur content of the oil combusted
in the unit, using one of the oil
sampling and analysis options described
in section 2.2 of appendix D to this part,
and shall keep records of these fuel
sampling results in a format suitable for
inspection and auditing. Alternatively,
the required oil sampling and associated
recordkeeping may be performed using
a consensus standard (e.g., ASTM, API,
etc.) that is prescribed in the unit’s
Federally-enforceable operating permit,
in an applicable State regulation, or in
another applicable Federal regulation. If
the unit combusts gaseous fuel(s) other
than natural gas, the owner or operator
shall use the procedures in section 2.3.6
of appendix D to this part to document
the total sulfur content of each such fuel
and to determine the appropriate default
SO2 emission rate for each such fuel.
*
*
*
*
*
(iv) * * *
(A) * * *
(3) Do not correct the NOX
concentration to 15% O2.
*
*
*
*
*
(I) * * *
(3) The initial appendix E testing may
be performed at a single load, between
75 and 100 percent of the maximum
sustainable load defined in the
monitoring plan for the unit, if the
average annual capacity factor of the
LME unit, when calculated according to
the definition of ‘‘capacity factor’’ in
§ 72.2 of this chapter, is 2.5 percent or
less for the three calendar years
immediately preceding the year of the
testing, and that the annual capacity
factor does not exceed 4.0 percent in
any of those three years. Similarly, for
a LME unit that reports emissions data
on an ozone season-only basis, the
initial appendix E testing may be
performed at a single load between 75
and 100 percent of the maximum
sustainable load if the 2.5 and 4.0
percent capacity factor requirements are
met for the three ozone seasons
immediately preceding the date of the
emission testing (see § 75.74(c)(11)). For
a group of identical LME units, any
unit(s) in the group that meet the 2.5
and 4.0 percent capacity factor
requirements may perform the initial
appendix E testing at a single load
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
between 75 and 100 percent of the
maximum sustainable load.
(4) The retest of any LME unit may be
performed at a single load between 75
and 100 percent of the maximum
sustainable load if, for the three
calendar years immediately preceding
the year of the retest (or, if applicable,
the three ozone seasons immediately
preceding the date of the retest), the
applicable capacity factor requirements
described in paragraph (c)(1)(iv)(I)(3) of
this section are met.
(5) Alternatively, for combustion
turbines, the single-load testing
described in paragraphs (c)(1)(iv)(I)(3)
and (c)(1)(iv)(I)(4) of this section may be
performed at the highest attainable load
level corresponding to the season of the
year in which the testing is conducted.
(6) In all cases where the alternative
single-load testing option described in
paragraphs (c)(1)(iv)(I)(3) through
(c)(1)(iv)(I)(5) of this section is used, the
owner or operator shall keep records
documenting that the required capacity
factor requirements were met.
*
*
*
*
*
(3) * * *
(ii) * * *
(B) * * *
(2) American Petroleum Institute
(API) Manual of Petroleum
Measurement Standards, Chapter 3Tank Gauging, Section 1A, Standard
Practice for the Manual Gauging of
Petroleum and Petroleum Products,
Second Edition, August 2005; Section
1B-Standard Practice for Level
Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons in
Stationary Tanks by Automatic Tank
Gauging, Second Edition June 2001;
Section 2-Standard Practice for Gauging
Petroleum and Petroleum Products in
Tank Cars, First Edition, August 1995
(Reaffirmed March 2006); Section 3Standard Practice for Level
Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons in
Stationary Pressurized Storage Tanks by
Automatic Tank Gauging, First Edition
June 1996 (Reaffirmed, March 2001);
Section 4-Standard Practice for Level
Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons
on Marine Vessels by Automatic Tank
Gauging, First Edition April 1995
(Reaffirmed, September 2000); and
Section 5-Standard Practice for Level
Measurement of Light Hydrocarbon
Liquids Onboard Marine Vessels by
Automatic Tank Gauging, First Edition
March 1997 (Reaffirmed, March 2003);
for § 75.19; Shop Testing of Automatic
Liquid Level Gages, Bulletin 2509 B,
December 1961 (Reaffirmed August
1987, October 1992) (all incorporated by
reference under § 75.6 of this part); or
*
*
*
*
*
(H) For each low mass emissions unit
or each low mass emissions unit in a
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
group of identical units, the owner or
operator shall determine the cumulative
quarterly unit load in megawatt hours or
thousands of pounds of steam. The
quarterly cumulative unit load shall be
the sum of the hourly unit load values
recorded under paragraph (c)(2) of this
section and shall be determined using
Equations LM–5 or LM–6. For a unit
subject to the provisions of subpart H of
this part, which is not required to report
emission data on a year-round basis and
MW qtr =
∑
MW
∑
ST
4345
elects to report only during the ozone
season, the quarterly cumulative load
for the second calendar quarter of the
year shall include only the unit loads
for the months of May and June.
Eq. LM-5 (for MW output)
all − hours
STqtr =
Eq. LM-6 (for steam output)
*
*
*
*
*
(4) * * *
(ii) NOX mass emissions and NOX
emission rate.
(D) The quarterly and cumulative
NOX emission rate in lb/mmBtu (if
required by the applicable program(s))
shall be determined as follows.
Calculate the quarterly NOX emission
rate by taking the arithmetic average of
all of the hourly EFNOX values. Calculate
the cumulative (year-to-date) NOX
emission rate by taking the arithmetic
average of the quarterly NOX emission
rates.
*
*
*
*
*
I 14. Section 75.20 is amended by:
I a. Adding a new sentence after the
third sentence of paragraph (b)
introductory text;
I b. Revising paragraph (c)(1)(v); and
I c. Removing paragraphs (f)(1) and
(f)(2).
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
§ 75.20 Initial certification and
recertification procedures.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * * The owner or operator shall
also recertify the continuous emission
monitoring systems for a unit that has
recommenced commercial operation
following a period of long-term cold
storage as defined in § 72.2 of this
chapter. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(1) * * *
(v) A cycle time test, (where, for the
NOX-diluent continuous emission
monitoring system, the test is performed
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
separately on the NOX pollutant
concentration monitor and the diluent
gas monitor); and
*
*
*
*
*
§ 75.21
[Amended]
15. Section 75.21 is amended by
removing the words ‘‘or (e)(2)’’ at the
end of the first sentence of paragraph
(a)(4).
I 16. Section 75.22 is amended by:
I a. Revising paragraph (a) introductory
text;
I b. Revising paragraphs (a)(5), (a)(6),
and (a)(7);
I c. Revising paragraph (b) introductory
text;
I d. Removing the word ‘‘and’’ at the
end of paragraph (b)(3);
I e. Revising paragraph (b)(5);
I f. Adding paragraphs (b)(6), (b)(7), and
(b)(8); and
I g. Revising paragraph (c)(1)
introductory text.
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
I
§ 75.22
Reference test methods.
(a) The owner or operator shall use
the following methods, which are found
in appendix A–4 to part 60 of this
chapter or have been published by
ASTM, to conduct the following tests:
monitoring system tests for certification
or recertification of continuous emission
monitoring systems and excepted
monitoring systems under appendix E to
this part; the emission tests required
under § 75.81(c) and (d); and required
quality assurance and quality control
tests:
*
*
*
*
*
(5) Methods 6, 6A, 6B or 6C, and 7,
7A, 7C, 7D or 7E in appendix A–4 to
part 60 of this chapter, as applicable, are
the reference methods for determining
SO2 and NOX pollutant concentrations.
(Methods 6A and 6B in appendix A–4
to part 60 of this chapter may also be
used to determine SO2 emission rate in
lb/mmBtu.) Methods 7, 7A, 7C, 7D, or
7E in appendix A–4 to part 60 of this
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
chapter must be used to measure total
NOX emissions, both NO and NO2, for
purposes of this part. The owner or
operator shall not use the following
sections, exceptions, and options of
method 7E in appendix A–4 to part 60
of this chapter:
(i) Section 7.1 of the method allowing
for use of prepared calibration gas
mixtures that are produced in
accordance with method 205 in
Appendix M of 40 CFR Part 51;
(ii) The sampling point selection
procedures in section 8.1 of the method,
for the emission testing of boilers and
combustion turbines under appendix E
to this part. The number and location of
the sampling points for those
applications shall be as specified in
sections 2.1.2.1 and 2.1.2.2 of appendix
E to this part;
(iii) Paragraph (3) in section 8.4 of the
method allowing for the use of a multihole probe to satisfy the multipoint
traverse requirement of the method;
(iv) Section 8.6 of the method
allowing for the use of ‘‘Dynamic
Spiking’’ as an alternative to the
interference and system bias checks of
the method. Dynamic spiking may be
conducted (optionally) as an additional
quality assurance check.
(6) Method 3A in appendix A–2 and
method 7E in appendix A–4 to part 60
of this chapter are the reference
methods for determining NOX and
diluent emissions from stationary gas
turbines for testing under appendix E to
this part.
(7) ASTM D6784–02, Standard Test
Method for Elemental, Oxidized,
Particle-Bound and Total Mercury in
Flue Gas Generated from Coal-Fired
Stationary Sources (Ontario Hydro
Method) (incorporated by reference
under § 75.6 of this part) is the reference
method for determining Hg
concentration.
(i) Alternatively, Method 29 in
appendix A–8 to part 60 of this chapter
may be used, with these caveats: The
procedures for preparation of Hg
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
ER24JA08.016
Where:
MWqtr = Sum of all unit operating loads
recorded during the quarter by the unit
(MWh).
STfuel-qtr = Sum of all hourly steam loads
recorded during the quarter by the unit
(klb of steam/hr).
MW = Unit operating load for a particular
unit operating hour (MWh).
ST = Unit steam load for a particular unit
operating hour (klb of steam).
ER24JA08.017
all − hours
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
4346
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
standards and sample analysis in
sections 13.4.1.1 through 13.4.1.3 ASTM
D6784–02 (incorporated by reference
under § 75.6 of this part) shall be
followed instead of the procedures in
sections 7.5.33 and 11.1.3 of Method 29
in appendix A–8 to part 60 of this
chapter, and the QA/QC procedures in
section 13.4.2 of ASTM D6784–02
(incorporated by reference under § 75.6
of this part) shall be performed instead
of the procedures in section 9.2.3 of
Method 29 in appendix A–8 to part 60
of this chapter. The tester may also opt
to use the sample recovery and
preparation procedures in ASTM
D6784–02 (incorporated by reference
under § 75.6 of this part) instead of the
Method 29 in appendix A–8 to part 60
of this chapter procedures, as follows:
sections 8.2.8 and 8.2.9.1 of Method 29
in appendix A–8 to part 60 of this
chapter may be replaced with sections
13.2.9.1 through 13.2.9.3 of ASTM
D6784–02 (incorporated by reference
under § 75.6 of this part); sections
8.2.9.2 and 8.2.9.3 of Method 29 in
appendix A–8 to part 60 of this chapter
may be replaced with sections 13.2.10.1
through 13.2.10.4 of ASTM D6784–02
(incorporated by reference under § 75.6
of this part); section 8.3.4 of Method 29
in appendix A–8 to part 60 of this
chapter may be replaced with section
13.3.4 or 13.3.6 of ASTM D6784–02 (as
appropriate) (incorporated by reference
under § 75.6 of this part); and section
8.3.5 of Method 29 in appendix A–8 to
part 60 of this chapter may be replaced
with section 13.3.5 or 13.3.6 of ASTM
D6784–02 (as appropriate) (incorporated
by reference under § 75.6 of this part).
(ii) Whenever ASTM D6784–02
(incorporated by reference under § 75.6
of this part) or Method 29 in appendix
A–8 to part 60 of this chapter is used,
paired sampling trains are required. To
validate a RATA run or an emission test
run, the relative deviation (RD),
calculated according to section 11.7 of
appendix K to this part, must not exceed
10 percent, when the average
concentration is greater than 1.0 µg/m3.
If the average concentration is ≤1.0 µg/
m3, the RD must not exceed 20 percent.
The RD results are also acceptable if the
absolute difference between the Hg
concentrations measured by the paired
trains does not exceed 0.03 µg/m3. If the
RD criterion is met, the run is valid. For
each valid run, average the Hg
concentrations measured by the two
trains (vapor phase, only).
(iii) Two additional reference
methods that may be used to measure
Hg concentration are: Method 30A,
‘‘Determination of Total Vapor Phase
Mercury Emissions from Stationary
Sources (Instrumental Analyzer
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
Procedure)’’ and Method 30B,
‘‘Determination of Total Vapor Phase
Mercury Emissions from Coal-Fired
Combustion Sources Using Carbon
Sorbent Traps’’.
(iv) When Method 29 in appendix A–
8 to part 60 of this chapter or ASTM
D6784–02 (incorporated by reference
under § 75.6 of this part) is used for the
Hg emission testing required under
§§ 75.81(c) and (d), locate the reference
method test points according to section
8.1 of Method 30A, and if Hg
stratification testing is part of the test
protocol, follow the procedures in
sections 8.1.3 through 8.1.3.5 of Method
30A.
(b) The owner or operator may use
any of the following methods, which are
found in appendix A to part 60 of this
chapter or have been published by
ASTM, as a reference method backup
monitoring system to provide qualityassured monitor data:
*
*
*
*
*
(5) ASTM D6784–02, Standard Test
Method for Elemental, Oxidized,
Particle-Bound and Total Mercury in
Flue Gas Generated from Coal-Fired
Stationary Sources (Ontario Hydro
Method) (incorporated by reference
under § 75.6 of this part) for
determining Hg concentration;
(6) Method 29 in appendix A–8 to
part 60 of this chapter for determining
Hg concentration;
(7) Method 30A for determining Hg
concentration; and
(8) Method 30B for determining Hg
concentration.
(c)(1) Instrumental EPA Reference
Methods 3A, 6C, and 7E in appendices
A–2 and A–4 of part 60 of this chapter
shall be conducted using calibration
gases as defined in section 5 of
appendix A to this part. Otherwise,
performance tests shall be conducted
and data reduced in accordance with
the test methods and procedures of this
part unless the Administrator:
*
*
*
*
*
I 17. Section 75.31 is amended by
adding a sentence to the end of
paragraph (c)(3) to read as follows:
§ 75.31
Initial missing data procedures.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(3) * * * Alternatively, where a unit
with add-on NOX emission controls can
demonstrate that the controls are
operating properly during the hour, as
provided in § 75.34(d), the owner or
operator may substitute, as applicable,
the maximum controlled NOX emission
rate (MCR) or the maximum expected
NOX concentration (MEC).
*
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
18. Section 75.32 is amended by
revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:
I
§ 75.32 Determination of monitor data
availability for standard missing data
procedures.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) The monitor data availability shall
be calculated for each hour during each
missing data period. The owner or
operator shall record the percent
monitor data availability for each hour
of each missing data period to
implement the missing data substitution
procedures.
*
*
*
*
*
I 19. Section 75.33 is amended by:
I a. Revising the section heading;
I b. Removing the word ‘‘Whenever’’
and adding in its place the word ‘‘If’’,
and by removing the words ‘‘each hour
of each’’ and adding in its place the
words ‘‘that hour of the’’, in paragraph
(b)(1) introductory text;
I c. Removing the word ‘‘Whenever’’
and adding in its place the word ‘‘If’’,
and by removing the words ‘‘each hour
of each’’ and adding in its place the
words ‘‘that hour of the’’, in paragraph
(b)(2) introductory text;
I d. Removing the word ‘‘Whenever’’
and adding in its place the word ‘‘If’’,
and by removing the word ‘‘each’’ and
adding in its place the words ‘‘that hour
of the’’, in paragraphs (b)(3) and (b)(4);
I e. Removing the word ‘‘Whenever’’
and adding in its place the word ‘‘If’’,
and by removing the words ‘‘each hour
of each’’ and adding in its place the
words ‘‘that hour of the’’, in paragraphs
(c)(1) introductory text, (c)(2)
introductory text, (c)(3), and (c)(4);
I f. Revising paragraph (c)(8)(iii);
I g. Revising Tables 1 and 2 in
paragraph (c)(8)(iv);
I h. Removing the word ‘‘Whenever’’
and adding in its place the word ‘‘If’’,
and by removing the words ‘‘each hour
of each’’ and adding in its place the
words ‘‘that hour of the’’, in paragraphs
(d)(1) introductory text, (d)(2)
introductory text, (d)(3) introductory
text, and (d)(4) introductory text.
I i. Revising Table 3 in paragraph (e)(3);
and
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
§ 75.33 Standard missing data procedures
for SO2, NOX, Hg, and flow rate.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(8) * * *
(iii) For the purposes of providing
substitute data under paragraph (c)(4) of
this section, a separate, fuel-specific
maximum potential concentration
(MPC), maximum potential NOX
emission rate (MER), or maximum
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
4347
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
potential flow rate (MPF) value (as
applicable) shall be determined for each
type of fuel combusted in the unit, in a
manner consistent with § 72.2 of this
chapter and with section 2.1.2.1 or
2.1.4.1 of appendix A to this part. For
co-firing, the MPC, MER or MPF value
shall be based on the fuel with the
highest emission rate or flow rate (as
applicable). Furthermore, for a unit with
add-on NOX emission controls, a
separate fuel-specific maximum
controlled NOX emission rate (MCR) or
maximum expected NOX concentration
(MEC) value (as applicable) shall be
determined for each type of fuel
combusted in the unit. The exact
methodology used to determine each
fuel-specific MPC, MER, MEC, MCR or
MPF value shall be documented in the
monitoring plan for the unit or stack.
(iv) * * *
TABLE 1.—MISSING DATA PROCEDURE FOR SO2 CEMS, CO2 CEMS, MOISTURE CEMS, HG CEMS, AND DILUENT (CO2
OR O2) MONITORS FOR HEAT INPUT DETERMINATION
Trigger conditions
Calculation routines
Monitor data availability
(percent)
Duration (N) of CEMS
outage
(hours) 2
95 or more (90 or more for Hg) ............................
N ≤ 24 ..........................
N > 24 ..........................
90 or more, but below 95 (> 80 but < 90 for Hg)
80 or more, but below 90 (> 70 but < 80 for Hg)
Below 80 (Below 70 for Hg) .................................
Method
N ≤ 8 ............................
N > 8 ............................
N > 0 ............................
N > 0 ............................
Average ..............................................................
For SO2, CO2, Hg, and H2O **, the greater of:
Average .......................................................
90th percentile .............................................
For O2 and H2OX, the lesser of:
10th percentile .............................................
Average ..............................................................
For SO2, CO2, Hg, and H2O **, the greater of:
Average .......................................................
95th percentile .............................................
For O2 and H2OX, the lesser of:
Average .......................................................
5th Percentile ..............................................
For SO2, CO2, Hg, and H2O: **
Maximum value 1 .........................................
For O2 and H2OX:
Minimum value 1 ..........................................
Maximum potential concentration 3 or % (for
SO2, CO2, Hg, and H2O **) or
Minimum potential concentration or % (for O2
and H2OX).
Lookback period
HB/HA.
HB/HA.
720 hours.*
HB/HA.
720 hours.*
HB/HA.
HB/HA.
720 hours.*
HB/HA.
720 hours.*
720 hours.*
720 hours.*
None.
HB/HA = hour before and hour after the CEMS outage.
* Quality-assured, monitor operating hours, during unit operation. May be either fuel-specific or non-fuel-specific. For units that report data only
for the ozone season, include only quality assured monitor operating hours within the ozone season in the lookback period. Use data from no
earlier than 3 years prior to the missing data period.
1 Where a unit with add-on SO or Hg emission controls can demonstrate that the controls are operating properly during the missing data pe2
riod, as provided in § 75.34, the unit may use the maximum controlled concentration from the previous 720 quality-assured monitor operating
hours.
2 During unit operating hours.
3 Alternatively, where a unit with add-on SO or Hg emission controls can demonstrate that the controls are operating properly during the miss2
ing data period, as provided in § 75.34, the unit may report the greater of: (a) the maximum expected SO2 or Hg concentration or (b) 1.25 times
the maximum controlled value from the previous 720 quality-assured monitor operating hours.
X Use this algorithm for moisture except when Equation 19–3, 19–4 or 19–8 in Method 19 in appendix A–7 to part 60 of this chapter is used for
NOX emission rate.
** Use this algorithm for moisture only when Equation 19–3, 19–4 or 19–8 in Method 19 in appendix A–7 to part 60 of this chapter is used for
NOX emission rate.
TABLE 2.—LOAD-BASED MISSING DATA PROCEDURE FOR NOX-DILUENT CEMS, NOX CONCENTRATION CEMS AND FLOW
RATE CEMS
Trigger conditions
Calculation routines
Duration (N) of CEMS outage
(hours) 2
Method
Lookback period
95 or more .............................
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Monitor data availability
(percent)
N ≤ 24 ...................................
N > 24 ...................................
2,160 hours * .........................
Yes.
HB/HA ...................................
2,160 hours * .........................
2,160 hours * .........................
No.
Yes.
Yes.
N > 0 .....................................
Average .................................
The greater of:
Average ..........................
90th percentile ...............
Average .................................
The greater of:
Average ..........................
95th percentile ...............
Maximum value 1 ...................
HB/HA ...................................
2,160 hours * .........................
2,160 hours * .........................
No.
Yes.
Yes.
Jkt 214001
Fmt 4701
90 or more, but below 95 ......
80 or more, but below 90 ......
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
N ≤ 8 .....................................
N > 8 .....................................
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
Load ranges
4348
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 2.—LOAD-BASED MISSING DATA PROCEDURE FOR NOX-DILUENT CEMS, NOX CONCENTRATION CEMS AND FLOW
RATE CEMS—Continued
Trigger conditions
Calculation routines
Monitor data availability
(percent)
Duration (N) of CEMS outage
(hours) 2
Below 80 ................................
N > 0 .....................................
Method
Lookback period
Maximum potential NOX
emission rate 3; or maximum potential NOX concentration 3; or maximum
potential flow rate.
None ......................................
Load ranges
No.
HB/HA = hour before and hour after the CEMS outage.
* Quality-assured, monitor operating hours, using data at the corresponding load range (‘‘load bin’’) for each hour of the missing data period.
May be either fuel-specific or non-fuel-specific. For units that report data only for the ozone season, include only quality assured monitor operating hours within the ozone season in the lookback period. Use data from no earlier than three years prior to the missing data period.
1 Where a unit with add-on NO emission controls can demonstrate that the controls are operating properly during the missing data period, as
X
provided in § 75.34, the unit may use the maximum controlled NOX concentration or emission rate from the previous 2,160 quality-assured monitor operating hours. Units with add-on controls that report NOX mass emissions on a year-round basis under subpart H of this part may use separate ozone season and non-ozone season data pools to provide substitute data values, as described in § 75.34(a)(2).
2 During unit operating hours.
3 Alternatively, where a unit with add-on NO emission controls can demonstrate that the controls are operating properly during the missing
X
data period, as provided in § 75.34, the unit may report the greater of: (a) the maximum expected NOX concentration (or maximum controlled
NOX emission rate, as applicable); or (b) 1.25 times the maximum controlled value at the corresponding load bin, from the previous 2,160 quality-assured monitor operating hours.
*
*
*
(e) * * *
*
*
(3) * * *
TABLE 3.—NON-LOAD-BASED MISSING DATA PROCEDURE FOR NOX-DILUENT CEMS AND NOX CONCENTRATION CEMS
Trigger conditions
Calculation routines
Duration (N) of CEMS
outage
(hours) 1
Monitor data availability
(percent)
95 or more ............................................................
90 or more, but below 95 .....................................
80 or more, but below 90 .....................................
Below 80, or operational bin indeterminable ........
N
N
N
N
N
N
≤ 24 ..........................
> 24 ..........................
≤ 8 ............................
> 8 ............................
> 0 ............................
> 0 ............................
Method
Average ..............................................................
90th percentile ....................................................
Average ..............................................................
95th percentile ....................................................
Maximum value 3 ................................................
Maximum potential NOX emission rate 2 or maximum potential NOX concentration 2.
Lookback period
2,160 hours.*
2,160 hours.*
2,160 hours.*
2,160 hours.*
2,160 hours.*
None.
* If operational bins are used, the lookback period is 2,160 quality-assured, monitor operating hours, and data at the corresponding operational
bin are used to provide substitute data values. If operational bins are not used, the lookback period is the previous 2,160 quality-assured monitor
operating hours. For units that report data only for the ozone season, include only quality-assured monitor operating hours within the ozone season in the lookback period. Use data from no earlier than three years prior to the missing data period.
1 During unit operation.
2 Alternatively, where a unit with add-on NO
X emission controls can demonstrate that the controls are operating properly, as provided in
§ 75.34, the unit may report the greater of: (a) the maximum expected NOX concentration, (or maximum controlled NOX emission rate, as applicable); or (b) 1.25 times the maximum controlled value at the corresponding operational bin (if applicable), from the previous 2,160 quality-assured monitor operating hours.
3 Where a unit with add-on NO emission controls can demonstrate that the controls are operating properly during the missing data period, as
X
provided in § 75.34, the unit may use the maximum controlled NOX concentration or emission rate from the previous 2,160 quality-assured monitor operating hours. Units with add-on controls that report NOX mass emissions on a year-round basis under subpart H of this part may use separate ozone season and non-ozone season data pools to provide substitute data values, as described in § 75.34(a)(2).
*
*
*
*
*
20. Section 75.34 is amended by:
I a. Revising paragraph (a) introductory
text;
I b. In paragraph (a)(2)(ii) by removing
the words ‘‘and (c)(3)’’ and adding in its
place the words ‘‘, (c)(3) and (c)(5) of
this section, and § 75.38(c),’’
I c. Revising paragraph (a)(3);
I d. Adding paragraph (a)(5); and
I e. In paragraph (d) by removing the
words ‘‘paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(3) of
this section,’’ and adding in its place the
words ‘‘paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(3) and
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
I
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
(a)(5) of this section; and §§ 75.31(c)(3),
75.38(c), and 75.72(c)(3),’’.
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
§ 75.34 Units with add-on emission
controls.
(a) The owner or operator of an
affected unit equipped with add-on SO2
and/or NOX emission controls shall
provide substitute data in accordance
with paragraphs (a)(1), through (a)(5) of
this section for each hour in which
quality-assured data from the outlet SO2
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
and/or NOX monitoring system(s) are
not obtained.
*
*
*
*
*
(3) For each missing data hour in
which the percent monitor data
availability for SO2 or NOX, calculated
in accordance with § 75.32, is less than
90.0 percent and is greater than or equal
to 80.0 percent; and parametric data
establishes that the add-on emission
controls were operating properly (i.e.
within the range of operating parameters
provided in the quality assurance/
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
quality control program) during the
hour, the owner or operator may:
(i) Replace the maximum SO2
concentration recorded in the 720
quality-assured monitor operating hours
immediately preceding the missing data
period, with the maximum controlled
SO2 concentration recorded in the
previous 720 quality-assured monitor
operating hours; or
(ii) Replace the maximum NOX
concentration(s) or NOX emission rate(s)
from the appropriate load bin(s) (based
on a lookback through the 2,160 qualityassured monitor operating hours
immediately preceding the missing data
period), with the maximum controlled
NOX concentration(s) or emission rate(s)
from the appropriate load bin(s) in the
same 2,160 quality-assured monitor
operating hour lookback period.
*
*
*
*
*
(5) For each missing data hour in
which the percent monitor data
availability for SO2 or NOX, calculated
in accordance with § 75.32, is below
80.0 percent and parametric data
establish that the add-on emission
controls were operating properly (i.e.
within the range of operating parameters
provided in the quality assurance/
quality control program),in lieu of
reporting the maximum potential value,
the owner or operator may substitute, as
applicable, the greater of:
(i) The maximum expected SO2
concentration or 1.25 times the
maximum hourly controlled SO2
concentration recorded in the previous
720 quality-assured monitor operating
hours;
(ii) The maximum expected NOX
concentration or 1.25 times the
maximum hourly controlled NOX
concentration recorded in the previous
2,160 quality-assured monitor operating
hours at the corresponding unit load
range or operational bin;
(iii) The maximum controlled hourly
NOX emission rate (MCR) or 1.25 times
the maximum hourly controlled NOX
emission rate recorded in the previous
2,160 quality-assured monitor operating
hours at the corresponding unit load
range or operational bin;
(iv) For the purposes of implementing
the missing data options in paragraphs
(a)(5)(i) through (a)(5)(iii) of this section,
the maximum expected SO2 and NOX
concentrations shall be determined,
respectively, according to sections
2.1.1.2 and 2.1.2.2 of appendix A to this
part. The MCR shall be calculated
according to the basic procedure
described in section 2.1.2.1(b) of
appendix A to this part, except that the
words ‘‘maximum potential NOX
emission rate (MER)’’ shall be replaced
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
with the words ‘‘maximum controlled
NOX emission rate (MCR)’’ and the NOX
MEC shall be used instead of the NOX
MPC.
*
*
*
*
*
I 20. Section 75.38 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a) and (c) to read as
follows.
§ 75.38 Standard missing data procedures
for Hg CEMS.
(a) Once 720 quality assured monitor
operating hours of Hg concentration
data have been obtained following
initial certification, the owner or
operator shall provide substitute data
for Hg concentration in accordance with
the procedures in ( 75.33(b)(1) through
(b)(4), except that the term ‘‘Hg
concentration’’ shall apply rather than
‘‘SO2 concentration,’’ the term ‘‘Hg
concentration monitoring system’’ shall
apply rather than ‘‘SO2 pollutant
concentration monitor,’’ the term
‘‘maximum potential Hg concentration,
as defined in section 2.1.7 of appendix
A to this part’’ shall apply, rather than
‘‘maximum potential SO2
concentration’’, and the percent monitor
data availability trigger conditions
prescribed for Hg in Table 1 of § 75.33
shall apply rather than the trigger
conditions prescribed for SO2.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) For units with FGD systems or
add-on Hg emission controls, when the
percent monitor data availability is less
than 80.0 percent and is greater than or
equal to 70.0 percent, and a missing
data period occurs, consistent with
§ 75.34(a)(3), for each missing data hour
in which the FGD or Hg emission
controls are documented to be operating
properly, the owner or operator may
report the maximum controlled Hg
concentration recorded in the previous
720 quality-assured monitor operating
hours. In addition, when the percent
monitor data availability is less than
70.0 percent and a missing data period
occurs, consistent with § 75.34(a)(5), for
each missing data hour in which the
FGD or Hg emission controls are
documented to be operating properly,
the owner or operator may report the
greater of the maximum expected Hg
concentration (MEC) or 1.25 times the
maximum controlled Hg concentration
recorded in the previous 720 qualityassured monitor operating hours. The
MEC shall be determined in accordance
with section 2.1.7.1 of appendix A to
this part.
I 21. Section 75.39 is amended by:
I a. Revising paragraph (a);
I b. Revising paragraph (b);
I c. Revising paragraph (c);
I d. Revising paragraph (d); and
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4349
e. Adding paragraph (f).
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
I
§ 75.39 Missing data procedures for
sorbent trap monitoring systems.
(a) If a primary sorbent trap
monitoring system has not been
certified by the applicable compliance
date specified under a State or Federal
Hg mass emission reduction program
that adopts the requirements of subpart
I of this part, and if quality-assured Hg
concentration data from a certified
backup Hg monitoring system, reference
method, or approved alternative
monitoring system are unavailable, the
owner or operator shall report the
maximum potential Hg concentration,
as defined in section 2.1.7 of appendix
A to this part, until the primary system
is certified.
(b) For a certified sorbent trap system,
a missing data period will occur in the
following circumstances, unless qualityassured Hg concentration data from a
certified backup Hg CEMS, sorbent trap
system, reference method, or approved
alternative monitoring system are
available:
(1) A gas sample is not extracted from
the stack during unit operation (e.g.,
during a monitoring system malfunction
or when the system undergoes
maintenance); or
(2) The results of the Hg analysis for
the paired sorbent traps are missing or
invalid (as determined using the quality
assurance procedures in appendix K to
this part). The missing data period
begins with the hour in which the
paired sorbent traps for which the Hg
analysis is missing or invalid were put
into service. The missing data period
ends at the first hour in which valid Hg
concentration data are obtained with
another pair of sorbent traps (i.e., the
hour at which this pair of traps was
placed in service), or with a certified
backup Hg CEMS, reference method, or
approved alternative monitoring system.
(c) Initial missing data procedures.
Use the missing data procedures in
§ 75.31(b) until 720 hours of qualityassured Hg concentration data have
been collected with the sorbent trap
monitoring system(s), following initial
certification.
(d) Standard missing data procedures.
Once 720 quality-assured hours of data
have been obtained with the sorbent
trap system(s), begin reporting the
percent monitor data availability in
accordance with § 75.32 and switch
from the initial missing data procedures
in paragraph (c) of this section to the
standard missing data procedures in
§ 75.38.
*
*
*
*
*
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
4350
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
(f) In cases where the owner or
operator elects to use a primary Hg
CEMS and a certified redundant (or
non-redundant) backup sorbent trap
monitoring system (or vice-versa), when
both the primary and backup
monitoring systems are out-of-service
and quality-assured Hg concentration
data from a temporary like-kind
replacement analyzer, reference method,
or approved alternative monitoring
system are unavailable, the previous 720
quality-assured monitor operating hours
reported in the electronic quarterly
report under § 75.64 shall be used for
the required missing data lookback,
irrespective of whether these data were
recorded by the Hg CEMS, the sorbent
trap system, a temporary like-kind
replacement analyzer, a reference
method, or an approved alternative
monitoring system.
22. Section 75.53 is amended by:
a. Revising paragraph (a)(1);
b. Removing the phrase ‘‘(d) or (f)’’
and adding in its place the phrase ‘‘(f)
or (h)’’ in the second sentence of
paragraph (a)(2);
I c. Adding paragraph (e)(1)(xiv); and
I d. Adding paragraphs (g) and (h).
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
I
I
I
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
§ 75.53
Monitoring plan.
(a) * * *
(1) The provisions of paragraphs (e)
and (f) of this section shall be met
through December 31, 2008. The owner
or operator shall meet the requirements
of paragraphs (a), (b), (e), and (f) of this
section through December 31, 2008,
except as otherwise provided in
paragraph (g) of this section. On and
after January 1, 2009, the owner or
operator shall meet the requirements of
paragraphs (a), (b), (g), and (h) of this
section only. In addition, the provisions
in paragraphs (g) and (h) of this section
that support a regulatory option
provided in another section of this part
must be followed if the regulatory
option is used prior to January 1, 2009.
*
*
*
*
*
(e) * * *
(1) * * *
(xiv) For each unit with a flow
monitor installed on a rectangular stack
or duct, if a wall effects adjustment
factor (WAF) is determined and applied
to the hourly flow rate data:
(A) Stack or duct width at the test
location, ft;
(B) Stack or duct depth at the test
location, ft;
(C) Wall effects adjustment factor
(WAF), to the nearest 0.0001;
(D) Method of determining the WAF;
(E) WAF Effective date and hour;
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
(F) WAF no longer effective date and
hour (if applicable);
(G) WAF determination date;
(H) Number of WAF test runs;
(I) Number of Method 1 traverse
points in the WAF test;
(J) Number of test ports in the WAF
test; and
(K) Number of Method 1 traverse
points in the reference flow RATA.
*
*
*
*
*
(g) Contents of the monitoring plan.
The requirements of paragraphs (g) and
(h) of this section shall be met on and
after January 1, 2009. Notwithstanding
this requirement, the provisions of
paragraphs (g) and (h) of this section
may be implemented prior to January 1,
2009, as follows. In 2008, the owner or
operator may opt to record and report
the monitoring plan information in
paragraphs (g) and (h) of this section, in
lieu of recording and reporting the
information in paragraphs (e) and (f) of
this section. Each monitoring plan shall
contain the information in paragraph
(g)(1) of this section in electronic format
and the information in paragraph (g)(2)
of this section in hardcopy format.
Electronic storage of all monitoring plan
information, including the hardcopy
portions, is permissible provided that a
paper copy of the information can be
furnished upon request for audit
purposes.
(1) Electronic. (i) The facility ORISPL
number developed by the Department of
Energy and used in the National
Allowance Data Base (or equivalent
facility ID number assigned by EPA, if
the facility does not have an ORISPL
number). Also provide the following
information for each unit and (as
applicable) for each common stack and/
or pipe, and each multiple stack and/or
pipe involved in the monitoring plan:
(A) A representation of the exhaust
configuration for the units in the
monitoring plan. Provide the ID number
of each unit and assign a unique ID
number to each common stack, common
pipe multiple stack and/or multiple
pipe associated with the unit(s)
represented in the monitoring plan. For
common and multiple stacks and/or
pipes, provide the activation date and
deactivation date (if applicable) of each
stack and/or pipe;
(B) Identification of the monitoring
system location(s) (e.g., at the unit-level,
on the common stack, at each multiple
stack, etc.). Provide an indicator (‘‘flag’’)
if the monitoring location is at a bypass
stack or in the ductwork (breeching);
(C) The stack exit height (ft) above
ground level and ground level elevation
above sea level, and the inside crosssectional area (ft2) at the flue exit and
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
at the flow monitoring location (for
units with flow monitors, only). Also
use appropriate codes to indicate the
material(s) of construction and the
shape(s) of the stack or duct crosssection(s) at the flue exit and (if
applicable) at the flow monitor location;
(D) The type(s) of fuel(s) fired by each
unit. Indicate the start and (if
applicable) end date of combustion for
each type of fuel, and whether the fuel
is the primary, secondary, emergency, or
startup fuel;
(E) The type(s) of emission controls
that are used to reduce SO2, NOX, Hg,
and particulate emissions from each
unit. Also provide the installation date,
optimization date, and retirement date
(if applicable) of the emission controls,
and indicate whether the controls are an
original installation;
(F) Maximum hourly heat input
capacity of each unit; and
(G) A non-load based unit indicator (if
applicable) for units that do not produce
electrical or thermal output.
(ii) For each monitored parameter
(e.g., SO2, NOX, flow, etc.) at each
monitoring location, specify the
monitoring methodology and the
missing data approach for the
parameter. If the unmonitored bypass
stack approach is used for a particular
parameter, indicate this by means of an
appropriate code. Provide the activation
date/hour, and deactivation date/hour
(if applicable) for each monitoring
methodology and each missing data
approach.
(iii) For each required continuous
emission monitoring system, each fuel
flowmeter system, each continuous
opacity monitoring system, and each
sorbent trap monitoring system (as
defined in § 72.2 of this chapter),
identify and describe the major
monitoring components in the
monitoring system (e.g., gas analyzer,
flow monitor, opacity monitor, moisture
sensor, fuel flowmeter, DAHS software,
etc.). Other important components in
the system (e.g., sample probe, PLC,
data logger, etc.) may also be
represented in the monitoring plan, if
necessary. Provide the following
specific information about each
component and monitoring system:
(A) For each required monitoring
system:
(1) Assign a unique, 3-character
alphanumeric identification code to the
system;
(2) Indicate the parameter monitored
by the system;
(3) Designate the system as a primary,
redundant backup, non-redundant
backup, data backup, or reference
method backup system, as provided in
§ 75.10(e); and
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
(4) Indicate the system activation
date/hour and deactivation date/hour
(as applicable).
(B) For each component of each
monitoring system represented in the
monitoring plan:
(1) Assign a unique, 3-character
alphanumeric identification code to the
component;
(2) Indicate the manufacturer, model
and serial number;
(3) Designate the component type;
(4) For dual-span applications,
indicate whether the analyzer
component ID represents a high
measurement scale, a low scale, or a
dual range;
(5) For gas analyzers, indicate the
moisture basis of measurement;
(6) Indicate the method of sample
acquisition or operation, (e.g., extractive
pollutant concentration monitor or
thermal flow monitor); and
(7) Indicate the component activation
date/hour and deactivation date/hour
(as applicable).
(iv) Explicit formulas, using the
component and system identification
codes for the primary monitoring
system, and containing all constants and
factors required to derive the required
mass emissions, emission rates, heat
input rates, etc. from the hourly data
recorded by the monitoring systems.
Formulas using the system and
component ID codes for backup
monitoring systems are required only if
different formulas for the same
parameter are used for the primary and
backup monitoring systems (e.g., if the
primary system measures pollutant
concentration on a different moisture
basis from the backup system). Provide
the equation number or other
appropriate code for each emissions
formula (e.g., use code F–1 if Equation
F–1 in appendix F to this part is used
to calculate SO2 mass emissions). Also
identify each emissions formula with a
unique three character alphanumeric
code. The formula effective start date/
hour and inactivation date/hour (as
applicable) shall be included for each
formula. The owner or operator of a unit
for which the optional low mass
emissions excepted methodology in
§ 75.19 is being used is not required to
report such formulas.
(v) For each parameter monitored
with CEMS, provide the following
information:
(A) Measurement scale (high or low);
(B) Maximum potential value (and
method of calculation). If NOX emission
rate in lb/mmBtu is monitored, calculate
and provide the maximum potential
NOX emission rate in addition to the
maximum potential NOX concentration;
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
(C) Maximum expected value (if
applicable) and method of calculation;
(D) Span value(s) and full-scale
measurement range(s);
(E) Daily calibration units of measure;
(F) Effective date/hour, and (if
applicable) inactivation date/hour of
each span value;
(G) An indication of whether dual
spans are required; and
(H) The default high range value (if
applicable) and the maximum allowable
low-range value for this option.
(vi) If the monitoring system or
excepted methodology provides for the
use of a constant, assumed, or default
value for a parameter under specific
circumstances, then include the
following information for each such
value for each parameter:
(A) Identification of the parameter;
(B) Default, maximum, minimum, or
constant value, and units of measure for
the value;
(C) Purpose of the value;
(D) Indicator of use, i.e., during
controlled hours, uncontrolled hours, or
all operating hours;
(E) Type of fuel;
(F) Source of the value;
(G) Value effective date and hour;
(H) Date and hour value is no longer
effective (if applicable); and
(I) For units using the excepted
methodology under § 75.19, the
applicable SO2 emission factor.
(vii) Unless otherwise specified in
section 6.5.2.1 of appendix A to this
part, for each unit or common stack on
which hardware CEMS are installed:
(A) Maximum hourly gross load (in
MW, rounded to the nearest MW, or
steam load in 1000 lb/hr (i.e., klb/hr),
rounded to the nearest klb/hr, or
thermal output in mmBtu/hr, rounded
to the nearest mmBtu/hr), for units that
produce electrical or thermal output;
(B) The upper and lower boundaries
of the range of operation (as defined in
section 6.5.2.1 of appendix A to this
part), expressed in megawatts,
thousands of lb/hr of steam, mmBtu/hr
of thermal output, or ft/sec (as
applicable);
(C) Except for peaking units, identify
the most frequently and second most
frequently used load (or operating)
levels (i.e., low, mid, or high) in
accordance with section 6.5.2.1 of
appendix A to this part, expressed in
megawatts, thousands of lb/hr of steam,
mmBtu/hr of thermal output, or ft/sec
(as applicable);
(D) Except for peaking units, an
indicator of whether the second most
frequently used load (or operating) level
is designated as normal in section
6.5.2.1 of appendix A to this part;
(E) The date of the data analysis used
to determine the normal load (or
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4351
operating) level(s) and the two most
frequently-used load (or operating)
levels (as applicable); and
(F) Activation and deactivation dates
and hours, when the maximum hourly
gross load, boundaries of the range of
operation, normal load (or operating)
level(s) or two most frequently-used
load (or operating) levels change and are
updated.
(viii) For each unit for which CEMS
are not installed:
(A) Maximum hourly gross load (in
MW, rounded to the nearest MW, or
steam load in klb/hr, rounded to the
nearest klb/hr, or steam load in mmBtu/
hr, rounded to the nearest mmBtu/hr);
(B) The upper and lower boundaries
of the range of operation (as defined in
section 6.5.2.1 of appendix A to this
part), expressed in megawatts, mmBtu/
hr of thermal output, or thousands of lb/
hr of steam;
(C) Except for peaking units and units
using the low mass emissions excepted
methodology under § 75.19, identify the
load level designated as normal,
pursuant to section 6.5.2.1 of appendix
A to this part, expressed in megawatts,
mmBtu/hr of thermal output, or
thousands of lb/hr of steam;
(D) The date of the load analysis used
to determine the normal load level (as
applicable); and
(E) Activation and deactivation dates
and hours, when the maximum hourly
gross load, boundaries of the range of
operation, or normal load level change
and are updated.
(ix) For each unit with a flow monitor
installed on a rectangular stack or duct,
if a wall effects adjustment factor (WAF)
is determined and applied to the hourly
flow rate data:
(A) Stack or duct width at the test
location, ft;
(B) Stack or duct depth at the test
location, ft;
(C) Wall effects adjustment factor
(WAF), to the nearest 0.0001;
(D) Method of determining the WAF;
(E) WAF Effective date and hour;
(F) WAF no longer effective date and
hour (if applicable);
(G) WAF determination date;
(H) Number of WAF test runs;
(I) Number of Method 1 traverse
points in the WAF test;
(J) Number of test ports in the WAF
test; and
(K) Number of Method 1 traverse
points in the reference flow RATA.
(2) Hardcopy. (i) Information,
including (as applicable): Identification
of the test strategy; protocol for the
relative accuracy test audit; other
relevant test information; calibration gas
levels (percent of span) for the
calibration error test and linearity
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
4352
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
check; calculations for determining
maximum potential concentration,
maximum expected concentration (if
applicable), maximum potential flow
rate, maximum potential NOX emission
rate, and span; and apportionment
strategies under §§ 75.10 through 75.18.
(ii) Description of site locations for
each monitoring component in the
continuous emission or opacity
monitoring systems, including
schematic diagrams and engineering
drawings specified in paragraphs
(e)(2)(iv) and (e)(2)(v) of this section and
any other documentation that
demonstrates each monitor location
meets the appropriate siting criteria.
(iii) A data flow diagram denoting the
complete information handling path
from output signals of CEMS
components to final reports.
(iv) For units monitored by a
continuous emission or opacity
monitoring system, a schematic diagram
identifying entire gas handling system
from boiler to stack for all affected units,
using identification numbers for units,
monitoring systems and components,
and stacks corresponding to the
identification numbers provided in
paragraphs (g)(1)(i) and (g)(1)(iii) of this
section. The schematic diagram must
depict stack height and the height of any
monitor locations. Comprehensive
and/or separate schematic diagrams
shall be used to describe groups of units
using a common stack.
(v) For units monitored by a
continuous emission or opacity
monitoring system, stack and duct
engineering diagrams showing the
dimensions and location of fans, turning
vanes, air preheaters, monitor
components, probes, reference method
sampling ports, and other equipment
that affects the monitoring system
location, performance, or quality control
checks.
(h) Contents of monitoring plan for
specific situations. The following
additional information shall be included
in the monitoring plan for the specific
situations described:
(1) For each gas-fired unit or oil-fired
unit for which the owner or operator
uses the optional protocol in appendix
D to this part for estimating heat input
and/or SO2 mass emissions, or for each
gas-fired or oil-fired peaking unit for
which the owner/operator uses the
optional protocol in appendix E to this
part for estimating NOX emission rate
(using a fuel flowmeter), the designated
representative shall include the
following additional information for
each fuel flowmeter system in the
monitoring plan:
(i) Electronic. (A) Parameter
monitored;
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
(B) Type of fuel measured, maximum
fuel flow rate, units of measure, and
basis of maximum fuel flow rate (i.e.,
upper range value or unit maximum) for
each fuel flowmeter;
(C) Test method used to check the
accuracy of each fuel flowmeter;
(D) Monitoring system identification
code;
(E) The method used to demonstrate
that the unit qualifies for monthly GCV
sampling or for daily or annual fuel
sampling for sulfur content, as
applicable; and
(F) Activation date/hour and (if
applicable) inactivation date/hour for
the fuel flowmeter system;
(ii) Hardcopy. (A) A schematic
diagram identifying the relationship
between the unit, all fuel supply lines,
the fuel flowmeter(s), and the stack(s).
The schematic diagram must depict the
installation location of each fuel
flowmeter and the fuel sampling
location(s). Comprehensive and/or
separate schematic diagrams shall be
used to describe groups of units using
a common pipe;
(B) For units using the optional
default SO2 emission rate for ‘‘pipeline
natural gas’’ or ‘‘natural gas’’ in
appendix D to this part, the information
on the sulfur content of the gaseous fuel
used to demonstrate compliance with
either section 2.3.1.4 or 2.3.2.4 of
appendix D to this part;
(C) For units using the 720 hour test
under 2.3.6 of Appendix D of this part
to determine the required sulfur
sampling requirements, report the
procedures and results of the test; and
(D) For units using the 720 hour test
under 2.3.5 of Appendix D of this part
to determine the appropriate fuel GCV
sampling frequency, report the
procedures used and the results of the
test.
(2) For each gas-fired peaking unit
and oil-fired peaking unit for which the
owner or operator uses the optional
procedures in appendix E to this part for
estimating NOX emission rate, the
designated representative shall include
in the monitoring plan:
(i) Electronic. Unit operating and
capacity factor information
demonstrating that the unit qualifies as
a peaking unit, as defined in § 72.2 of
this chapter for the current calendar
year or ozone season, including:
capacity factor data for three calendar
years (or ozone seasons) as specified in
the definition of peaking unit in § 72.2
of this chapter; the method of
qualification used; and an indication of
whether the data are actual or projected
data.
(ii) Hardcopy. (A) A protocol
containing methods used to perform the
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
baseline or periodic NOX emission test;
and
(B) Unit operating parameters related
to NOX formation by the unit.
(3) For each gas-fired unit and dieselfired unit or unit with a wet flue gas
pollution control system for which the
designated representative claims an
opacity monitoring exemption under
§ 75.14, the designated representative
shall include in the hardcopy
monitoring plan the information
specified under § 75.14(b), (c), or (d),
demonstrating that the unit qualifies for
the exemption.
(4) For each unit using the low mass
emissions excepted methodology under
§ 75.19 the designated representative
shall include the following additional
information in the monitoring plan that
accompanies the initial certification
application:
(i) Electronic. For each low mass
emissions unit, report the results of the
analysis performed to qualify as a low
mass emissions unit under § 75.19(c).
This report will include either the
previous three years actual or projected
emissions. The following items should
be included:
(A) Current calendar year of
application;
(B) Type of qualification;
(C) Years one, two, and three;
(D) Annual and/or ozone season
measured, estimated or projected NOX
mass emissions for years one, two, and
three;
(E) Annual measured, estimated or
projected SO2 mass emissions (if
applicable) for years one, two, and
three; and
(F) Annual or ozone season operating
hours for years one, two, and three.
(ii) Hardcopy. (A) A schematic
diagram identifying the relationship
between the unit, all fuel supply lines
and tanks, any fuel flowmeter(s), and
the stack(s). Comprehensive and/or
separate schematic diagrams shall be
used to describe groups of units using
a common pipe;
(B) For units which use the long term
fuel flow methodology under
§ 75.19(c)(3), the designated
representative must provide a diagram
of the fuel flow to each affected unit or
group of units and describe in detail the
procedures used to determine the long
term fuel flow for a unit or group of
units for each fuel combusted by the
unit or group of units;
(C) A statement that the unit burns
only gaseous fuel(s) and/or fuel oil and
a list of the fuels that are burned or a
statement that the unit is projected to
burn only gaseous fuel(s) and/or fuel oil
and a list of the fuels that are projected
to be burned;
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
(D) A statement that the unit meets
the applicability requirements in
§ 75.19(a) and (b); and
(E) Any unit historical actual,
estimated and projected emissions data
and calculated emissions data
demonstrating that the affected unit
qualifies as a low mass emissions unit
under § 75.19(a) and 75.19(b).
(5) For qualification as a gas-fired
unit, as defined in § 72.2 of this part, the
designated representative shall include
in the monitoring plan, in electronic
format, the following: Current calendar
year, fuel usage data for three calendar
years (or ozone seasons) as specified in
the definition of gas-fired in § 72.2 of
this part, the method of qualification
used, and an indication of whether the
data are actual or projected data.
(6) For each monitoring location with
a stack flow monitor that is exempt from
performing 3-load flow RATAs (peaking
units, bypass stacks, or by petition) the
designated representative shall include
in the monitoring plan an indicator of
exemption from 3-load flow RATA
using the appropriate exemption code.
I 23. Section 75.57 is amended by:
I a. Adding the phrase ‘‘, or mmBtu/hr
of thermal output, rounded to the
nearest mmBtu/hr’’ after the phrase
4353
‘‘rounded to the nearest 1000 lb/hr’’, in
paragraph (b)(3);
I b. Revising Table 4a in paragraph
(c)(4)(iv);
I c. Removing the word ‘‘hundredth’’
and adding in its place the word ‘‘tenth’’
in paragraph (i)(1)(iv); and
I d. Removing the words ‘‘, § 75.12(b),’’
from paragraphs (i)(2) and (j)(2).
The revisions read as follows:
§ 75.57
*
General recordkeeping provisions.
*
*
(c) * * *
(4) * * *
(iv) * * *
*
*
TABLE 4A.—CODES FOR METHOD OF EMISSIONS AND FLOW DETERMINATION
Code
1
2
3
4
......
......
......
......
5 ......
6 ......
7 ......
8 ......
9 ......
10 ....
11 ....
12 ....
13 ....
14 ....
15 ....
16
17
19
20
21
22
....
....
....
....
....
....
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
23 ....
24 ....
25 ....
Hourly emissions/flow measurement or estimation method
Certified primary emission/flow monitoring system.
Certified backup emission/flow monitoring system.
Approved alternative monitoring system.
Reference method:
SO2: Method 6C.
Flow: Method 2 or its allowable alternatives under appendix A to part 60 of this chapter.
NOX: Method 7E.
CO2 or O2: Method 3A.
For units with add-on SO2 and/or NOX emission controls: SO2 concentration or NOX emission rate estimate from Agency preapproved
parametric monitoring method.
Average of the hourly SO2 concentrations, CO2 concentrations, O2 concentrations, NOX concentrations, flow rates, moisture percentages
or NOX emission rates for the hour before and the hour following a missing data period.
Initial missing data procedures used. Either: (a) the average of the hourly SO2 concentration, CO2 concentration, O2 concentration, or
moisture percentage for the hour before and the hour following a missing data period; or (b) the arithmetic average of all NOX concentration, NOX emission rate, or flow rate values at the corresponding load range (or a higher load range), or at the corresponding
operational bin (non-load-based units, only); or (c) the arithmetic average of all previous NOX concentration, NOX emission rate, or
flow rate values (non-load-based units, only).
90th percentile hourly SO2 concentration, CO2 concentration, NOX concentration, flow rate, moisture percentage, or NOX emission rate
or 10th percentile hourly O2 concentration or moisture percentage in the applicable lookback period (moisture missing data algorithm
depends on which equations are used for emissions and heat input).
95th percentile hourly SO2 concentration, CO2 concentration, NOX concentration, flow rate, moisture percentage, or NOX emission rate
or 5th percentile hourly O2 concentration or moisture percentage in the applicable lookback period (moisture missing data algorithm
depends on which equations are used for emissions and heat input).
Maximum hourly SO2 concentration, CO2 concentration, NOX concentration, flow rate, moisture percentage, or NOX emission rate or
minimum hourly O2 concentration or moisture percentage in the applicable lookback period (moisture missing data algorithm depends
on which equations are used for emissions and heat input).
Average of hourly flow rates, NOX concentrations or NOX emission rates in corresponding load range, for the applicable lookback period.
For non-load-based units, report either the average flow rate, NOX concentration or NOX emission rate in the applicable lookback period, or the average flow rate or NOX value at the corresponding operational bin (if operational bins are used).
Maximum potential concentration of SO2, maximum potential concentration of CO2, maximum potential concentration of NOX maximum
potential flow rate, maximum potential NOX emission rate, maximum potential moisture percentage, minimum potential O2 concentration or minimum potential moisture percentage, as determined using § 72.2 of this chapter and section 2.1 of appendix A to this part
(moisture missing data algorithm depends on which equations are used for emissions and heat input).
Maximum expected concentration of SO2, maximum expected concentration of NOX, maximum expected Hg concentration, or maximum
controlled NOX emission rate. (See § 75.34(a)(5)).
Diluent cap value (if the cap is replacing a CO2 measurement, use 5.0 percent for boilers and 1.0 percent for turbines; if it is replacing
an O2 measurement, use 14.0 percent for boilers and 19.0 percent for turbines).
1.25 times the maximum hourly controlled SO2 concentration, Hg concentration, NOX concentration at the corresponding load or operational bin, or NOX emission rate at the corresponding load or operational bin, in the applicable lookback period (See § 75.34(a)(5)).
SO2 concentration value of 2.0 ppm during hours when only ‘‘very low sulfur fuel’’, as defined in § 72.2 of this chapter, is combusted.
Like-kind replacement non-redundant backup analyzer.
200 percent of the MPC; default high range value.
200 percent of the full-scale range setting (full-scale exceedance of high range).
Negative hourly CO2 concentration, SO2 concentration, NOX concentration, percent moisture, or NOX emission rate replaced with zero.
Hourly average SO2 or NOX concentration, measured by a certified monitor at the control device inlet (units with add-on emission controls only).
Maximum potential SO2 concentration, NOX concentration, CO2 concentration, NOX emission rate or flow rate, or minimum potential O2
concentration or moisture percentage, for an hour in which flue gases are discharged through an unmonitored bypass stack.
Maximum expected NOX concentration, or maximum controlled NOX emission rate for an hour in which flue gases are discharged downstream of the NOX emission controls through an unmonitored bypass stack, and the add-on NOX emission controls are confirmed to
be operating properly.
Maximum potential NOX emission rate (MER). (Use only when a NOX concentration full-scale exceedance occurs and the diluent monitor
is unavailable.)
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
4354
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 4A.—CODES FOR METHOD OF EMISSIONS AND FLOW DETERMINATION—Continued
Code
Hourly emissions/flow measurement or estimation method
26 ....
32 ....
1.0 mmBtu/hr substituted for Heat Input Rate for an operating hour in which the calculated Heat Input Rate is zero or negative.
Hourly Hg concentration determined from analysis of a single trap multiplied by a factor of 1.111 when one of the paired traps is invalidated or damaged (See Appendix K, section 8).
Hourly Hg concentration determined from the trap resulting in the higher Hg concentration when the relative deviation criterion for the
paired traps is not met (See Appendix K, section 8).
Fuel specific default value (or prorated default value) used for the hour.
Other quality assured methodologies approved through petition. These hours are included in missing data lookback and are treated as
unavailable hours for percent monitor availability calculations.
Other substitute data approved through petition. These hours are not included in missing data lookback and are treated as unavailable
hours for percent monitor availability calculations.
33 ....
40 ....
54 ....
55 ....
*
*
*
*
*
24. Section 75.58 is amended by:
a. Revising paragraph (b)(3)
introductory text;
I b. Removing paragraphs (b)(3)(iii) and
(b)(3)(iv);
I c. Removing the word ‘‘and’’ from
paragraph (c)(1)(xii);
I d. Removing the period and adding in
its place a semicolon and adding the
word ‘‘and’’ to the end of the paragraph,
in paragraph (c)(1)(xiii);
I e. Adding paragraph (c)(1)(xiv);
I f. Removing the period and adding in
its place a semicolon and adding the
word ‘‘and’’ to the end of the paragraph,
in paragraph (c)(4)(x);
I g. Adding paragraph (c)(4)(xi);
I h. Removing the words ‘‘rounded to
the nearest hundredth for diesel fuel’’
and adding in its place the words
‘‘rounded to either the nearest
hundredth, or nearest ten-thousandth
for diesel fuels’’ in paragraph (c)(5)(ii);
I i. Removing the word ‘‘and’’ after the
semicolon in paragraph (d)(1)(ix).
I j. Removing the period and adding in
its place a semicolon and adding the
word ‘‘and’’ to the end of the paragraph,
in paragraph (d)(1)(x);
I k. Adding paragraph (d)(1)(xi);
I l. Removing the word ‘‘and’’ after the
semicolon in paragraph (d)(2)(ix);
I m. Removing the period and adding in
its place a semicolon and adding the
word ‘‘and’’ to the end of the paragraph,
in paragraph (d)(2)(x);
I n. Adding paragraph (d)(2)(xi);
I o. Revising paragraph (f)(1)(iii);
I p. Removing the word ‘‘and’’ at the
end of paragraph (f)(1)(xi);
I q. Removing the period and adding in
its place a semicolon at the end of
paragraph (f)(1)(xii);
I r. Adding paragraphs (f)(1)(xiii) and
(f)(1)(xiv); and
I s. Removing the word ‘‘Component’’
and adding in its place the word
‘‘Monitoring’’, in paragraph (f)(2)(x).
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
I
I
§ 75.58 General recordkeeping provisions
for specific situations.
*
*
*
VerDate Aug<31>2005
*
*
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
(b) * * *
(3) Except as otherwise provided in
§ 75.34(d), for units with add-on SO2 or
NOX emission controls following the
provisions of § 75.34(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3)
or (a)(5), and for units with add-on Hg
emission controls, the owner or operator
shall record:
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(1) * * *
(xiv) Heat input formula ID and SO2
Formula ID (required beginning January
1, 2009).
*
*
*
*
*
(4) * * *
(xi) Heat input formula ID and SO2
Formula ID (required beginning January
1, 2009).
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(1) * * *
(xi) Heat input rate formula ID
(required beginning January 1, 2009).
(2) * * *
(xi) Heat input rate formula ID
(required beginning January 1, 2009).
*
*
*
*
*
(f) * * *
(1) * * *
(iii) Fuel type (pipeline natural gas,
natural gas, other gaseous fuel, residual
oil, or diesel fuel). If more than one type
of fuel is combusted in the hour, either:
(A) Indicate the fuel type which
results in the highest emission factors
for NOX (this option is in effect through
December 31, 2008); or
(B) Indicate the fuel type resulting in
the highest emission factor for each
parameter (SO2, NOX emission rate, and
CO2) separately (this option is required
on and after January 1, 2009);
*
*
*
*
*
(xiii) Base or peak load indicator (as
applicable); and
(xiv) Multiple fuel flag.
*
*
*
*
*
I 25. Section 75.59 is amended by:
I a. Adding the phrase ‘‘(on and after
January 1, 2009, only the component
identification code is required)’’ after
the word ‘‘code’’, in paragraph (a)(1)(i);
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
b. Revising paragraph (a)(1)(viii);
c. Removing the phrase ‘‘For the
qualifying test for off-line calibration,
the owner or operator shall indicate’’
and adding in its place the phrase
‘‘Indication of’’, in paragraph (a)(1)(xi);
I d. Adding the phrase ‘‘(after January 1,
2009, only the component identification
code is required)’’ after the word
‘‘code’’, in paragraph (a)(2)(i);
I e. Adding the phrase ‘‘(on and after
January 1, 2009, only the component
identification code is required)’’ after
the word ‘‘code’’, in paragraph (a)(3)(i);
I f. Adding the phrase ‘‘(only span scale
is required on and after January 1,
2009)’’ after the word ‘‘scale’’, in
paragraph (a)(3)(ii);
I g. Adding the phrase ‘‘(on and after
January 1, 2009, only the system
identification code is required)’’ after
the word ‘‘code’’, in paragraph (a)(4)(i);
I h. Removing the word ‘‘and’’ after the
semicolon at the end of paragraph
(a)(4)(vi)(L);
I i. Removing the period and adding in
its place a semicolon and adding the
word ‘‘and’’ at the end of paragraph
(a)(4)(vi)(M);
I j. Adding paragraph (a)(4)(vi)(N);
I k. Removing the word ‘‘and’’ after the
semicolon, at the end of paragraph
(a)(4)(vii)(K);
I l. Removing the period and adding in
its place a semicolon and adding the
word ‘‘and’’ at the end of paragraph
(a)(4)(vii)(L);
I m. Adding paragraph (a)(4)(vii)(M);
I n. Revising paragraph (a)(6)
introductory text;
I o. Adding the phrase ‘‘(on and after
January 1, 2009, only the component
identification code is required)’’ after
the word ‘‘code’’, in paragraph (a)(6)(i);
I p. Removing the phrase ‘‘Cycle time
result for the entire system’’ and adding
in its place the phrase ‘‘Total cycle
time’’, in paragraph (a)(6)(ix);
I q. Revising the heading of reserved
paragraph (a)(7)(viii);
I r. Adding paragraphs (a)(7)(ix) and
(a)(7)(x);
I s. Revising paragraph (a)(8);
I
I
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
t. Removing and reserving paragraph
(a)(12)(iii);
I u. Removing the number ‘‘(2)’’ from
the paragraph identifier ‘‘§ 75.64(a)(2)’’
in the second sentence of paragraph
(a)(13);
I v. Adding the phrase ‘‘(on and after
January 1, 2009, only the component
identification code is required)’’ after
the word ‘‘tested’’, in paragraphs
(b)(1)(ii) and (b)(2)(i);
I w. Adding the phrase ‘‘(on and after
January 1, 2009, only the monitoring
system identification code is required)’’
after the word ‘‘code’’, in paragraph
(b)(4)(i)(A);
I x. Removing the word ‘‘and’’ after the
semicolon at the end of paragraph
(b)(4)(i)(H);
I y. Removing the period and adding in
its place a semicolon and adding the
word ‘‘and’’ at the end of paragraph
(b)(4)(i)(I);
I z. Adding paragraph (b)(4)(i)(J);
I aa. Revising paragraphs (b)(4)(ii)(A),
(b)(4)(ii)(B), and (b)(4)(ii)(F);
I bb. Removing the word ‘‘and’’ after
the semicolon at the end of paragraph
(b)(4)(ii)(L);
I cc. Removing the period and adding
in its place a semicolon and adding the
word ‘‘and’’ at the end of paragraph
(b)(4)(ii)(M);
I dd. Adding paragraph (b)(4)(ii)(N);
I ee. Adding the phrase ‘‘(on and after
January 1, 2009, component
identification codes shall be reported in
addition to the monitoring system
identification code)’’ after the second
occurrence of the word ‘‘system’’ in
paragraphs (b)(5)(i)(B), (b)(5)(ii)(B), and
(b)(5)(iii)(B);
I ff. Adding the phrase ‘‘This
requirement remains in effect through
December 31, 2008’’ after the word
‘‘run;’’, in paragraph (b)(5)(i)(H);
I gg. Adding the phrase ‘‘(as
applicable). This requirement remains
in effect through December 31, 2008’’
after the word ‘‘level’’, in paragraph
(b)(5)(iv)(A);
I hh. Removing the word ‘‘and’’ after
the semicolon at the end of paragraph
(b)(5)(iv)(G);
I ii. Removing the period and adding in
its place a semicolon and adding the
word ‘‘and’’ at the end of paragraph
(b)(5)(iv)(H);
I jj. Adding paragraph (b)(5)(iv)(I);
I kk. Removing the word ‘‘and’’ after
the semicolon at the end of paragraph
(d)(1)(xi);
I ll. Removing the period and adding in
its place a semicolon and adding the
word ‘‘and’’ at the end of paragraph
(d)(1)(xii);
I mm. Adding paragraph (d)(1)(xiii);
I nn. Removing the phrase ‘‘, multiplied
by 1.15, if appropriate’’ from paragraph
(d)(2)(iii);
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
I
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
I oo. Removing the word ‘‘and’’ after
the semicolon at the end of paragraph
(d)(2)(iv);
I pp. Removing the period and adding
in its place a semicolon at the end of
paragraph (d)(2)(v); and
I qq. Adding paragraphs (d)(2)(vi),
(d)(2)(vii), (e) and (f).
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
§ 75.59 Certification, quality, assurance,
and quality control record provisions.
*
*
*
*
*
(a) * * *
(1) * * *
(viii) For 7-day calibration error tests,
a test number and reason for test;
*
*
*
*
*
(4) * * *
(vi) * * *
(N) Test number.
(vii) * * *
(M) An indicator (‘‘flag’’) if separate
reference ratios are calculated for each
multiple stack.
*
*
*
*
*
(6) For each SO2, NOX, Hg, or CO2
pollutant concentration monitor, each
component of a NOX-diluent continuous
emission monitoring system, and each
CO2 or O2 monitor used to determine
heat input, the owner or operator shall
record the following information for the
cycle time test:
*
*
*
*
*
(7) * * *
(viii) Data elements for Methods 30A
and 30B. [Reserved]
(ix) For a unit with a flow monitor
installed on a rectangular stack or duct,
if a site-specific default or measured
wall effects adjustment factor (WAF) is
used to correct the stack gas volumetric
flow rate data to account for velocity
decay near the stack or duct wall, the
owner or operator shall keep records of
the following for each flow RATA
performed with EPA Method 2 in
appendices A–1 and A–2 to part 60 of
this chapter, subsequent to the WAF
determination:
(A) Monitoring system ID;
(B) Test number;
(C) Operating level;
(D) RATA end date and time;
(E) Number of Method 1 traverse
points; and
(F) Wall effects adjustment factor
(WAF), to the nearest 0.0001.
(x) For each RATA run using Method
29 in appendix A–8 to part 60 of this
chapter to determine Hg concentration:
(A) Percent CO2 and O2 in the stack
gas, dry basis;
(B) Moisture content of the stack gas
(percent H2O);
(C) Average stack gas temperature
(°F);
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4355
(D) Dry gas volume metered (dscm);
(E) Percent isokinetic;
(F) Particulate Hg collected in the
front half of the sampling train,
corrected for the front-half blank value
(µg); and
(G) Total vapor phase Hg collected in
the back half of the sampling train,
corrected for the back-half blank value
(µg).
(8) For each certified continuous
emission monitoring system, continuous
opacity monitoring system, excepted
monitoring system, or alternative
monitoring system, the date and
description of each event which
requires certification, recertification, or
certain diagnostic testing of the system
and the date and type of each test
performed. If the conditional data
validation procedures of § 75.20(b)(3)
are to be used to validate and report
data prior to the completion of the
required certification, recertification, or
diagnostic testing, the date and hour of
the probationary calibration error test
shall be reported to mark the beginning
of conditional data validation.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(4) * * *
(i) * * *
(J) Test number.
(ii) * * *
(A) Completion date and hour of most
recent primary element inspection or
test number of the most recent primary
element inspection (as applicable); (on
and after January 1, 2009, the test
number of the most recent primary
element inspection is required in lieu of
the completion date and hour for the
most recent primary element
inspection);
(B) Completion date and hour of most
recent flow meter of transmitter
accuracy test or test number of the most
recent flowmeter or transmitter accuracy
test (as applicable); (on and after
January 1, 2009, the test number of the
most recent flowmeter or transmitter
accuracy test is required in lieu of the
completion date and hour for the most
recent flowmeter or transmitter accuracy
test);
*
*
*
*
*
(F) Average load, in megawatts, 1000
lb/hr of steam, or mmBtu/hr thermal
output;
*
*
*
*
*
(N) Monitoring system identification
code.
*
*
*
*
*
(5) * * *
(iv) * * *
(I) Component identification code
(required on and after January 1, 2009).
*
*
*
*
*
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
4356
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
(d) * * *
(1) * * *
(xiii) An indicator (‘‘flag’’) if the run
is used to calculate the highest 3-run
average NOX emission rate at any load
level.
(2) * * *
(vi) Indicator of whether the testing
was done at base load, peak load or both
(if appropriate); and
(vii) The default NOX emission rate
for peak load hours (if applicable).
*
*
*
*
*
(e) Excepted monitoring for Hg low
mass emission units under § 75.81(b).
For qualifying coal-fired units using the
alternative low mass emission
methodology under § 75.81(b), the
owner or operator shall record the data
elements described in § 75.59(a)(7)(vii),
§ 75.59(a)(7)(viii), or § 75.59(a)(7)(x), as
applicable, for each run of each Hg
emission test and re-test required under
§ 75.81(c)(1) or § 75.81(d)(4)(iii).
(f) DAHS Verification. For each DAHS
(missing data and formula) verification
that is required for initial certification,
recertification, or for certain diagnostic
testing of a monitoring system, record
the date and hour that the DAHS
verification is successfully completed.
(This requirement only applies to units
that report monitoring plan data in
accordance with § 75.53(g) and (h).)
*
*
*
*
*
I 26. Section 75.60 is amended by
adding paragraph (b)(8) to read as
follows:
§ 75.60
General provisions.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(8) Routine retest reports for Hg low
mass emissions units. If requested in
writing (or by electronic mail) by the
applicable EPA Regional Office,
appropriate State, and/or appropriate
local air pollution control agency, the
designated representative shall submit a
hardcopy report for a semiannual or
annual retest required under
§ 75.81(d)(4)(iii) for a Hg low mass
emissions unit, within 45 days after
completing the test or within 15 days of
receiving the request, whichever is later.
The designated representative shall
report, at a minimum, the following
hardcopy information to the applicable
EPA Regional Office, appropriate State,
and/or appropriate local air pollution
control agency that requested the
hardcopy report: a summary of the test
results; the raw reference method data
for each test run; the raw data and
results of all pretest, post-test, and postrun quality-assurance checks of the
reference method; the raw data and
results of moisture measurements made
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
during the test runs (if applicable);
diagrams illustrating the test and sample
point locations; a copy of the test
protocol used; calibration certificates for
the gas standards or standard solutions
used in the testing; laboratory
calibrations of the source sampling
equipment; and the names of the key
personnel involved in the test program,
including test team members, plant
contact persons, agency representatives
and test observers.
*
*
*
*
*
I 27. Section 75.61 is amended by:
I a. Revising the first sentence of
paragraph (a)(1) introductory text;
I b. Revising paragraph (a)(3);
I c. Revising the first sentence of
paragraph (a)(5) introductory text; and
I d. Adding paragraphs (a)(7) and (a)(8)
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
§ 75.61
Notifications.
(a) * * *
(1) * * * The owner or operator or
designated representative for an affected
unit shall submit written notification of
initial certification tests and revised test
dates as specified in § 75.20 for
continuous emission monitoring
systems, for the excepted Hg monitoring
methodology under § 75.81(b), for
alternative monitoring systems under
subpart E of this part, or for excepted
monitoring systems under appendix E to
this part, except as provided in
paragraphs (a)(1)(iii), (a)(1)(iv) and (a)(4)
of this section. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
(3) Unit shutdown and
recommencement of commercial
operation. For an affected unit that will
be shut down on the relevant
compliance date specified in § 75.4 or in
a State or Federal pollutant mass
emissions reduction program that
adopts the monitoring and reporting
requirements of this part, if the owner
or operator is relying on the provisions
in § 75.4(d) to postpone certification
testing, the designated representative for
the unit shall submit notification of unit
shutdown and recommencement of
commercial operation as follows:
(i) For planned unit shutdowns (e.g.,
extended maintenance outages), written
notification of the planned shutdown
date shall be provided at least 21 days
prior to the applicable compliance date,
and written notification of the planned
date of recommencement of commercial
operation shall be provided at least 21
days in advance of unit restart. If the
actual shutdown date or the actual date
of recommencement of commercial
operation differs from the planned date,
written notice of the actual date shall be
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
submitted no later than 7 days following
the actual date of shutdown or of
recommencement of commercial
operation, as applicable;
(ii) For unplanned unit shutdowns
(e.g., forced outages), written
notification of the actual shutdown date
shall be provided no more than 7 days
after the shutdown, and written
notification of the planned date of
recommencement of commercial
operation shall be provided at least 21
days in advance of unit restart. If the
actual date of recommencement of
commercial operation differs from the
expected date, written notice of the
actual date shall be submitted no later
than 7 days following the actual date of
recommencement of commercial
operation.
*
*
*
*
*
(5) * * * The owner or operator or
designated representative of an affected
unit shall submit written notice of the
date of periodic relative accuracy testing
performed under section 2.3.1 of
appendix B to this part, of periodic
retesting performed under section 2.2 of
appendix E to this part, of periodic
retesting of low mass emissions units
performed under § 75.19(c)(1)(iv)(D),
and of periodic retesting of Hg low mass
emissions units performed under
§ 75.81(d)(4)(iii), no later than 21 days
prior to the first scheduled day of
testing. * * *
(7) Long-term cold storage and
recommencement of commercial
operation. The designated
representative for an affected unit that is
placed into long-term cold storage that
is relying on the provisions in § 75.4(d)
or § 75.64(a), either to postpone
certification testing or to discontinue
the submittal of quarterly reports during
the period of long-term cold storage,
shall provide written notification of
long-term cold storage status and
recommencement of commercial
operation as follows:
(i) Whenever an affected unit has been
placed into long-term cold storage,
written notification of the date and hour
that the unit was shutdown and a
statement from the designated
representative stating that the shutdown
is expected to last for at least two years
from that date, in accordance with the
definition for long-term cold storage of
a unit as provided in § 72.2 of this
chapter.
(ii) Whenever an affected unit that has
been placed into long-term cold storage
is expected to resume operation, written
notification shall be submitted 45
calendar days prior to the planned date
of recommencement of commercial
operation. If the actual date of
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
recommencement of commercial
operation differs from the expected date,
written notice of the actual date shall be
submitted no later than 7 days following
the actual date of recommencement of
commercial operation.
(8) Certification deadline date for new
or newly affected units. The designated
representative of a new or newly
affected unit shall provide notification
of the date on which the relevant
deadline for initial certification is
reached, either as provided in § 75.4(b)
or § 75.4(c), or as specified in a State or
Federal SO2, NOX, or Hg mass emission
reduction program that incorporates by
reference, or otherwise adopts, the
monitoring, recordkeeping, and
reporting requirements of subpart F, G,
H, or I of this part. The notification shall
be submitted no later than 7 calendar
days after the applicable certification
deadline is reached.
*
*
*
*
*
I 28. Section 75.62 is amended by:
I a. Revising paragraph (a)(1); and
I b. Removing the number ‘‘45’’ and
adding in its place the number ‘‘21’’
before the phrase ‘‘days prior’’, in
paragraph (a)(2).
The revisions read as follows:
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
§ 75.62
Monitoring plan submittals.
(a) * * *
(1) Electronic. Using the format
specified in paragraph (c) of this
section, the designated representative
for an affected unit shall submit a
complete, electronic, up-to-date
monitoring plan file (except for
hardcopy portions identified in
paragraph (a)(2) of this section) to the
Administrator as follows: no later than
21 days prior to the initial certification
tests; at the time of each certification or
recertification application submission;
and (prior to or concurrent with) the
submittal of the electronic quarterly
report for a reporting quarter where an
update of the electronic monitoring plan
information is required, either under
§ 75.53(b) or elsewhere in this part.
*
*
*
*
*
I 29. Section 75.63 is amended by:
I a. Removing the phrase ‘‘and a
hardcopy certification application form
(EPA form 7610–14)’’ from paragraph
(a)(1)(i)(A);
I b. Revising paragraph (a)(1)(ii)(A);
I c. Adding the phrase ‘‘or
§ 75.53(h)(4)(ii) (as applicable)’’ after the
identifier ‘‘§ 75.53(f)(5)(ii)’’, in
paragraph (a)(1)(ii)(B);
I d. Removing the phrase ‘‘and a
hardcopy certification application form
(EPA form 7610–14)’’ after the word
‘‘section’’, in paragraph (a)(2)(i);
I e. Revising paragraph (a)(2)(iii);
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
f. Removing and reserving paragraph
(b)(2)(iii);
I g. Revising paragraph (b)(2)(iv).
The revisions read as follows:
I
§ 75.63 Initial certification or recertification
application.
(a) * * *
(1) * * *
(ii) * * *
(A) To the Administrator, the
electronic low mass emission
qualification information required by
§ 75.53(f)(5)(i) or § 75.53(h)(4)(i) (as
applicable) and paragraph (b)(1)(i) of
this section; and
*
*
*
*
*
(2) * * *
(iii) Notwithstanding the
requirements of paragraphs (a)(2)(i) and
(a)(2)(ii) of this section, for an event for
which the Administrator determines
that only diagnostic tests (see § 75.20(b))
are required rather than recertification
testing, no hardcopy submittal is
required; however, the results of all
diagnostic test(s) shall be submitted
prior to or concurrent with the
electronic quarterly report required
under § 75.64. Notwithstanding the
requirement of § 75.59(e), for DAHS
(missing data and formula) verifications,
no hardcopy submittal is required; the
owner or operator shall keep these test
results on-site in a format suitable for
inspection.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(2) * * *
(iv) Designated representative
signature certifying the accuracy of the
submission.
*
*
*
*
*
I 30. Section 75.64 is amended by:
I a. Revising paragraph (a) introductory
text;
I b. Redesignate paragraph (a)(2)(xiv) as
paragraph (a)(2)(xiii);
I c. Revise newly designated paragraph
(a)(2)(xiii);
I d. Removing paragraph (a)(8);
I e. Redesignating paragraphs (a)(9)
through (a)(11) as paragraphs (a)(13)
through (a)(15), and redesignating
paragraphs (a)(3) through (a)(7) as
paragraphs (a)(8) through (a)(12);
I f. Adding new paragraphs (a)(3)
through (a)(7); and
I g. Removing the citation ‘‘§ 75.59’’,
and adding in its place ‘‘§ 75.58(f)(2)’’ at
the end of newly designated paragraph
(a)(14).
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
§ 75.64
Quarterly reports.
(a) Electronic submission. The
designated representative for an affected
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4357
unit shall electronically report the data
and information in paragraphs (a), (b),
and (c) of this section to the
Administrator quarterly, beginning with
the data from the earlier of the calendar
quarter corresponding to the date of
provisional certification or the calendar
quarter corresponding to the relevant
deadline for initial certification in
§ 75.4(a), (b), or (c). The initial quarterly
report shall contain hourly data
beginning with the hour of provisional
certification or the hour corresponding
to the relevant certification deadline,
whichever is earlier. For an affected unit
subject to § 75.4(d) that is shutdown on
the relevant compliance date in § 75.4(a)
or has been placed in long-term cold
storage (as defined in § 72.2 of this
chapter), quarterly reports are not
required. In such cases, the owner or
operator shall submit quarterly reports
for the unit beginning with the data
from the quarter in which the unit
recommences commercial operation
(where the initial quarterly report
contains hourly data beginning with the
first hour of recommenced commercial
operation of the unit). For units placed
into long-term cold storage during a
reporting quarter, the exemption from
submitting quarterly reports begins with
the calendar quarter following the date
that the unit is placed into long-term
cold storage. For any provisionallycertified monitoring system,
§ 75.20(a)(3) shall apply for initial
certifications, and § 75.20(b)(5) shall
apply for recertifications. Each
electronic report must be submitted to
the Administrator within 30 days
following the end of each calendar
quarter. Prior to January 1, 2008, each
electronic report shall include for each
affected unit (or group of units using a
common stack), the information
provided in paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2), and
(a)(8) through (a)(15) of this section.
During the time period of January 1,
2008 to January 1, 2009, each electronic
report shall include, either the
information provided in paragraphs
(a)(1), (a)(2), and (a)(8) through (a)(15) of
this section or the information provided
in paragraphs (a)(3) through (a)(15) of
this section. On and after January 1,
2009, the owner or operator shall meet
the requirements of paragraphs (a)(3)
through (a)(15) of this section only. Each
electronic report shall also include the
date of report generation.
*
*
*
*
*
(2) * * *
(xiii) Supplementary RATA
information required under
§ 75.59(a)(7), except that:
(A) The applicable data elements
under § 75.59(a)(7)(ii)(A) through (T)
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
4358
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
and under § 75.59(a)(7)(iii)(A) through
(M) shall be reported for flow RATAs at
circular or rectangular stacks (or ducts)
in which angular compensation for yaw
and/or pitch angles is used (i.e., Method
2F or 2G in appendices A–1 and A–2 to
part 60 of this chapter), with or without
wall effects adjustments;
(B) The applicable data elements
under § 75.59(a)(7)(ii)(A) through (T)
and under § 75.59(a)(7)(iii)(A) through
(M) shall be reported for any flow RATA
run at a circular stack in which Method
2 in appendices A–1 and A–2 to part 60
of this chapter is used and a wall effects
adjustment factor is determined by
direct measurement;
(C) The data under § 75.59(a)(7)(ii)(T)
shall be reported for all flow RATAs at
circular stacks in which Method 2 in
appendices A–1 and A–2 to part 60 of
this chapter is used and a default wall
effects adjustment factor is applied; and
(D) The data under § 75.59(a)(7)(ix)(A)
through (F) shall be reported for all flow
RATAs at rectangular stacks or ducts in
which Method 2 in appendices A–1 and
A–2 to part 60 of this chapter is used
and a wall effects adjustment factor is
applied.
(3) Facility identification information,
including:
(i) Facility/ORISPL number;
(ii) Calendar quarter and year for the
data contained in the report; and
(iii) Version of the electronic data
reporting format used for the report.
(4) In accordance with § 75.62(a)(1), if
any monitoring plan information
required in § 75.53 requires an update,
either under § 75.53(b) or elsewhere in
this part, submission of the electronic
monitoring plan update shall be
completed prior to or concurrent with
the submittal of the quarterly electronic
data report for the appropriate quarter in
which the update is required.
(5) Except for the daily calibration
error test data, daily interference check,
and off-line calibration demonstration
information required in § 75.59(a)(1)
and (2), which must always be
submitted with the quarterly report, the
certification, quality assurance, and
quality control information required in
§ 75.59 shall either be submitted prior to
or concurrent with the submittal of the
relevant quarterly electronic data report.
(6) The information and hourly data
required in §§ 75.57 through 75.59, and
daily calibration error test data, daily
interference check, and off-line
calibration demonstration information
required in § 75.59(a)(1) and (2).
(7) Notwithstanding the requirements
of paragraphs (a)(4) through (a)(6) of this
section, the following information is
excluded from electronic reporting:
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
(i) Descriptions of adjustments,
corrective action, and maintenance;
(ii) Information which is incompatible
with electronic reporting (e.g., field data
sheets, lab analyses, quality control
plan);
(iii) Opacity data listed in § 75.57(f),
and in § 75.59(a)(8);
(iv) For units with SO2 or NOX addon emission controls that do not elect to
use the approved site-specific
parametric monitoring procedures for
calculation of substitute data, the
information in § 75.58(b)(3);
(v) Information required by § 75.57(h)
concerning the causes of any missing
data periods and the actions taken to
cure such causes;
(vi) Hardcopy monitoring plan
information required by § 75.53 and
hardcopy test data and results required
by § 75.59;
(vii) Records of flow monitor and
moisture monitoring system polynomial
equations, coefficients, or ‘‘K’’ factors
required by § 75.59(a)(5)(vi) or
§ 75.59(a)(5)(vii);
(viii) Daily fuel sampling information
required by § 75.58(c)(3)(i) for units
using assumed values under appendix D
of this part;
(ix) Information required by
§§ 75.59(b)(1)(vi), (vii), (viii), (ix), and
(xiii), and (b)(2)(iii) and (iv) concerning
fuel flowmeter accuracy tests and
transmitter/transducer accuracy tests;
(x) Stratification test results required
as part of the RATA supplementary
records under § 75.59(a)(7);
(xi) Data and results of RATAs that
are aborted or invalidated due to
problems with the reference method or
operational problems with the unit and
data and results of linearity checks that
are aborted or invalidated due to
problems unrelated to monitor
performance; and
(xii) Supplementary RATA
information required under
§ 75.59(a)(7)(i) through § 75.59(a)(7)(v),
except that:
(A) The applicable data elements
under § 75.59(a)(7)(ii)(A) through (T)
and under § 75.59(a)(7)(iii)(A) through
(M) shall be reported for flow RATAs at
circular or rectangular stacks (or ducts)
in which angular compensation for yaw
and/or pitch angles is used (i.e., Method
2F or 2G in appendices A–1 and A–2 to
part 60 of this chapter), with or without
wall effects adjustments;
(B) The applicable data elements
under § 75.59(a)(7)(ii)(A) through (T)
and under § 75.59(a)(7)(iii)(A) through
(M) shall be reported for any flow RATA
run at a circular stack in which Method
2 in appendices A–1 and A–2 to part 60
of this chapter is used and a wall effects
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
adjustment factor is determined by
direct measurement;
(C) The data under § 75.59(a)(7)(ii)(T)
shall be reported for all flow RATAs at
circular stacks in which Method 2 in
appendices A–1 and A–2 to part 60 of
this chapter is used and a default wall
effects adjustment factor is applied; and
(D) The data under
§ 75.59(a)(7)(vii)(A) through (F) shall be
reported for all flow RATAs at
rectangular stacks or ducts in which
Method 2 in appendices A–1 and A–2
to part 60 of this chapter is used and a
wall effects adjustment factor is applied.
*
*
*
*
*
§ 75.66
[Amended]
31. Section 75.66 is amended by
removing and reserving paragraph (f).
I
32. Section 75.71 is amended by:
a. Revising the section heading;
b. In paragraph (a)(1), by removing the
second occurrence of the phrase ‘‘CO2
diluent gas monitor’’ and adding in its
place the phrase ‘‘CO2 diluent gas
monitoring system’’;
I c. Removing the phrase ‘‘O2 or CO2
diluent gas monitor’’ and adding in its
place the phrase ‘‘O2 or CO2 monitoring
system’’, in paragraph (a)(2); and
I d. Revising paragraph (e).
The revision reads as follows:
I
I
I
§ 75.71 Specific provisions for monitoring
NOX and heat input for the purpose of
calculating NOX mass emissions.
*
*
*
*
*
(e) Low mass emissions units.
Notwithstanding the requirements of
paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, for
an affected unit using the low mass
emissions (LME) unit under § 75.19 to
estimate hourly NOX emission rate, heat
input and NOX mass emissions, the
owner or operator shall calculate the
ozone season NOX mass emissions by
summing all of the estimated hourly
NOX mass emissions in the ozone
season, as determined under § 75.19
(c)(4)(ii)(A), and dividing this sum by
2000 lb/ton.
*
*
*
*
*
I 33. Section 75.72 is amended by:
I a. Revising the section heading and
the introductory text;
I b. Revising paragraph (c)(3); and
I c. Removing and reserving paragraph
(f).
The revisions read as follows:
§ 75.72 Determination of NOX mass
emissions for common stack and multiple
stack configurations.
The owner or operator of an affected
unit shall either: calculate hourly NOX
mass emissions (in lbs) by multiplying
the hourly NOX emission rate (in lbs/
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
mmBtu) by the hourly heat input rate
(in mmBtu/hr) and the unit or stack
operating time (as defined in § 72.2), or,
as provided in paragraph (e) of this
section, calculate hourly NOX mass
emissions from the hourly NOX
concentration (in ppm) and the hourly
stack flow rate (in scfh). Only one
methodology for determining NOX mass
emissions shall be identified in the
monitoring plan for each monitoring
location at any given time. The owner
or operator shall also calculate quarterly
and cumulative year-to-date NOX mass
emissions and cumulative NOX mass
emissions for the ozone season (in tons)
by summing the hourly NOX mass
emissions according to the procedures
in section 8 of appendix F to this part.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(3) Install, certify, operate, and
maintain a NOX-diluent CEMS and a
flow monitoring system only on the
main stack. If this option is chosen, it
is not necessary to designate the exhaust
configuration as a multiple stack
configuration in the monitoring plan
required under § 75.53, since only the
main stack is monitored. For each unit
operating hour in which the bypass
stack is used and the emissions are
either uncontrolled (or the add-on
controls are not documented to be
operating properly), report NOX mass
emissions as follows. If the unit heat
input is determined using a flow
monitor and a diluent monitor, report
NOX mass emissions using the
maximum potential NOX emission rate,
the maximum potential flow rate, and
either the maximum potential CO2
concentration or the minimum potential
O2 concentration (as applicable). The
maximum potential NOX emission rate
may be specific to the type of fuel
combusted in the unit during the bypass
(see § 75.33(c)(8)). If the unit heat input
is determined using a fuel flowmeter, in
accordance with appendix D to this
part, report NOX mass emissions as the
product of the maximum potential NOX
emission rate and the actual measured
hourly heat input rate. Alternatively, for
a unit with NOX add-on emission
controls, for each unit operating hour in
which the bypass stack is used but the
add-on NOX emission controls are not
bypassed, the owner or operator may
report the maximum controlled NOX
emission rate (MCR) instead of the
maximum potential NOX emission rate
provided that the add-on controls are
documented to be operating properly, as
described in the quality assurance/
quality control program for the unit,
required by section 1 in appendix B of
this part. To provide the necessary
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
documentation, the owner or operator
shall record parametric data to verify
the proper operation of the NOX add-on
emission controls as described in
§ 75.34(d). Furthermore, the owner or
operator shall calculate the MCR using
the procedure described in section
2.1.2.1(b) of appendix A to this part by
replacing the words ‘‘maximum
potential NOX emission rate (MER)’’
with the words ‘‘maximum controlled
NOX emission rate (MCR)’’ and by using
the NOX MEC in the calculations
instead of the NOX MPC.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) [Reserved]
*
*
*
*
*
I 34. Section 75.73 is amended by:
I a. Revising paragraph (c)(3);
I b. Removing the number ‘‘45’’ and
adding in its place the number ‘‘21’’ in
paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2);
I c. Revising paragraph (f)(1)
introductory text;
I d. Removing the phrase ‘‘paragraph
(a)’’ and adding in its place the phrase
‘‘paragraphs (a) and (b)’’ in paragraph
(f)(1)(ii) introductory text; and
I e. Revising paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(K).
The revisions read as follows:
§ 75.73
Recordkeeping and reporting.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(3) Contents of the monitoring plan
for units not subject to an Acid Rain
emissions limitation. Prior to January 1,
2009, each monitoring plan shall
contain the information in § 75.53(e)(1)
or § 75.53(g)(1) in electronic format and
the information in § 75.53(e)(2) or
§ 75.53(g)(2) in hardcopy format. On and
after January 1, 2009, each monitoring
plan shall contain the information in
§ 75.53(g)(1) in electronic format and the
information in § 75.53(g)(2) in hardcopy
format, only. In addition, to the extent
applicable, prior to January 1, 2009,
each monitoring plan shall contain the
information in § 75.53(f)(1)(i), (f)(2)(i),
and (f)(4) or § 75.53(h)(1)(i), and (h)(2)(i)
in electronic format and the information
in § 75.53(f)(1)(ii) and (f)(2)(ii) or
§ 75.53(h)(1)(ii) and (h)(2)(ii) in
hardcopy format. On and after January
1, 2009, each monitoring plan shall
contain the information in
§ 75.53(h)(1)(i), and (h)(2)(i) in
electronic format and the information in
§ 75.53(h)(1)(ii) and (h)(2)(ii) in
hardcopy format, only. For units using
the low mass emissions excepted
methodology under § 75.19, prior to
January 1, 2009, the monitoring plan
shall include the additional information
in § 75.53(f)(5)(i) and (f)(5)(ii) or
§ 75.53(h)(4)(i) and (h)(4)(ii). On and
after January 1, 2009, for units using the
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4359
low mass emissions excepted
methodology under § 75.19 the
monitoring plan shall include the
additional information in § 75.53(h)(4)(i)
and (h)(4)(ii), only. Prior to January 1,
2008, the monitoring plan shall also
identify, in electronic format, the
reporting schedule for the affected unit
(ozone season or quarterly), and the
beginning and end dates for the
reporting schedule. The monitoring plan
also shall include a seasonal controls
indicator, and an ozone season fuelswitching flag.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) * * *
(1) Electronic submission. The
designated representative for an affected
unit shall electronically report the data
and information in this paragraph (f)(1)
and in paragraphs (f)(2) and (3) of this
section to the Administrator quarterly,
unless the unit has been placed in longterm cold storage (as defined in § 72.2
of this chapter). For units placed into
long-term cold storage during a
reporting quarter, the exemption from
submitting quarterly reports begins with
the calendar quarter following the date
that the unit is placed into long-term
cold storage. In such cases, the owner or
operator shall submit quarterly reports
for the unit beginning with the data
from the quarter in which the unit
recommences operation (where the
initial quarterly report contains hourly
data beginning with the first hour of
recommenced operation of the unit).
Each electronic report must be
submitted to the Administrator within
30 days following the end of each
calendar quarter. Except as otherwise
provided in § 75.64(a)(4) and (a)(5), each
electronic report shall include the
information provided in paragraphs
(f)(1)(i) through (1)(vi) of this section,
and shall also include the date of report
generation. Prior to January 1, 2009,
each report shall include the facility
information provided in paragraphs
(f)(1)(i)(A) and (B) of this section, for
each affected unit or group of units
monitored at a common stack. On and
after January 1, 2009, only the facility
identification information provided in
paragraph (f)(1)(i)(A) of this section is
required.
*
*
*
*
*
(ii) * * *
(K) Supplementary RATA information
required under § 75.59(a)(7), except that:
(1) The applicable data elements
under § 75.59(a)(7)(ii)(A) through (T)
and under § 75.59(a)(7)(iii)(A) through
(M) shall be reported for flow RATAs at
circular or rectangular stacks (or ducts)
in which angular compensation for yaw
and/or pitch angles is used (i.e., Method
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
4360
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
2F or 2G in appendices A–1 and A–2 to
part 60 of this chapter), with or without
wall effects adjustments;
(2) The applicable data elements
under § 75.59(a)(7)(ii)(A) through (T)
and under § 75.59(a)(7)(iii)(A) through
(M) shall be reported for any flow RATA
run at a circular stack in which Method
2 in appendices A–1 and A–2 to part 60
of this chapter is used and a wall effects
adjustment factor is determined by
direct measurement;
(3) The data under § 75.59(a)(7)(ii)(T)
shall be reported for all flow RATAs at
circular stacks in which Method 2 in
appendices A–1 and A–2 to part 60 of
this chapter is used and a default wall
effects adjustment factor is applied; and
(4) The data under § 75.59(a)(7)(ix)(A)
through (F) shall be reported for all flow
RATAs at rectangular stacks or ducts in
which Method 2 in appendices A–1 and
A–2 to part 60 of this chapter is used
and a wall effects adjustment factor is
applied.
*
*
*
*
*
I 35. Section 75.74 is amended by:
I a. Removing the phrase ‘‘In the time
period prior to the start of the current
ozone season (i.e., in the period
extending from October 1 of the
previous calendar year through April 30
of the current calendar year), the’’, and
adding in its place the word ‘‘The’’, in
paragraph (c)(2) introductory text;
I b. Adding the words ‘‘in the second
calendar quarter no later than April 30’’
to the end of paragraph (c)(2)(i)
introductory text;
I c. Removing the phrase ‘‘of the current
calendar year’’ from the first sentence,
and removing the last sentence of
paragraph (c)(2)(i)(C);
I d. Revising paragraph (c)(2)(i)(D);
I e. Adding the words ‘‘in the first or
second calendar quarter, but no later
than April 30’’ to the end of the first
sentence, and by removing the second
sentence of paragraph (c)(2)(ii)
introductory text;
I f. Removing the words ‘‘of the current
calendar year’’ from paragraph
(c)(2)(ii)(E);
I g. Revising paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(F);
I h. Removing paragraphs (c)(2)(ii)(G)
and (c)(2)(ii)(H);
I i. Revising paragraph (c)(3)(ii);
I j. Removing and reserving paragraphs
(c)(3)(vi) through (viii);
I k. Removing all occurrences of the
words ‘‘§ 75.31, § 75.33, or § 75.37’’ and
adding in their place the words
‘‘§§ 75.31 through 75.37’’ in paragraphs
(c)(3)(xi), (c)(3)(xii)(A), and (c)(3)(xii)(B);
I l. Revising paragraph (c)(6)(iii);
I m. Removing the words ‘‘October 1 of
the previous calendar year’’ and adding
in its place the words ‘‘January 1’’ in
paragraph (c)(6)(v);
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
I
I
I
n. Revising paragraph (c)(7)(iii)(L);
o. Revising paragraph (c)(8)(ii); and
p. Revising paragraph (c)(11).
The revisions read as follows:
§ 75.74 Annual and ozone season
monitoring and reporting requirements.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(2) * * *
(i) * * *
(D) If the linearity check is not
completed by April 30, data validation
shall be determined in accordance with
paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(E) of this section.
(ii) * * *
(F) Data Validation. For each RATA
that is performed by April 30, data
validation shall be done according to
sections 2.3.2(a)–(j) of appendix B to
this part. However, if a required RATA
is not completed by April 30, data from
the monitoring system shall be invalid,
beginning with the first unit operating
hour on or after May 1. The owner or
operator shall continue to invalidate all
data from the CEMS until either:
(1) The required RATA of the CEMS
has been performed and passed; or
(2) A probationary calibration error
test of the CEMS is passed in
accordance with § 75.20(b)(3)(ii). Once
the probationary calibration error test
has been passed, the owner or operator
shall perform the required RATA in
accordance with the conditional data
validation provisions and within the
720 unit or stack operating hour time
frame specified in § 75.20(b)(3) (subject
to the restrictions in paragraph
(c)(3)(xii) of this section), and the term
‘‘quality assurance’’ shall apply instead
of the term ‘‘recertification.’’ However,
in lieu of the provisions in
§ 75.20(b)(3)(ix), the owner or operator
shall follow the applicable provisions in
paragraphs (c)(3)(xi) and (c)(3)(xii) of
this section.
(3) * * *
(ii) For each gas monitor required by
this subpart, linearity checks shall be
performed in the second and third
calendar quarters, as follows:
(A) For the second calendar quarter,
the pre-ozone season linearity check
required under paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this
section shall be performed by April 30.
(B) For the third calendar quarter, a
linearity check shall be performed and
passed no later than July 30.
(C) Conduct each linearity check in
accordance with the general procedures
in section 6.2 of appendix A to this part,
except that the data validation
procedures in sections 6.2(a) through (f)
of appendix A do not apply.
(D) Each linearity check shall be done
‘‘hands-off,’’ as described in section
2.2.3(c) of appendix B to this part.
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(E) Data Validation. For second and
third quarter linearity checks performed
by the applicable deadline (i.e., April 30
or July 30), data validation shall be done
in accordance with sections 2.2.3(a), (b),
(c), (e), and (h) of Appendix B to this
part. However, if a required linearity
check for the second calendar quarter is
not completed by April 30, or if a
required linearity check for the third
calendar quarter is not completed by
July 30, data from the monitoring
system (or range) shall be invalid,
beginning with the first unit operating
hour on or after May 1 or July 31,
respectively. The owner or operator
shall continue to invalidate all data
from the CEMS until either:
(1) The required linearity check of the
CEMS has been performed and passed;
or
(2) A probationary calibration error
test of the CEMS is passed in
accordance with § 75.20(b)(3)(ii). Once
the probationary calibration error test
has been passed, the owner or operator
shall perform the required linearity
check in accordance with the
conditional data validation provisions
and within the 168 unit or stack
operating hour time frame specified in
§ 75.20(b)(3) (subject to the restrictions
in paragraph (c)(3)(xii) of this section),
and the term ‘‘quality assurance’’ shall
apply instead of the term
‘‘recertification.’’ However, in lieu of the
provisions in § 75.20(b)(3)(ix), the
owner or operator shall follow the
applicable provisions in paragraphs
(c)(3)(xi) and (c)(3)(xii) of this section.
(F) A pre-season linearity check
performed and passed in April satisfies
the linearity check requirement for the
second quarter.
(G) The third quarter linearity check
requirement in paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(B) of
this section is waived if:
(1) Due to infrequent unit operation,
the 168 operating hour conditional data
validation period associated with a preseason linearity check extends into the
third quarter; and
(2) A linearity check is performed and
passed within that conditional data
validation period.
*
*
*
*
*
(6) * * *
(iii) For the time periods described in
paragraphs (c)(2)(i)(C) and (c)(2)(ii)(E) of
this section, hourly emission data and
the results of all daily calibration error
tests and flow monitor interference
checks shall be recorded. The owner or
operator may opt to report unit
operating data, daily calibration error
test and flow monitor interference check
results, and hourly emission data in the
time period from April 1 through April
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
§ 75.80
[Amended]
36. Section 75.80(f)(1)(iii) is amended
by removing the words ‘‘or § 75.12(b),’’.
I
37. Section 75.81 is amended by:
a. Removing the words ‘‘or § 75.12(b)’’
and ‘‘or § 75.12,’’ from paragraph (a)(3);
I b. Revising paragraph (a)(4);
I c. Revising paragraph (c)(1);
I d. Revising paragraph (c)(2);
I e. Removing Eq. 1 from paragraph
(d)(1);
I f. Revising paragraph (d)(2);
I g. Adding paragraph (d)(4)(iv); and
I h. Revising paragraphs (d)(5) and
(e)(1).
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
I
I
§ 75.81 Monitoring of Hg mass emissions
and heat input at the unit level.
*
*
*
*
*
(a) * * *
(4) If heat input is required to be
reported under the applicable State or
Federal Hg mass emission reduction
program that adopts the requirements of
this subpart, the owner or operator must
meet the general operating requirements
for a flow monitoring system and an O2
or CO2 monitoring system to measure
heat input rate.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(1) The owner or operator must
perform Hg emission testing one year or
less before the compliance date in
§ 75.80(b), to determine the Hg
concentration (i.e., total vapor phase Hg)
in the effluent.
(i) The testing shall be performed
using one of the Hg reference methods
listed in § 75.22(a)(7), and shall consist
of a minimum of 3 runs at the normal
unit operating load, while combusting
coal. The coal combusted during the
testing shall be representative of the
coal that will be combusted at the start
of the Hg mass emissions reduction
program (preferably from the same
source(s) of supply).
(ii) The minimum time per run shall
be 1 hour if Method 30A is used. If
either Method 29 in appendix A–8 to
part 60 of this chapter, ASTM D6784–
02 (the Ontario Hydro method)
(incorporated by reference under § 75.6
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
E = N K CHg Q max
Where:
E = Estimated annual Hg mass emissions
from the affected unit, (ounces/year)
K = Units conversion constant, 9.978 x 10¥10
oz-scm/µg-scf
N = Either 8,760 (the number of hours in a
year) or the maximum number of
operating hours per year (if less than
8,760) allowed by the unit’s Federallyenforceable operating permit.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
( Eq. 1)
CHg = The highest Hg concentration (µg/scm)
from any of the test runs or 0.50 µg/scm,
whichever is greater
Qmax = Maximum potential flow rate,
determined according to section 2.1.4.1
of appendix A to this part, (scfh)
(ii) Equation 1 of this section assumes
that the unit operates at its maximum
potential flow rate, either year-round or
for the maximum number of hours
allowed by the operating permit (if unit
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
of this part), or Method 30B is used,
paired samples are required for each test
run and the runs must be long enough
to ensure that sufficient Hg is collected
to analyze. When Method 29 in
appendix A–8 to part 60 of this chapter
or the Ontario Hydro method is used,
the test results shall be based on the
vapor phase Hg collected in the backhalf of the sampling trains (i.e., the nonfilterable impinger catches). For each
Method 29 in appendix A–8 to part 60
of this chapter, Method 30B, or Ontario
Hydro method test run, the paired trains
must meet the relative deviation (RD)
requirement specified in § 75.22(a)(7) or
Method 30B, as applicable. If the RD
specification is met, the results of the
two samples shall be averaged
arithmetically.
(iii) If the unit is equipped with flue
gas desulfurization or add-on Hg
emission controls, the controls must be
operating normally during the testing,
and, for the purpose of establishing
proper operation of the controls, the
owner or operator shall record
parametric data or SO2 concentration
data in accordance with § 75.58(b)(3)(i).
(iv) If two or more of units of the same
type qualify as a group of identical units
in accordance with § 75.19(c)(1)(iv)(B),
the owner or operator may test a subset
of these units in lieu of testing each unit
individually. If this option is selected,
the number of units required to be
tested shall be determined from Table
LM–4 in § 75.19. For the purposes of the
required retests under paragraph (d)(4)
of this section, EPA strongly
recommends that (to the extent
practicable) the same subset of the units
not be tested in two successive retests,
and that every effort be made to ensure
that each unit in the group of identical
units is tested in a timely manner.
(2)(i) Based on the results of the
emission testing, Equation 1 of this
section shall be used to provide a
conservative estimate of the annual Hg
mass emissions from the unit:
Sfmt 4700
operation is restricted to less than 8,760
hours per year). If the permit restricts
the annual unit heat input but not the
number of annual unit operating hours,
the owner or operator may divide the
allowable annual heat input (mmBtu) by
the design rated heat input capacity of
the unit (mmBtu/hr) to determine the
value of ‘‘N’’ in Equation 1. Also, note
that if the highest Hg concentration
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
ER24JA08.018
30. However, only the data recorded in
the time period from May 1 through
September 30 shall be used for NOX
mass compliance determination;
*
*
*
*
*
(7) * * *
(iii) * * *
(L) In § 75.34(a)(3) and (a)(5), the
phrases ‘‘720 quality-assured monitor
operating hours within the ozone
season’’ and ‘‘2160 quality-assured
monitor operating hours within the
ozone season’’ apply instead of ‘‘720
quality-assured monitor operating
hours’’ and ‘‘2160 quality-assured
monitor operating hours’’, respectively.
(8) * * *
(ii) For units with add-on emission
controls, using the missing data options
in §§ 75.34(a)(1) through 75.34(a)(5), the
range of operating parameters for add-on
emission controls (as defined in the
quality assurance/quality control
program for the unit required by section
1 in appendix B to this part) and
information for verifying proper
operation of the add-on emission
controls during missing data periods, as
described in § 75.34(d).
*
*
*
*
*
(11) Units may qualify to use the
optional NOX mass emissions
estimation protocol for gas-fired and oilfired peaking units in appendix E to this
part on an ozone season basis. In order
to be allowed to use this methodology,
the unit must meet the definition of
‘‘peaking unit’’ in § 72.2 of this chapter,
except that the words ‘‘year’’, ‘‘calendar
year’’ and ‘‘calendar years’’ in that
definition shall be replaced by the
words ‘‘ozone season’’, ‘‘ozone season’’,
and ‘‘ozone seasons’’, respectively. In
addition, in the definition of the term
‘‘capacity factor’’ in § 72.2 of this
chapter, the word ‘‘annual’’ shall be
replaced by the words ‘‘ozone season’’
and the number ‘‘8,760’’ shall be
replaced by the number ‘‘3,672’’.
4361
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
4362
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
measured in any test run is less than
0.50 µg/scm, a default value of 0.50 µg/
scm must be used in the calculations.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(2) Following initial certification, the
same default Hg concentration value
that was used to estimate the unit’s
annual Hg mass emissions under
paragraph (c) of this section shall be
reported for each unit operating hour,
except as otherwise provided in
paragraph (d)(4)(iv) or (d)(6) of this
section. The default Hg concentration
value shall be updated as appropriate,
according to paragraph (d)(5) of this
section.
*
*
*
*
*
(4) * * *
(iv) An additional retest is required
when there is a change in the coal rank
of the primary fuel (e.g., when the
primary fuel is switched from
bituminous coal to lignite). Use ASTM
D388–99 (incorporated by reference
under § 75.6 of this part) to determine
the coal rank. The four principal coal
ranks are anthracitic, bituminous,
subbituminous, and lignitic. The ranks
of anthracite coal refuse (culm) and
bituminous coal refuse (gob) shall be
anthracitic and bituminous,
respectively. The retest shall be
performed within 720 unit operating
hours of the change.
(5) The default Hg concentration used
for reporting under § 75.84 shall be
updated after each required retest. This
includes retests that are required prior
to the compliance date in § 75.80(b).
The updated value shall either be the
highest Hg concentration measured in
any of the test runs or 0.50 µg/scm,
whichever is greater. The updated value
shall be applied beginning with the first
unit operating hour in which Hg
emissions data are required to be
reported after completion of the retest,
except as provided in paragraph
(d)(4)(iv) of this section, where the need
to retest is triggered by a change in the
coal rank of the primary fuel. In that
case, apply the updated default Hg
concentration beginning with the first
unit operating hour in which Hg
emissions are required to be reported
after the date and hour of the fuel
switch.
*
*
*
*
*
(e) * * *
(1) The methodology may not be used
for reporting Hg mass emissions at a
common stack unless all of the units
using the common stack are affected
units and the units’ combined potential
to emit does not exceed 464 ounces of
Hg per year times the number of units
sharing the stack, in accordance with
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section. If
the test results demonstrate that the
units sharing the common stack qualify
as low mass emitters, the default Hg
concentration used for reporting Hg
mass emissions at the common stack
shall either be the highest value
obtained in any test run or 0.50 µg/scm,
whichever is greater.
(i) The initial emission testing
required under paragraph (c) of this
section may be performed at the
common stack if the following
conditions are met. Otherwise, testing of
the individual units (or a subset of the
units, if identical, as described in
paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section) is
required:
(A) The testing must be done at a
combined load corresponding to the
designated normal load level (low, mid,
or high) for the units sharing the
common stack, in accordance with
section 6.5.2.1 of appendix A to this
part;
(B) All of the units that share the stack
must be operating in a normal, stable
manner and at typical load levels during
the emission testing. The coal
combusted in each unit during the
testing must be representative of the
coal that will be combusted in that unit
at the start of the Hg mass emission
reduction program (preferably from the
same source(s) of supply);
(C) If flue gas desulfurization and/or
add-on Hg emission controls are used to
reduce level the emissions exiting from
the common stack, these emission
controls must be operating normally
during the emission testing and, for the
purpose of establishing proper operation
of the controls, the owner or operator
shall record parametric data or SO2
concentration data in accordance with
§ 75.58(b)(3)(i);
(D) When calculating E, the estimated
maximum potential annual Hg mass
emissions from the stack, substitute the
maximum potential flow rate through
the common stack (as defined in the
monitoring plan) and the highest
concentration from any test run (or 0.50
µg/scm, if greater) into Equation 1;
(E) The calculated value of E shall be
divided by the number of units sharing
the stack. If the result, when rounded to
the nearest ounce, does not exceed 464
ounces, the units qualify to use the low
mass emission methodology; and
(F) If the units qualify to use the
methodology, the default Hg
concentration used for reporting at the
common stack shall be the highest value
obtained in any test run or 0.50 µg/scm,
whichever is greater; or
(ii) The retests required under
paragraph (d)(4) of this section may also
be done at the common stack. If this
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
testing option is chosen, the testing
shall be done at a combined load
corresponding to the designated normal
load level (low, mid, or high) for the
units sharing the common stack, in
accordance with section 6.5.2.1 of
appendix A to this part. Provided that
the required load level is attained and
that all of the units sharing the stack are
fed from the same on-site coal supply
during normal operation, it is not
necessary for all of the units sharing the
stack to be in operation during a retest.
However, if two or more of the units
that share the stack are fed from
different on-site coal supplies (e.g., one
unit burns low-sulfur coal for
compliance and the other combusts
higher-sulfur coal), then either:
(A) Perform the retest with all units in
normal operation; or
(B) If this is not possible, due to
circumstances beyond the control of the
owner or operator (e.g., a forced unit
outage), perform the retest with the
available units operating and assess the
test results as follows. Use the Hg
concentration obtained in the retest for
reporting purposes under this part if the
concentration is greater than or equal to
the value obtained in the most recent
test. If the retested value is lower than
the Hg concentration from the previous
test, continue using the higher value
from the previous test for reporting
purposes and use that same higher Hg
concentration value in Equation 1 to
determine the due date for the next
retest, as described in paragraph
(e)(1)(iii) of this section.
(iii) If testing is done at the common
stack, the due date for the next
scheduled retest shall be determined as
follows:
(A) Substitute the maximum potential
flow rate for the common stack (as
defined in the monitoring plan) and the
highest Hg concentration from any test
run (or 0.50 µg/scm, if greater) into
Equation 1;
(B) If the value of E obtained from
Equation 1, rounded to the nearest
ounce, is greater than 144 times the
number of units sharing the common
stack, but less than or equal to 464 times
the number of units sharing the stack,
the next retest is due in two QA
operating quarters;
(C) If the value of E obtained from
Equation 1, rounded to the nearest
ounce, is less than or equal to 144 times
the number of units sharing the
common stack, the next retest is due in
four QA operating quarters.
*
*
*
*
*
I 38. Section 75.82 is amended by:
I a. Adding paragraph (b)(3);
I b. Removing the word ‘‘or’’ at the end
of paragraph (c)(2);
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
c. Removing the period at the end of
paragraph (c)(3), and adding in its place
the phrase ‘‘; or’’;
I d. Adding paragraph (c)(4);
I e. Removing the word ‘‘or’’ at the end
of paragraph (d)(1);
I f. Removing the period at the end of
paragraph (d)(2), and adding in its place
the phrase ‘‘; or’’; and
I g. Adding paragraph (d)(3).
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
I
§ 75.82 Monitoring of Hg mass emissions
and heat input at common and multiple
stacks.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(3) If the monitoring option in
paragraph (b)(2) of this section is
selected, and if heat input is required to
be reported under the applicable State
or Federal Hg mass emission reduction
program that adopts the requirements of
this subpart, the owner or operator shall
either:
(i) Apportion the common stack heat
input rate to the individual units
according to the procedures in
§ 75.16(e)(3); or
(ii) Install a flow monitoring system
and a diluent gas (O2 or CO2) monitoring
system in the duct leading from each
affected unit to the common stack, and
measure the heat input rate in each
duct, according to section 5.2 of
appendix F to this part.
(c) * * *
(4) If the monitoring option in
paragraph (c)(1) or (c)(2) of this section
is selected, and if heat input is required
to be reported under the applicable
State or Federal Hg mass emission
reduction program that adopts the
requirements of this subpart, the owner
or operator shall:
(i) Use the installed flow and diluent
monitors to determine the hourly heat
input rate at each stack (mmBtu/hr),
according to section 5.2 of appendix F
to this part; and
(ii) Calculate the hourly heat input at
each stack (in mmBtu) by multiplying
the measured stack heat input rate by
the corresponding stack operating time;
and
(iii) Determine the hourly unit heat
input by summing the hourly stack heat
input values.
(d) * * *
(3) If the monitoring option in
paragraph (d)(1) or (d)(2) of this section
is selected, and if heat input is required
to be reported under the applicable
State or Federal Hg mass emission
reduction program that adopts the
requirements of this subpart, the owner
or operator shall:
(i) Use the installed flow and diluent
monitors to determine the hourly heat
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
input rate at each stack or duct (mmBtu/
hr), according to section 5.2 of appendix
F to this part; and
(ii) Calculate the hourly heat input at
each stack or duct (in mmBtu) by
multiplying the measured stack (or
duct) heat input rate by the
corresponding stack (or duct) operating
time; and
(iii) Determine the hourly unit heat
input by summing the hourly stack (or
duct) heat input values.
I 39. Section 75.84 is amended by:
I a. Removing ‘‘§ 75.53(e)(1)’’ and
‘‘§ 75.53(e)(2)’’ and adding in their place
‘‘§ 75.53(g)(1)’’ and ‘‘§ 75.53(g)(2)’’, in
paragraph (c)(3);
I b. Removing the number ‘‘45’’ and
adding in its place the number ‘‘21’’ in
paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2);
I c. Revising paragraph (f)(1)
introductory text;
I d. Removing ‘‘§ 75.64(a)(1)’’ and
adding in its place ‘‘§ 75.64(a)(3)’’ in
paragraph (f)(1)(i);
I e. Removing the phrase ‘‘paragraph
(a)’’ and adding in its place the phrase
‘‘paragraphs (a) and (b)’’ in paragraph
(f)(1)(ii) introductory text; and
I f. Revising paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(I).
The revisions read as follows:
§ 75.84
Recordkeeping and reporting.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) * * *
(1) Electronic submission. Electronic
quarterly reports shall be submitted,
beginning with the calendar quarter
containing the compliance date in
§ 75.80(b), unless otherwise specified in
the final rule implementing a State or
Federal Hg mass emissions reduction
program that adopts the requirements of
this subpart. The designated
representative for an affected unit shall
report the data and information in this
paragraph (f)(1) and the applicable
compliance certification information in
paragraph (f)(2) of this section to the
Administrator quarterly, except as
otherwise provided in § 75.64(a) for
units in long-term cold storage. Each
electronic report must be submitted to
the Administrator within 30 days
following the end of each calendar
quarter. Except as otherwise provided in
§ 75.64(a)(4) and (a)(5), each electronic
report shall include the date of report
generation and the following
information for each affected unit or
group of units monitored at a common
stack:
*
*
*
*
*
(ii) * * *
(I) Supplementary RATA information
required under § 75.59(a)(7), except that:
(1) The applicable data elements
under § 75.59(a)(7)(ii)(A) through (T)
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4363
and under § 75.59(a)(7)(iii)(A) through
(M) shall be reported for flow RATAs at
circular or rectangular stacks (or ducts)
in which angular compensation for yaw
and/or pitch angles is used (i.e., Method
2F or 2G in appendices A–1 and A–2 to
part 60 of this chapter), with or without
wall effects adjustments;
(2) The applicable data elements
under § 75.59(a)(7)(ii)(A) through (T)
and under § 75.59(a)(7)(iii)(A) through
(M) shall be reported for any flow RATA
run at a circular stack in which Method
2 in appendices A–1 and A–2 to part 60
of this chapter is used and a wall effects
adjustment factor is determined by
direct measurement;
(3) The data under § 75.59(a)(7)(ii)(T)
shall be reported for all flow RATAs at
circular stacks in which Method 2 in
appendices A–1 and A–2 to part 60 of
this chapter is used and a default wall
effects adjustment factor is applied; and
(4) The data under § 75.59(a)(7)(ix)(A)
through (F) shall be reported for all flow
RATAs at rectangular stacks or ducts in
which Method 2 in appendices A–1 and
A–2 to part 60 of this chapter is used
and a wall effects adjustment factor is
applied.
*
*
*
*
*
I 40. Appendix A to Part 75 is amended
by:
I a. Revising paragraph (c) of section
2.1.1.1;
I b. Revising paragraph (b)(2) of section
2.1.1.5;
I c. Revising paragraph (b)(2) of section
2.1.2.5;
I d. Adding a new fourth sentence after
the third sentence of section 2.1.3;
I e. Revising paragraph (3) of section
3.2;
I f. Removing the phrase ‘‘continuous
emission monitoring system(s)’’ and
adding in its place the phrase
‘‘monitoring component of a continuous
emission monitoring system that is’’ in
section 3.5;
I g. Adding the words ‘‘that meet the
definition for a NIST Traceable
Reference Material (NTRM) provided in
§ 72.2.’’ after the word ‘‘gases’’ in
section 5.1.3;
I h. Revising sections 5.1.4 and 5.1.9;
I i. Redesignating section 6.1 as section
6.1.1 and adding a new heading for 6.1;
I j. Adding section 6.1.2;
I k. Revising the second and third
sentences and adding a new fourth
sentence to section 6.2, introductory
text;
I l. Revising section 6.2(g);
I m. Adding paragraph (h) to section
6.2;
I n. Adding a new fourth sentence to
section 6.3.1, introductory text;
I o. Revising the introductory text of
section 6.4;
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
4364
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
p. Revising paragraph (e) in section
6.5;
I q. Removing the words ‘‘that uses
CEMS to account for its emissions and
for each unit that uses the optional fuel
flow-to-load quality assurance test in
section 2.1.7 of appendix D to this part’’
from paragraph (a) of section 6.5.2.1;
I r. Adding the words ‘‘or mmBtu/hr’’
after the words ‘‘klb/hr of steam
production’’, and by adding the words
‘‘or mmBtu/hr of thermal output’’ after
the words ‘‘thousands of lb/hr of steam
load’’ in paragraph (a)(1) of section
6.5.2.1;
I s. Adding the words ‘‘and units using
the low mass emissions (LME) excepted
methodology under § 75.19’’ after the
words ‘‘(except for peaking units’’ in the
second sentence in paragraph (c) of
section 6.5.2.1;
I t. Adding the words ‘‘and LME units’’
after the words ‘‘For peaking units’’ in
the third sentence in paragraph (d)(1) of
section 6.5.2.1;
I u. Revising paragraph (e) of section
6.5.2.1;
I v. Revising paragraph (c) in section
6.5.6;
I w. Removing all occurrences of the
words ‘‘section 3.2’’ and adding in its
place the words ‘‘section 8.1.3’’ in
paragraph (b)(3) of section 6.5.6,
paragraph (a) of section 6.5.6.2, and
paragraph (a) of section 6.5.6.3;
I x. Revising section 6.5.10;
I y. Adding two sentences at the end of
section 7.6.1;
I z. Revising the terms Rref and Lavg, in
paragraph (a) of section 7.7;
I aa. Revising the terms (GHR)ref and
Lavg, in paragraph (c) of section 7.7; and
I bb. Removing Figure 6 and adding in
its place Figures 6a and 6b and revising
A through F and adding G at the end of
appendix A.
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
I
Appendix A to Part 75—Specifications
and Procedures
*
*
*
*
*
2. Equipment Specifications
2.1.1.1 Maximum Potential Concentration
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
*
*
*
*
*
(c) When performing fuel sampling to
determine the MPC, use ASTM Methods:
ASTM D3177–02 (Reapproved 2007),
Standard Test Methods for Total Sulfur in the
Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke; ASTM
D4239–02, Standard Test Methods for Sulfur
in the Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke
Using High-Temperature Tube Furnace
Combustion Methods; ASTM D4294–98,
Standard Test Method for Sulfur in
Petroleum and Petroleum Products by
Energy-Dispersive X-ray Fluorescence
Spectrometry; ASTM D1552–01, Standard
Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
Products (High-Temperature Method); ASTM
D129–00, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in
Petroleum Products (General Bomb Method);
ASTM D2622–98, Standard Test Method for
Sulfur in Petroleum Products by Wavelength
Dispersive X-ray Fluorescence Spectrometry,
for sulfur content of solid or liquid fuels;
ASTM D3176–89 (Reapproved 2002),
Standard Practice for Ultimate Analysis of
Coal and Coke; ASTM D240–00, Standard
Test Method for Heat of Combustion of
Liquid Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb
Calorimeter; or ASTM D5865–01a, Standard
Test Method for Gross Calorific Value of Coal
and Coke (all incorporated by reference
under § 75.6 of this part).
percent of the reference value at any of the
three gas levels. To calculate the
measurement error at each level, take the
absolute value of the difference between the
reference value and mean CEM response,
divide the result by the reference value, and
then multiply by 100. Alternatively, the
results at any gas level are acceptable if the
absolute value of the difference between the
average monitor response and the average
reference value, i.e., |R¥A| in Equation A–4
of this appendix, does not exceed 0.8 µg/m3.
The principal and alternative performance
specifications in this section also apply to the
single-level system integrity check described
in section 2.6 of appendix B to this part.
*
*
*
*
*
*
2.1.1.5 * * *
(b) * * *
(2) For units with two SO2 spans and
ranges, if the low range is exceeded, no
further action is required, provided that the
high range is available and its most recent
calibration error test and linearity check have
not expired. However, if either of these
quality assurance tests has expired and the
high range is not able to provide quality
assured data at the time of the low range
exceedance or at any time during the
continuation of the exceedance, report the
MPC as the SO2 concentration until the
readings return to the low range or until the
high range is able to provide quality assured
data (unless the reason that the high-scale
range is not able to provide quality assured
data is because the high-scale range has been
exceeded; if the high-scale range is exceeded
follow the procedures in paragraph (b)(1) of
this section).
*
*
*
*
*
2.1.2.5 * * *
(b) * * *
(2) For units with two NOX spans and
ranges, if the low range is exceeded, no
further action is required, provided that the
high range is available and its most recent
calibration error test and linearity check have
not expired. However, if either of these
quality assurance tests has expired and the
high range is not able to provide quality
assured data at the time of the low range
exceedance or at any time during the
continuation of the exceedance, report the
MPC as the NOX concentration until the
readings return to the low range or until the
high range is able to provide quality assured
data (unless the reason that the high-scale
range is not able to provide quality assured
data is because the high-scale range has been
exceeded; if the high-scale range is exceeded,
follow the procedures in paragraph (b)(1) of
this section).
*
*
*
*
*
2.1.3 CO2 and O2 Monitors
* * * An alternative CO2 span value below
6.0 percent may be used if an appropriate
technical justification is included in the
hardcopy monitoring plan.
*
*
*
*
*
3.2 * * *
(3) For the linearity check and the 3-level
system integrity check of an Hg monitor,
which are required, respectively, under
§ 75.20(c)(1)(ii) and (c)(1)(vi), the
measurement error shall not exceed 10.0
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
*
5.1
*
*
*
*
Reference Gases
*
*
*
*
5.1.4 EPA Protocol Gases
(a) An EPA Protocol Gas is a calibration gas
mixture prepared and analyzed according to
Section 2 of the ‘‘EPA Traceability Protocol
for Assay and Certification of Gaseous
Calibration Standards,’’ September 1997,
EPA–600/R–97/121 or such revised
procedure as approved by the Administrator
(EPA Traceability Protocol).
(b) An EPA Protocol Gas must have a
specialty gas producer-certified uncertainty
(95-percent confidence interval) that must
not be greater than 2.0 percent of the certified
concentration (tag value) of the gas mixture.
The uncertainty must be calculated using the
statistical procedures (or equivalent
statistical techniques) that are listed in
Section 2.1.8 of the EPA Traceability
Protocol.
(c) On and after January 1, 2009, a specialty
gas producer advertising calibration gas
certification with the EPA Traceability
Protocol or distributing calibration gases as
‘‘EPA Protocol Gas’’ must participate in the
EPA Protocol Gas Verification Program
(PGVP) described in Section 2.1.10 of the
EPA Traceability Protocol or it cannot use
‘‘EPA’’ in any form of advertising for these
products, unless approved by the
Administrator. A specialty gas producer not
participating in the PGVP may not certify a
calibration gas as an EPA Protocol Gas,
unless approved by the Administrator.
(d) A copy of EPA–600/R–97/121 is
available from the National Technical
Information Service, 5285 Port Royal Road,
Springfield, VA, 703–605–6585 or https://
www.ntis.gov, and from https://www.epa.gov/
ttn/emc/news.html or https://www.epa.gov/
appcdwww/tsb/.
*
*
*
*
*
5.1.9 Mercury Standards
For 7-day calibration error tests of Hg
concentration monitors and for daily
calibration error tests of Hg monitors, either
NIST-traceable elemental Hg standards (as
defined in § 72.2 of this chapter) or a NISTtraceable source of oxidized Hg (as defined
in § 72.2 of this chapter) may be used. For
linearity checks, NIST-traceable elemental Hg
standards shall be used. For 3-level and
single-point system integrity checks under
§ 75.20(c)(1)(vi), sections 6.2(g) and 6.3.1 of
this appendix, and sections 2.1.1, 2.2.1 and
2.6 of appendix B to this part, a NISTtraceable source of oxidized Hg shall be used.
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
Alternatively, other NIST-traceable standards
may be used for the required checks, subject
to the approval of the Administrator.
Notwithstanding these requirements, Hg
calibration standards that are not NISTtraceable may be used for the tests described
in this section until December 31, 2009.
However, on and after January 1, 2010, only
NIST-traceable calibration standards shall be
used for these tests.
*
*
6.1
*
*
*
*
*
General Requirements
*
*
*
*
6.1.2 Requirements for Air Emission
Testing Bodies
(a) On and after January 1, 2009, any Air
Emission Testing Body (AETB) conducting
relative accuracy test audits of CEMS and
sorbent trap monitoring systems under this
part must conform to the requirements of
ASTM D7036–04 (incorporated by reference
under § 75.6 of this part). This section is not
applicable to daily operation, daily
calibration error checks, daily flow
interference checks, quarterly linearity
checks or routine maintenance of CEMS.
(b) The AETB shall provide to the affected
source(s) certification that the AETB operates
in conformance with, and that data submitted
to the Agency has been collected in
accordance with, the requirements of ASTM
D7036–04 (incorporated by reference under
§ 75.6 of this part). This certification may be
provided in the form of:
(1) A certificate of accreditation of relevant
scope issued by a recognized, national
accreditation body; or
(2) A letter of certification signed by a
member of the senior management staff of the
AETB.
(c) The AETB shall either provide a
Qualified Individual on-site to conduct or
shall oversee all relative accuracy testing
carried out by the AETB as required in ASTM
D7036–04 (incorporated by reference under
§ 75.6 of this part). The Qualified Individual
shall provide the affected source(s) with
copies of the qualification credentials
relevant to the scope of the testing
conducted.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
*
*
*
*
*
6.2 Linearity Check (General Procedures)
* * * Notwithstanding these
requirements, if the SO2 or NOX span value
for a particular monitor range is ≤ 30 ppm,
that range is exempted from the linearity
check requirements of this part, for initial
certification, recertification, and for on-going
quality-assurance. For units with two
measurement ranges (high and low) for a
particular parameter, perform a linearity
check on both the low scale (except for SO2
or NOX span values ≤ 30 ppm) and the high
scale. Note that for a NOX-diluent monitoring
system with two NOX measurement ranges, if
the low NOX scale has a span value ≤ 30 ppm
and is exempt from linearity checks, this
does not exempt either the diluent monitor
or the high NOX scale (if the span is > 30
ppm) from linearity check requirements.
*
*
*
*
*
(g) For Hg monitors, follow the guidelines
in section 2.2.3 of this appendix in addition
to the applicable procedures in section 6.2
when performing the system integrity checks
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
described in § 75.20(c)(1)(vi) and in sections
2.1.1, 2.2.1 and 2.6 of appendix B to this part.
(h) For Hg concentration monitors, if
moisture is added to the calibration gas
during the required linearity checks or
system integrity checks, the moisture content
of the calibration gas must be accounted for.
Under these circumstances, the dry basis
concentration of the calibration gas shall be
used to calculate the linearity error or
measurement error (as applicable).
Jkt 214001
*
*
*
*
6.3.1 Gas Monitor 7-day Calibration Error
Test
* * * Also for Hg monitors, if moisture is
added to the calibration gas, the added
moisture must be accounted for and the drybasis concentration of the calibration gas
shall be used to calculate the calibration
error.
*
*
*
*
*
6.4. Cycle Time Test
Perform cycle time tests for each pollutant
concentration monitor and continuous
emission monitoring system while the unit is
operating, according to the following
procedures. Use a zero-level and a high-level
calibration gas (as defined in section 5.2 of
this appendix) alternately. For Hg monitors,
the calibration gas used for this test may
either be the elemental or oxidized form of
Hg. To determine the downscale cycle time,
measure the concentration of the flue gas
emissions until the response stabilizes.
Record the stable emissions value. Inject a
zero-level concentration calibration gas into
the probe tip (or injection port leading to the
calibration cell, for in situ systems with no
probe). Record the time of the zero gas
injection, using the data acquisition and
handling system (DAHS). Next, allow the
monitor to measure the concentration of the
zero gas until the response stabilizes. Record
the stable ending calibration gas reading.
Determine the downscale cycle time as the
time it takes for 95.0 percent of the step
change to be achieved between the stable
stack emissions value and the stable ending
zero gas reading. Then repeat the procedure,
starting with stable stack emissions and
injecting the high-level gas, to determine the
upscale cycle time, which is the time it takes
for 95.0 percent of the step change to be
achieved between the stable stack emissions
value and the stable ending high-level gas
reading. Use the following criteria to assess
when a stable reading of stack emissions or
calibration gas concentration has been
attained. A stable value is equivalent to a
reading with a change of less than 2.0 percent
of the span value for 2 minutes, or a reading
with a change of less than 6.0 percent from
the measured average concentration over 6
minutes. Alternatively, the reading is
considered stable if it changes by no more
than 0.5 ppm, 0.5 µg/m3 (for Hg), or 0.2%
CO2 or O2 (as applicable) for two minutes.
(Owners or operators of systems which do
not record data in 1-minute or 3-minute
intervals may petition the Administrator
under § 75.66 for alternative stabilization
criteria). For monitors or monitoring systems
that perform a series of operations (such as
purge, sample, and analyze), time the
injections of the calibration gases so they will
produce the longest possible cycle time.
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4365
Refer to Figures 6a and 6b in this appendix
for example calculations of upscale and
downscale cycle times. Report the slower of
the two cycle times (upscale or downscale)
as the cycle time for the analyzer. Prior to
January 1, 2009 for the NOX-diluent
continuous emission monitoring system test,
either record and report the longer cycle time
of the two component analyzers as the
system cycle time or record the cycle time for
each component analyzer separately (as
applicable). On and after January 1, 2009,
record the cycle time for each component
analyzer separately. For time-shared systems,
perform the cycle time tests at each probe
locations that will be polled within the same
15-minute period during monitoring system
operations. To determine the cycle time for
time-shared systems, at each monitoring
location, report the sum of the cycle time
observed at that monitoring location plus the
sum of the time required for all purge cycles
(as determined by the continuous emission
monitoring system manufacturer) at each of
the probe locations of the time-shared
systems. For monitors with dual ranges,
report the test results for each range
separately. Cycle time test results are
acceptable for monitor or monitoring system
certification, recertification or diagnostic
testing if none of the cycle times exceed 15
minutes. The status of emissions data from a
monitor prior to and during a cycle time test
period shall be determined as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
6.5 * * *
(e) Complete each single-load relative
accuracy test audit within a period of 168
consecutive unit operating hours, as defined
in § 72.2 of this chapter (or, for CEMS
installed on common stacks or bypass stacks,
168 consecutive stack operating hours, as
defined in § 72.2 of this chapter).
Notwithstanding this requirement, up to 336
consecutive unit or stack operating hours
may be taken to complete the RATA of a Hg
monitoring system, when ASTM 6784–02
(incorporated by reference under § 75.6 of
this part) or Method 29 in appendix A–8 to
part 60 of this chapter is used as the
reference method. For 2-level and 3-level
flow monitor RATAs, complete all of the
RATAs at all levels, to the extent practicable,
within a period of 168 consecutive unit (or
stack) operating hours; however, if this is not
possible, up to 720 consecutive unit (or
stack) operating hours may be taken to
complete a multiple-load flow RATA.
*
*
*
*
*
6.5.2.1 * * *
(e) The owner or operator shall report the
upper and lower boundaries of the range of
operation for each unit (or combination of
units, for common stacks), in units of
megawatts or thousands of lb/hr or mmBtu/
hr of steam production or ft/sec (as
applicable), in the electronic monitoring plan
required under § 75.53. Except for peaking
units and LME units, the owner or operator
shall indicate, in the electronic monitoring
plan, the load level (or levels) designated as
normal under this section and shall also
indicate the two most frequently used load
levels.
*
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
*
*
24JAR2
*
*
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
6.5.6 * * *
(c) For Hg monitoring systems, use the
same basic approach for traverse point
selection that is used for the other gas
monitoring system RATAs, except that the
stratification test provisions in sections 8.1.3
through 8.1.3.5 of Method 30A shall apply,
rather than the provisions of sections 6.5.6.1
through 6.5.6.3 of this appendix.
6.5.10 Reference Methods
The following methods are from appendix
A to part 60 of this chapter or have been
published by ASTM, and are the reference
methods for performing relative accuracy test
audits under this part: Method 1 or 1A in
appendix A–1 to part 60 of this chapter for
siting; Method 2 in appendices A–1 and A–
2 to part 60 of this chapter or its allowable
alternatives in appendix A to part 60 of this
chapter (except for Methods 2B and 2E in
appendix A–1 to part 60 of this chapter) for
stack gas velocity and volumetric flow rate;
Methods 3, 3A or 3B in appendix A–2 to part
60 of this chapter for O2 and CO2; Method 4
in appendix A–3 to part 60 of this chapter
for moisture; Methods 6, 6A or 6C in
appendix A–4 to part 60 of this chapter for
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
SO2; Methods 7, 7A, 7C, 7D or 7E in
appendix A–4 to part 60 of this chapter for
NOX, excluding the exceptions of Method 7E
in appendix A–4 to part 60 of this chapter
identified in § 75.22(a)(5); and for Hg, either
ASTM D6784–02 (the Ontario Hydro
Method) (incorporated by reference under
§ 75.6 of this part), Method 29 in appendix
A–8 to part 60 of this chapter, Method 30A,
or Method 30B When using Method 7E in
appendix A–4 to part 60 of this chapter for
measuring NOX concentration, total NOX,
both NO and NO2, must be measured.
*
*
7.6
*
*
*
*
Bias Test and Adjustment Factor
*
*
*
*
7.6.1 * * * To calculate bias for a Hg
monitoring system when using the Ontario
Hydro Method or Method 29 in appendix A–
8 to part 60 of this chapter, ‘‘d’’ is, for each
data point, the difference between the
average Hg concentration value (in µg/m3)
from the paired Ontario Hydro or Method 29
in appendix A–8 to part 60 of this chapter
sampling trains and the concentration
measured by the monitoring system. For
sorbent trap monitoring systems, use the
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
average Hg concentration measured by the
paired traps in the calculation of ‘‘d’’.
*
*
*
*
*
7.7 * * *
(a) * * *
Rref = Reference value of the flow-to-load
ratio, from the most recent normal-load
flow RATA, scfh/megawatts, scfh/1000
lb/hr of steam, or scfh/(mmBtu/hr of
steam output).
*
*
*
*
*
Lavg = Average unit load during the normalload flow RATA, megawatts, 1000 lb/hr
of steam, or mmBtu/hr of thermal output.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(GHR)ref = Reference value of the gross heat
rate at the time of the most recent
normal-load flow RATA, Btu/kwh, Btu/
lb steam load, or Btu heat input/mmBtu
steam output.
*
*
*
*
*
Lavg = Average unit load during the normalload flow RATA, megawatts, 1000 lb/hr
of steam, or mmBtu/hr thermal output.
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
ER24JA08.000
4366
A. To determine the upscale cycle time
(Figure 6a), measure the flue gas emissions
until the response stabilizes. Record the
stabilized value (see section 6.4 of this
appendix for the stability criteria).
B. Inject a high-level calibration gas into
the port leading to the calibration cell or
thimble (Point B). Allow the analyzer to
stabilize. Record the stabilized value.
C. Determine the step change. The step
change is equal to the difference between the
final stable calibration gas value (Point D)
and the stabilized stack emissions value
(Point A).
D. Take 95% of the step change value and
add the result to the stabilized stack
emissions value (Point A). Determine the
time at which 95% of the step change
occurred (Point C).
E. Calculate the upscale cycle time by
subtracting the time at which the calibration
gas was injected (Point B) from the time at
which 95% of the step change occurred
(Point C). In this example, upscale cycle time
= (11¥5) = 6 minutes.
F. To determine the downscale cycle time
(Figure 6b) repeat the procedures above,
except that a zero gas is injected when the
flue gas emissions have stabilized, and 95%
of the step change in concentration is
subtracted from the stabilized stack
emissions value.
G. Compare the upscale and downscale
cycle time values. The longer of these two
times is the cycle time for the analyzer.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
41. Appendix B to Part 75 is amended
by:
I a. Adding section 1.1.4;
I b. Revising section 2.1.1;
I c. Revising paragraph (2) of section
2.1.1.2;
I d. Revising paragraph (2) of section
2.1.5.1;
I e. Adding paragraph (3) to section
2.1.5.1;
I f. Adding a new fourth sentence to
paragraph (e) of section 2.2.3;
I g. Revising the terms ‘‘Rh’’ and ‘‘Lh’’ in
paragraph (a) of section 2.2.5;
I h. Revising the terms ‘‘(GHR)h’’ and
‘‘Lh’’ in paragraph (a)(2) of section 2.2.5;
I i. Removing the word ‘‘five’’ and
adding in its place the word ‘‘twenty’’,
and by removing the word ‘‘years’’ and
adding in its place the word ‘‘quarters’’,
in paragraph (c)(4) of section 2.3.1.3;
I j. Revising paragraphs (d) and (g) of
section 2.3.2;
I k. Revising paragraphs (a)(2) and (c) of
section 2.3.3;
I l. Adding paragraph (d) to section
2.3.3;
I m. Revising section 2.6;
I n. Revising Figure 1; and
I o. Revising Figure 2.
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
I
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4367
Appendix B to Part 75—Quality
Assurance and Quality Control
Procedures
1. Quality Assurance/Quality Control
Program
*
*
*
*
*
1.1.4 The requirements in section 6.1.2 of
appendix A to this part shall be met by any
Air Emissions Testing Body (AETB)
performing the semiannual/annual RATAs
described in section 2.3 of this appendix and
the Hg emission tests described in §§ 75.81(c)
and 75.81(d)(4).
*
*
*
*
*
2. Frequency of Testing
*
*
*
*
*
2.1.1 Calibration Error Test
Except as provided in section 2.1.1.2 of
this appendix, perform the daily calibration
error test of each gas monitoring system
(including moisture monitoring systems
consisting of wet- and dry-basis O2 analyzers)
according to the procedures in section 6.3.1
of appendix A to this part, and perform the
daily calibration error test of each flow
monitoring system according to the
procedure in section 6.3.2 of appendix A to
this part. When two measurement ranges
(low and high) are required for a particular
parameter, perform sufficient calibration
error tests on each range to validate the data
recorded on that range, according to the
criteria in section 2.1.5 of this appendix.
*
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
*
*
24JAR2
*
*
ER24JA08.001
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
4368
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
2.1.1.2 * * *
(2) For each monitoring system that has
passed the off-line calibration demonstration,
off-line calibration error tests may be used on
a limited basis to validate data, in accordance
with paragraph (2) in section 2.1.5.1 of this
appendix.
*
*
*
*
*
2.1.5.1 * * *
(2) For a monitor that has passed the offline calibration demonstration, a
combination of on-line and off-line
calibration error tests may be used to validate
data from the monitor, as follows. For a
particular unit (or stack) operating hour, data
from a monitor may be validated using a
successful off-line calibration error test if: (a)
An on-line calibration error test has been
passed within the previous 26 unit (or stack)
operating hours; and (b) the 26 clock hour
data validation window for the off-line
calibration error test has not expired. If either
of these conditions is not met, then the data
from the monitor are invalid with respect to
the daily calibration error test requirement.
Data from the monitor shall remain invalid
until the appropriate on-line or off-line
calibration error test is successfully
completed so that both conditions (a) and (b)
are met.
(3) For units with two measurement ranges
(low and high) for a particular parameter,
when separate analyzers are used for the low
and high ranges, a failed or expired
calibration on one of the ranges does not
affect the quality-assured data status on the
other range. For a dual-range analyzer (i.e., a
single analyzer with two measurement
scales), a failed calibration error test on either
the low or high scale results in an out-ofcontrol period for the monitor. Data from the
monitor remain invalid until corrective
actions are taken and ‘‘hands-off’’ calibration
error tests have been passed on both ranges.
However, if the most recent calibration error
test on the high scale was passed but has
expired, while the low scale is up-to-date on
its calibration error test requirements (or
vice-versa), the expired calibration error test
does not affect the quality-assured status of
the data recorded on the other scale.
*
*
*
*
*
2.2.3 * * *
(e) * * * For a dual-range analyzer,
‘‘hands-off’’ linearity checks must be passed
on both measurement scales to end the outof-control period. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
2.2.5 * * *
(a) * * *
Rh = Hourly value of the flow-to-load ratio,
scfh/megawatts, scfh/1000 lb/hr of
steam, or scfh/(mmBtu/hr thermal
output).
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
*
*
*
*
*
Lh = Hourly unit load, megawatts, 1000 lb/
hr of steam, or mmBtu/hr thermal
output; must be within + 10.0 percent of
Lavg during the most recent normal-load
flow RATA.
*
*
*
*
*
(2) * * *
(GHR)h = Hourly value of the gross heat rate,
Btu/kwh, Btu/lb steam load, or 1000
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
mmBtu heat input/mmBtu thermal
output.
*
*
*
*
*
Lh = Hourly unit load, megawatts, 1000 lb/
hr of steam, or mmBtu/hr thermal output;
must be within + 10.0 percent of Lavg during
the most recent normal-load flow RATA.
*
*
*
*
*
2.3.2 * * *
(d) For single-load (or single-level) RATAs,
if a daily calibration error test is failed during
a RATA test period, prior to completing the
test, the RATA must be repeated. Data from
the monitor are invalidated prospectively
from the hour of the failed calibration error
test until the hour of completion of a
subsequent successful calibration error test.
The subsequent RATA shall not be
commenced until the monitor has
successfully passed a calibration error test in
accordance with section 2.1.3 of this
appendix. Notwithstanding these
requirements, when ASTM D6784–02
(incorporated by reference under § 75.6 of
this part) or Method 29 in appendix A–8 to
part 60 of this chapter is used as the
reference method for the RATA of a Hg
CEMS, if a calibration error test of the CEMS
is failed during a RATA test period, any test
run(s) completed prior to the failed
calibration error test need not be repeated;
however, the RATA may not continue until
a subsequent calibration error test of the Hg
CEMS has been passed. For multiple-load (or
multiple-level) flow RATAs, each load level
(or operating level) is treated as a separate
RATA (i.e., when a calibration error test is
failed prior to completing the RATA at a
particular load level (or operating level), only
the RATA at that load level (or operating
level) must be repeated; the results of any
previously-passed RATA(s) at the other load
level(s) (or operating level(s)) are unaffected,
unless re-linearization of the monitor is
required to correct the problem that caused
the calibration failure, in which case a
subsequent 3-load (or 3-level) RATA is
required), except as otherwise provided in
section 2.3.1.3(c)(5) of this appendix.
*
*
*
*
*
(g) Data validation for failed RATAs for a
CO2 pollutant concentration monitor (or an
O2 monitor used to measure CO2 emissions),
a NOX pollutant concentration monitor, and
a NOX-diluent monitoring system shall be
done according to paragraphs (g)(1) and (g)(2)
of this section:
(1) For a CO2 pollutant concentration
monitor (or an O2 monitor used to measure
CO2 emissions) which also serves as the
diluent component in a NOX-diluent
monitoring system, if the CO2 (or O2) RATA
is failed, then both the CO2 (or O2) monitor
and the associated NOX-diluent system are
considered out-of-control, beginning with the
hour of completion of the failed CO2 (or O2)
monitor RATA, and continuing until the
hour of completion of subsequent hands-off
RATAs which demonstrate that both systems
have met the applicable relative accuracy
specifications in sections 3.3.2 and 3.3.3 of
appendix A to this part, unless the option in
paragraph (b)(3) of this section to use the data
validation procedures and associated
timelines in § 75.20(b)(3)(ii) through (b)(3)(ix)
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
has been selected, in which case the
beginning and end of the out-of-control
period shall be determined in accordance
with § 75.20(b)(3)(vii)(A) and (B).
(2) This paragraph (g)(2) applies only to a
NOX pollutant concentration monitor that
serves both as the NOX component of a NOX
concentration monitoring system (to measure
NOX mass emissions) and as the NOX
component in a NOX-diluent monitoring
system (to measure NOX emission rate in lb/
mmBtu). If the RATA of the NOX
concentration monitoring system is failed,
then both the NOX concentration monitoring
system and the associated NOX-diluent
monitoring system are considered out-ofcontrol, beginning with the hour of
completion of the failed NOX concentration
RATA, and continuing until the hour of
completion of subsequent hands-off RATAs
which demonstrate that both systems have
met the applicable relative accuracy
specifications in sections 3.3.2 and 3.3.7 of
appendix A to this part, unless the option in
paragraph (b)(3) of this section to use the data
validation procedures and associated
timelines in § 75.20(b)(3)(ii) through (b)(3)(ix)
has been selected, in which case the
beginning and end of the out-of-control
period shall be determined in accordance
with § 75.20(b)(3)(vii)(A) and (B).
*
*
*
*
*
2.3.3 RATA Grace Period
(a) * * *
(2) A required 3-load flow RATA has not
been performed by the end of the calendar
quarter in which it is due; or
*
*
*
*
*
(c) If, at the end of the 720 unit (or stack)
operating hour grace period, the RATA has
not been completed, data from the
monitoring system shall be invalid,
beginning with the first unit operating hour
following the expiration of the grace period.
Data from the CEMS remain invalid until the
hour of completion of a subsequent hands-off
RATA. The deadline for the next test shall be
either two QA operating quarters (if a
semiannual RATA frequency is obtained) or
four QA operating quarters (if an annual
RATA frequency is obtained) after the quarter
in which the RATA is completed, not to
exceed eight calendar quarters.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) When a RATA is done during a grace
period in order to satisfy a RATA
requirement from a previous quarter, the
deadline for the next RATA shall determined
as follows:
(1) If the grace period RATA qualifies for
a reduced, (i.e., annual), RATA frequency the
deadline for the next RATA shall be set at
three QA operating quarters after the quarter
in which the grace period test is completed.
(2) If the grace period RATA qualifies for
the standard, (i.e., semiannual), RATA
frequency the deadline for the next RATA
shall be set at two QA operating quarters after
the quarter in which the grace period test is
completed.
(3) Notwithstanding these requirements, no
more than eight successive calendar quarters
shall elapse after the quarter in which the
grace period test is completed, without a
subsequent RATA having been conducted.
*
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
*
*
24JAR2
*
*
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
2.6 System Integrity Checks for Hg
Monitors
For each Hg concentration monitoring
system (except for a Hg monitor that does not
have a converter), perform a single-point
system integrity check weekly, i.e., at least
once every 168 unit or stack operating hours,
using a NIST-traceable source of oxidized Hg.
Perform this check using a mid- or high-level
gas concentration, as defined in section 5.2
of appendix A to this part. The performance
specifications in paragraph (3) of section 3.2
of appendix A to this part must be met,
otherwise the monitoring system is
considered out-of-control, from the hour of
the failed check until a subsequent system
integrity check is passed. If a required system
integrity check is not performed and passed
within 168 unit or stack operating hours of
last successful check, the monitoring system
4369
shall also be considered out of control,
beginning with the 169th unit or stack
operating hour after the last successful check,
and continuing until a subsequent system
integrity check is passed. This weekly check
is not required if the daily calibration
assessments in section 2.1.1 of this appendix
are performed using a NIST-traceable source
of oxidized Hg.
*
*
*
*
*
FIGURE 1 TO APPENDIX B OF PART 75.—QUALITY ASSURANCE TEST REQUIREMENTS
Basic QA test frequency requirements *
Test
Daily *
Calibration Error Test (2 pt.) ................................................................
Interference Check (flow) .....................................................................
Flow-to-Load Ratio ...............................................................................
Leak Check (DP flow monitors) ...........................................................
Linearity Check or System Integrity Check ** (3 pt.) ............................
Single-point System Integrity Check ** .................................................
RATA (SO2, NOX, CO2, O2, H2O) 1 ......................................................
RATA (All Hg monitoring systems) ......................................................
RATA (flow) 1 2 ......................................................................................
Weekly
Quarterly *
Semiannual *
Annual
✔
✔
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
✔
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
✔
✔
✔
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
✔
....................
✔
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
✔
....................
* ‘‘Daily’’ means operating days, only. ‘‘Weekly’’ means once every 168 unit or stack operating hours. ‘‘Quarterly’’ means once every QA operating quarter. ‘‘Semiannual’’ means once every two QA operating quarters. ‘‘Annual’’ means once every four QA operating quarters.
** The system integrity check applies only to Hg monitors with converters. The single-point weekly system integrity check is not required if daily
calibrations are performed using a NIST-traceable source of oxidized Hg. The 3-point quarterly system integrity check is not required if a linearity
check is performed.
1 Conduct RATA annually (i.e., once every four QA operating quarters), if monitor meets accuracy requirements to qualify for less frequent testing.
2 For flow monitors installed on peaking units, bypass stacks, or units that qualify for single-level RATA testing under section 6.5.2(e) of this
part, conduct all RATAs at a single, normal load (or operating level). For other flow monitors, conduct annual RATAs at two load levels (or operating levels). Alternating single-load and 2-load (or single-level and 2-level) RATAs may be done if a monitor is on a semiannual frequency. A
single-load (or single-level) RATA may be done in lieu of a 2-load (or 2-level) RATA if, since the last annual flow RATA, the unit has operated at
one load level (or operating level) for ≥85.0 percent of the time. A 3-level RATA is required at least once every five calendar years and whenever
a flow monitor is re-linearized, except for flow monitors exempted from 3-level RATA testing under section 6.5.2(b) or 6.5.2(e) of appendix A to
this part.
FIGURE 2 TO APPENDIX B OF PART 75.—RELATIVE ACCURACY TEST FREQUENCY INCENTIVE SYSTEM
RATA
Semiannual W
(percent)
SO2 or NOXY .......................
SO2-diluent ...........................
NOX-diluent ..........................
Flow ......................................
CO2 or O2 .............................
Hg X ......................................
Moisture ...............................
7.5% 2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
I d. Revising the terms ‘‘(GHR) base’’ and
‘‘Lavg’’ in paragraph (c) of section
2.1.7.1;
I e. Revising the terms ‘‘Rh’’ and ‘‘Lh’’ in
paragraph (a) of section 2.1.7.2;
I f. Revising the terms ‘‘(GHR) h’’ and
‘‘Lh’’ in paragraph (c) of section 2.1.7.2;
I g. Removing ‘‘D4177–82 (Reapproved
1990)’’ and adding in its place ‘‘D4177–
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
95 (Reapproved 2000)’’, in the first
sentence of section 2.2.3;
I h. Removing ‘‘D4057–88 ‘Standard
Practice for Manual Sampling of
Petroleum and Petroleum Products’
(incorporated by reference under
§ 75.6)’’ and adding in its place, ‘‘ASTM
D4057–95 (Reapproved 2000), Standard
Practice for Manual Sampling of
Petroleum and Petroleum Products
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
4370
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
(incorporated by reference under § 75.6
of this part)’’, in sections 2.2.4.1 and
2.2.4.2, and in paragraph (c) of section
2.2.4.3;
I i. Revising sections 2.2.5, 2.2.6, and
2.2.7;
I j. Revising paragraphs (a)(2) and (e) of
section 2.3.1.4;
I k. Revising section 2.3.3.1.2;
I l. Revising section 2.3.4;
I m. Adding two sentences at the end of
section 2.3.4.1;
I n. Revising paragraphs (b)(2) and (c) of
section 2.3.7;
I o. Revising section 3.2.2; and
I p. Revising section 3.5.1.
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
Appendix D to Part 75—Optional SO2
Emissions Data Protocol for Gas-Fired
and Oil-Fired Units.
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
2. Procedure
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
*
*
*
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
*
Jkt 214001
*
*
*
*
2.1.7.1
(a) * * *
Where:
Rbase = Value of the fuel flow rate-to-load
ratio during the baseline period; 100
scfh/MWe, 100 scfh/klb per hour steam
load, or 100 scfh/mmBtu per hour
thermal output for gas-firing; (lb/hr)/
MWe, (lb/hr)/klb per hour steam load, or
(lb/hr)/mmBtu per hour thermal output
for oil-firing.
*
2.1.5.1 Use the procedures in the
following standards to verify flowmeter
accuracy or design, as appropriate to the type
of flowmeter: ASME MFC–3M–2004,
Measurement of Fluid Flow in Pipes Using
Orifice, Nozzle, and Venturi; ASME MFC–
4M–1986 (Reaffirmed 1997), Measurement of
Gas Flow by Turbine Meters; American Gas
Association Report No. 3, Orifice Metering of
Natural Gas and Other Related Hydrocarbon
Fluids Part 1: General Equations and
Uncertainty Guidelines (October 1990
Edition), Part 2: Specification and
Installation Requirements (February 1991
Edition), and Part 3: Natural Gas
Applications (August 1992 edition)
(excluding the modified flow-calculation
method in part 3); Section 8, Calibration from
American Gas Association Transmission
Measurement Committee Report No. 7:
Measurement of Gas by Turbine Meters
(Second Revision, April 1996); ASME–MFC–
5M–1985, (Reaffirmed 1994), Measurement of
Liquid Flow in Closed Conduits Using
Transit-Time Ultrasonic Flowmeters; ASME
MFC–6M–1998, Measurement of Fluid Flow
in Pipes Using Vortex Flowmeters; ASME
MFC–7M–1987 (Reaffirmed 1992),
Measurement of Gas Flow by Means of
Critical Flow Venturi Nozzles; ISO 8316:
1987(E) Measurement of Liquid Flow in
Closed Conduits-Method by Collection of the
Liquid in a Volumetric Tank; American
Petroleum Institute (API) Manual of
Petroleum Measurement Standards, Chapter
4—Proving Systems, Section 2—Pipe Provers
(Provers Accumulating at Least 10,000
Pulses), Second Edition, March 2001, and
Section 5—Master-Meter Provers, Second
Edition, May 2000; American Petroleum
Institute (API) Manual of Petroleum
Measurement Standards, Chapter 22—
Testing Protocol, Section 2—Differential
Pressure Flow Measurement Devices, First
Edition, August 2005; or ASME MFC–9M–
1988 (Reaffirmed 2001), Measurement of
Liquid Flow in Closed Conduits by Weighing
Method, for all other flowmeter types (all
VerDate Aug<31>2005
incorporated by reference under § 75.6 of this
part). The Administrator may also approve
other procedures that use equipment
traceable to National Institute of Standards
and Technology standards. Document such
procedures, the equipment used, and the
accuracy of the procedures in the monitoring
plan for the unit, and submit a petition
signed by the designated representative
under § 75.66(c). If the flowmeter accuracy
exceeds 2.0 percent of the upper range value,
the flowmeter does not qualify for use under
this part.
*
*
*
*
Lavg = Arithmetic average unit load during
the baseline period, megawatts, 1000 lb/
hr of steam, or mmBtu/hr thermal
output.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
Where:
(GHR)base = Baseline value of the gross heat
rate during the baseline period, Btu/kwh,
Btu/lb steam load, or 1000mmBtu heat
input/mmBtu thermal output.
*
*
*
*
*
Lavg = Average (mean) unit load during the
baseline period, megawatts, 1000 lb/hr of
steam, or mmBtu/hr thermal output.
*
*
*
*
*
2.1.7.2
(a) * * *
Where:
Rh = Hourly value of the fuel flow rate-toload ratio; 100 scfh/MWe, (lb/hr)/MWe,
100 scfh/1000 lb/hr of steam load, (lb/
hr)/1000 lb/hr of steam load, 100 scfh/
(mmBtu/hr of steam load), or (lb/hr)/
(mmBtu/hr thermal output).
*
*
*
*
*
Lh = Hourly unit load, megawatts, 1000 lb/
hr of steam, or mmBtu/hr thermal
output.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
Where:
(GHR)h = Hourly value of the gross heat rate,
Btu/kwh, Btu/lb steam load, or mmBtu
heat input/mmBtu thermal output.
*
*
*
*
*
Lh = Hourly unit load, megawatts, 1000 lb/
hr of steam, or mmBtu/hr thermal
output.
*
*
*
*
*
2.2.5 For each oil sample that is taken onsite at the affected facility, split and label the
sample and maintain a portion (at least 200
cc) of it throughout the calendar year and in
all cases for not less than 90 calendar days
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
after the end of the calendar year allowance
accounting period. This requirement does not
apply to oil samples taken from the fuel
supplier’s storage container, as described in
section 2.2.4.3 of this appendix. Analyze oil
samples for percent sulfur content by weight
in accordance with ASTM D129–00,
Standard Test Method for Sulfur in
Petroleum Products (General Bomb Method),
ASTM D1552–01, Standard Test Method for
Sulfur in Petroleum Products (HighTemperature Method), ASTM D2622–98,
Standard Test Method for Sulfur in
Petroleum Products by Wavelength
Dispersive X-ray Fluorescence Spectrometry,
ASTM D4294–98, Standard Test Method for
Sulfur in Petroleum and Petroleum Products
by Energy-Dispersive X-ray Fluorescence
Spectrometry, or ASTM D5453–06, Standard
Test Method for Determination of Total
Sulfur in Light Hydrocarbons, Spark Ignition
Engine Fuel, Diesel Engine Fuel, and Engine
Oil by Ultraviolet Fluorescence (all
incorporated by reference under § 75.6 of this
part). Alternatively, the oil samples may be
analyzed for percent sulfur by any consensus
standard method prescribed for the affected
unit under part 60 of this chapter.
2.2.6 Where the flowmeter records
volumetric flow rate rather than mass flow
rate, analyze oil samples to determine the
density or specific gravity of the oil.
Determine the density or specific gravity of
the oil sample in accordance with ASTM
D287–92 (Reapproved 2000), Standard Test
Method for API Gravity of Crude Petroleum
and Petroleum Products (Hydrometer
Method), ASTM D1217–93 (Reapproved
1998), Standard Test Method for Density and
Relative Density (Specific Gravity) of Liquids
by Bingham Pycnometer, ASTM D1481–93
(Reapproved 1997), Standard Test Method for
Density and Relative Density (Specific
Gravity) of Viscous Materials by Lipkin
Bicapillary Pycnometer, ASTM D1480–93
(Reapproved 1997), Standard Test Method for
Density and Relative Density (Specific
Gravity) of Viscous Materials by Bingham
Pycnometer, ASTM D1298–99, Standard Test
Method for Density, Relative Density
(Specific Gravity), or API Gravity of Crude
Petroleum and Liquid Petroleum Products by
Hydrometer Method, or ASTM D4052–96
(Reapproved 2002), Standard Test Method for
Density and Relative Density of Liquids by
Digital Density Meter (all incorporated by
reference under § 75.6 of this part).
Alternatively, the oil samples may be
analyzed for density or specific gravity by
any consensus standard method prescribed
for the affected unit under part 60 of this
chapter.
2.2.7 Analyze oil samples to determine
the heat content of the fuel. Determine oil
heat content in accordance with ASTM
D240–00, Standard Test Method for Heat of
Combustion of Liquid Hydrocarbon Fuels by
Bomb Calorimeter, ASTM D4809–00,
Standard Test Method for Heat of
Combustion of Liquid Hydrocarbon Fuels by
Bomb Calorimeter (Precision Method), or
ASTM D5865–01a, Standard Test Method for
Gross Calorific Value of Coal and Coke (all
incorporated by reference under § 75.6 of this
part) or any other procedures listed in section
5.5 of appendix F of this part. Alternatively,
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
the oil samples may be analyzed for heat
content by any consensus standard method
prescribed for the affected unit under part 60
of this chapter.
percent methane requirement is also met.
The effective date of the annual total sulfur
sampling requirement is January 1, 2003.
*
2.3.3.1.2 Use one of the following
methods when using manual sampling (as
applicable to the type of gas combusted) to
determine the sulfur content of the fuel:
ASTM D1072–06, Standard Test Method for
Total Sulfur in Fuel Gases by Combustion
and Barium Chloride Titration, ASTM
D4468–85 (Reapproved 2006), Standard Test
Method for Total Sulfur in Gaseous Fuels by
Hydrogenolysis and Rateometric Colorimetry,
ASTM D5504–01, Standard Test Method for
Determination of Sulfur Compounds in
Natural Gas and Gaseous Fuels by Gas
Chromatography and Chemiluminescence,
ASTM D6667–04, Standard Test Method for
Determination of Total Volatile Sulfur in
Gaseous Hydrocarbons and Liquefied
Petroleum Gases by Ultraviolet Fluorescence,
or ASTM D3246–96, Standard Test Method
for Sulfur in Petroleum Gas by Oxidative
Microcoulometry, (all incorporated by
reference under § 75.6 of this part).
Alternatively, the gas samples may be
analyzed for percent sulfur by any consensus
standard method prescribed for the affected
unit under part 60 of this chapter.
*
*
*
2.3.1.4 * * *
(a) * * *
(2) Historical fuel sampling data for the
previous 12 months, documenting the total
sulfur content of the fuel and the GCV and/
or percentage by volume of methane. The
results of all sample analyses obtained by or
provided to the owner or operator in the
previous 12 months shall be used in the
demonstration, and each sample result must
meet the definition of pipeline natural gas in
§ 72.2 of this chapter, except where the
results of at least 100 daily (or more frequent)
total sulfur samples are provided by the fuel
supplier. In that case you may opt to convert
these data to monthly averages and then if,
for each month, the average total sulfur
content is 0.5 grains/100 scf or less, and if
the GCV or percent methane requirement is
also met, the fuel qualifies as pipeline natural
gas. Alternatively, the fuel qualifies as
pipeline natural gas if ≥ 98 percent of the 100
(or more) samples have a total sulfur content
of 0.5 grains/100 scf or less and if the GCV
or percent methane requirement is also met;
or
*
*
*
*
*
(e) If a fuel qualifies as pipeline natural gas
based on the specifications in a fuel contract
or tariff sheet, no additional, on-going
sampling of the fuel’s total sulfur content is
required, provided that the contract or tariff
sheet is current, valid and representative of
the fuel combusted in the unit. If the fuel
qualifies as pipeline natural gas based on fuel
sampling and analysis, on-going sampling of
the fuel’s sulfur content is required annually
and whenever the fuel supply source
changes. For the purposes of this paragraph
(e), sampling ‘‘annually’’ means that at least
one sample is taken in each calendar year. If
the results of at least 100 daily (or more
frequent) total sulfur samples have been
provided by the fuel supplier since the last
annual assessment of the fuel’s sulfur
content, the data may be used as follows to
satisfy the annual sampling requirement for
the current year. If this option is chosen, all
of the data provided by the fuel supplier
shall be used. First, convert the data to
monthly averages. Then, if, for each month,
the average total sulfur content is 0.5 grains/
100 scf or less, and if the GCV or percent
methane requirement is also met, the fuel
qualifies as pipeline natural gas.
Alternatively, the fuel qualifies as pipeline
natural gas if the analysis of the 100 (or more)
total sulfur samples since the last annual
assessment shows that ≥ 98 percent of the
samples have a total sulfur content of 0.5
grains/100 scf or less and if the GCV or
*
*
*
*
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
*
*
*
*
*
2.3.4 Gross Calorific Values for Gaseous
Fuels
Determine the GCV of each gaseous fuel at
the frequency specified in this section, using
one of the following methods: ASTM D1826–
94 (Reapproved 1998), ASTM D3588–98,
ASTM D4891–89 (Reapproved 2006), GPA
Standard 2172–96, Calculation of Gross
Heating Value, Relative Density and
Compressibility Factor for Natural Gas
Mixtures from Compositional Analysis, or
GPA Standard 2261–00, Analysis for Natural
Gas and Similar Gaseous Mixtures by Gas
Chromatography (all incorporated by
reference under § 75.6 of this part). Use the
appropriate GCV value, as specified in
section 2.3.4.1, 2.3.4.2, or 2.3.4.3 of this
appendix, in the calculation of unit hourly
heat input rates. Alternatively, the gas
samples may be analyzed for heat content by
any consensus standard method prescribed
for the affected unit under part 60 of this
chapter.
2.3.4.1 GCV of Pipeline Natural Gas
* * * If multiple GCV samples are taken
and analyzed in a particular month, the GCV
values from all samples shall be averaged
arithmetically to obtain the monthly GCV.
Then, apply the monthly average GCV value
as described in paragraph (c) in section 2.3.7
of this appendix.
*
*
*
*
*
2.3.7 * * *
(b) * * *
MSo 2 − hr =
Where:
MSO2-hr = Total mass of SO2 emissions from
all fuels combusted during the hour, lb.
*
∑
all − fuels
SO2rate −1 t i
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
*
*
*
*
*
(c) For monthly samples of the fuel GCV:
(1) If the actual monthly value is to be used
in the calculations and only one sample is
taken, apply the results starting from the date
on which the sample was taken. If multiple
samples are taken and averaged, apply the
monthly average GCV value to the entire
month; or
(2) If an assumed value (contract maximum
or highest value from previous year’s
samples) is to be used in the calculations,
apply the assumed value to all hours in each
month of the quarter unless a higher value is
obtained in a monthly GCV sample (or, if
multiple samples are taken and averaged, if
the monthly average exceeds the assumed
value). In that case, if only one monthly
sample is taken, use the sampled value,
starting from the date on which the sample
was taken. If multiple samples are taken and
averaged, use the average value for the entire
month in which the assumed value was
exceeded. Consider the sample (or, if
applicable, monthly average) results to be the
new assumed value. Continue using the new
assumed value unless and until one of the
following occurs (as applicable to the
reporting option selected): The assumed
value is superseded by a higher value from
a subsequent monthly sample (or by a higher
monthly average); or the assumed value is
superseded by a new contract in which case
the new contract value becomes the assumed
value at the time the fuel specified under the
new contract begins to be combusted in the
unit; or both the calendar year in which the
new sampled value (or monthly average)
exceeded the assumed value and the
subsequent calendar year have elapsed.
*
*
*
*
*
3.2.2 Convert density, specific gravity, or
API gravity of the oil sample to density of the
oil sample at the sampling location’s
temperature using ASTM D1250–07,
Standard Guide for Use of the Petroleum
Measurement Tables (incorporated by
reference under (§ 75.6 of this part).
*
*
*
*
*
3.5.1 Hourly SO2 Mass Emissions from
the Combustion of all Fuels. Determine the
total mass emissions for each hour from the
combustion of all fuels using Equation D–12
(On and after January 1, 2009, determine the
total mass emission rate (in lbs/hr) for each
hour from the combustion of all fuels by
dividing Equation D–12 by the actual unit
operating time for the hour):
(Eq. D-12)
SO2 rate¥I = SO2 mass emission rate for each
type of gas or oil fuel combusted during
the hour, lb/hr.
PO 00000
(2) For natural gas, if only one sample is
taken, apply the results beginning at the date
on which the sample was taken. If multiple
samples are taken and averaged, apply the
results beginning at the date on which the
last sample used in the annual assessment
was taken;
ti = Time each gas or oil fuel was combusted
for the hour (fuel usage time), fraction of
an hour (in equal increments that can
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
ER24JA08.019
*
4371
4372
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
*
condition and obtain an arithmetic average of
the runs for each load condition. During each
test run on a boiler, record the boiler excess
oxygen level at 5 minute intervals.
I
*
range from one hundredth to one quarter
of an hour, at the option of the owner or
operator).
*
*
*
*
43. Appendix E to part 75 is amended
by:
I a. Adding a new sentence to the end
of section 2.1;
I b. Revising the seventh sentence of
section 2.1.2.1;
I c. Revising sections 2.1.2.2 and
2.1.2.3;
I d. Removing the phrase ‘‘(MWge or
steam load in 1000 lb/hr)’’ and adding
in its place the phrase ‘‘(MWge or steam
load in 1000 lb/hr, or mmBtu/hr thermal
output)’’, in section 2.4.1;
I e. Revising section 2.5.2; and
I f. Adding section 2.5.2.4.
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
*
*
*
*
2.5.2 Substitute missing NOX emission
rate data using the highest NOX emission rate
tabulated during the most recent set of
baseline correlation tests for the same fuel or,
if applicable, combination of fuels, except as
provided in sections 2.5.2.1, 2.5.2.2, 2.5.2.3,
and 2.5.2.4 of this appendix.
*
*
*
*
*
Appendix E to Part 75—Optional NOX
Emissions Estimation Protocol for GasFired Peaking Units and Oil-Fired
Peaking Units
2.5.2.4 Whenever 20 full calendar
quarters have elapsed following the quarter
of the last baseline correlation test for a
particular type of fuel (or fuel mixture),
without a subsequent baseline correlation
test being done for that type of fuel (or fuel
mixture), substitute the fuel-specific NOX
MER (as defined in § 72.2 of this chapter) for
each hour in which that fuel (or mixture) is
combusted until a new baseline correlation
test for that fuel (or mixture) has been
successfully completed. For fuel mixtures,
report the highest of the individual MER
values for the components of the mixture.
*
*
*
*
*
*
2.1 Initial Performance Testing
* * * The requirements in section 6.1.2 of
appendix A to this part shall be met by any
Air Emissions Testing Body (AETB)
performing O2 and NOX concentration
measurements under this appendix, either for
units using the excepted methodology in this
appendix or for units using the low mass
emissions excepted methodology in § 75.19.
*
*
*
*
*
2.1.2.1 * * * Use a minimum of 12
sample points, located according to Method
1 in appendix A–1 to part 60 of this chapter.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
*
*
*
*
*
2.1.2.2 For stationary gas turbines,
sample at a minimum of 12 points per run
at each load level. Locate the sample points
according to Method 1 in appendix A–1 to
part 60 of this chapter. For each fuel or
consistent combination of fuels (and,
optionally, for each combination of fuels),
measure the NOX and O2 concentrations at
each sampling point using methods 7E and
3A in appendices A–4 and A–2 to part 60 of
this chapter. For diesel or dual fuel
reciprocating engines, select the sampling
site to be as close as practicable to the
exhaust of the engine.
2.1.2.3 Allow the unit to stabilize for a
minimum of 15 minutes (or longer if needed
for the NOX and O2 readings to stabilize)
prior to commencing NOX, O2, and heat input
measurements. Determine the measurement
system response time according to sections
8.2.5 and 8.2.6 of method 7E in appendix A–
4 to part 60 of this chapter. When inserting
the probe into the flue gas for the first
sampling point in each traverse, sample for
at least one minute plus twice the
measurement system response time (or
longer, if necessary to obtain a stable
reading). For all other sampling points in
each traverse, sample for at least one minute
plus the measurement system response time
(or longer, if necessary to obtain a stable
reading). Perform three test runs at each load
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
*
*
*
*
44. Appendix F to Part 75 is amended
by:
I a. Removing the second and third
sentences from the introductory text of
section 2;
I b. Removing the phrase ‘‘method 19 in
appendix A of part 60 of this chapter’’
and adding in its place the phrase
‘‘Method 19 in appendix A–7 to part 60
of this chapter’’, in the last sentence of
section 3.1 and in the last sentence of
section 3.2;
I c. Adding the phrase ‘‘, or (if
applicable) in the equations in Method
19 in appendix A–7 to part 60 of this
chapter’’ after the words ‘‘of this
appendix’’, in section 3.3;
I d. Removing the second and third
sentences from section 3.3.4;
I e. Adding sections 3.3.4.1 and 3.3.4.2;
I f. Revising Table 1;
I g. Revising the text preceding
Equation F–7a, in section 3.3.6;
I h. Revising section 3.3.6.1;
I i. Revising section 3.3.6.2;
I j. Revising sections 3.3.6.3 and 3.3.6.4;
I k. Adding section 3.3.6.5;
I l. Adding the words ‘‘either measured
directly with a CO2 monitor or
calculated from wet-basis O2 data using
Equation F–14b,’’ after the words ‘‘wet
basis,’’ in the first sentence of the Ch
variable definition, and by removing the
second and third sentences from the Ch
variable definition, in section 4.1;
I m. Revising section 4.4.1;
I n. Removing the second and third
sentences from the %CO2w variable
definition in 5.2.1;
I o. Removing the second and third
sentences from the %CO2d variable
definition in 5.2.2;
I
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
p. Removing the second and third
sentences from the %O2w variable
definition, and by adding a new
sentence at the end of the paragraph, in
section 5.2.3;
I q. Removing the second and third
sentences from the %O2d variable
definition, in section 5.2.4;
I r. Revising the definition of ‘‘GCVo’’ in
paragraph (a) of section 5.5.1;
I s. Revising the definition of ‘‘GCVg’’ in
section 5.5.2;
I t. Revising section 5.5.3.1;
I u. Revising section 5.5.3.2;
I v. Removing the phrase ‘‘as measured
by ASTM D3176–89, D1989–92, D3286–
91a, or D2015–91, Btu/lb’’ and adding in
its place the phrase ‘‘as measured by
ASTM D3176–89 (Reapproved 2002), or
ASTM D5865–01a, Btu/lb. (incorporated
by reference under § 75.6 of this part).’’
in the definition of the GCVc variable in
Equation F–21;
I w. Removing the word ‘‘lb/hr’’ and
adding in its place the phrase ‘‘lb/hr, or
mmBtu/hr’’ in the definition of the SF
variable in Equation F–21b;
I x. Revising the heading and text of
section 7;
I y. Adding the words ‘‘of this
appendix’’ after the words ‘‘section 8.1,
8.2, or 8.3’’ and after the words ‘‘section
8.4’’ in the introductory text for section
8;
I z. Revising sections 8.1 and 8.1.1;
I aa. Revising section 8.2;
I bb. Adding sections 8.2.1 and 8.2.2;
I cc. Revising section 8.3;
I dd. Revising section 8.4; and
I ee. Adding section 10.
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
I
Appendix F to Part 75—Conversion
Procedures.
*
*
*
*
*
3.3.4 * * *
3.3.4.1 For boilers, a minimum
concentration of 5.0 percent CO2 or a
maximum concentration of 14.0 percent O2
may be substituted for the measured diluent
gas concentration value for any operating
hour in which the hourly average CO2
concentration is < 5.0 percent CO2 or the
hourly average O2 concentration is > 14.0
percent O2. For stationary gas turbines, a
minimum concentration of 1.0 percent CO2
or a maximum concentration of 19.0 percent
O2 may be substituted for measured diluent
gas concentration values for any operating
hour in which the hourly average CO2
concentration is < 1.0 percent CO2 or the
hourly average O2 concentration is > 19.0
percent O2.
3.3.4.2 If NOX emission rate is calculated
using either Equation 19–3 or 19–5 in
Method 19 in appendix A–7 to part 60 of this
chapter, a variant of the equation shall be
used whenever the diluent cap is applied.
The modified equations shall be designated
as Equations 19–3D and 19–5D, respectively.
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
Equation 19–3D is structurally the same as
Equation 19–3, except that the term ‘‘%O2w’’
in the denominator is replaced with the term
‘‘%O2dc × [(100¥% H2O)/100]’’, where %O2dc
is the diluent cap value. The numerator of
Equation 19–5D is the same as Equation 19–
5; however, the denominator of Equation 19–
4373
5D is simply ‘‘20.9¥%O2dc’’, where %O2dc is
the diluent cap value.
*
*
*
*
*
TABLE 1.—F- AND Fc-FACTORS 1
F-factor
(dscf/mmBtu)
Fuel
Coal (as defined by ASTM D388–99 2):
Anthracite ..............................................................................................................................................
Bituminous ............................................................................................................................................
Subbituminous ......................................................................................................................................
Lignite ...................................................................................................................................................
Petroleum Coke ...........................................................................................................................................
Tire Derived Fuel .........................................................................................................................................
Oil .................................................................................................................................................................
Gas:
Natural gas ...........................................................................................................................................
Propane ................................................................................................................................................
Butane ..................................................................................................................................................
Wood:
Bark ......................................................................................................................................................
Wood residue .......................................................................................................................................
1 Determined
FC-factor
(scf CO2/mmBtu)
10,100
9,780
9,820
9,860
9,830
10,260
9,190
1,970
1,800
1,840
1,910
1,850
1,800
1,420
8,710
8,710
8,710
1,040
1,190
1,250
9,600
9,240
1,920
1,830
at standard conditions: 20 °C (68 °F) and 29.92 inches of mercury.
by reference under § 75.6 of this part.
2 Incorporated
*
*
*
*
3.3.6 Equations F–7a and F–7b may be
used in lieu of the F or Fc factors specified
in Section 3.3.5 of this appendix to calculate
a site-specific dry-basis F factor (dscf/
mmBtu) or a site-specific Fc factor (scf CO2/
mmBtu), on either a dry or wet basis. At a
minimum, the site-specific F or Fc factor
must be based on 9 samples of the fuel. Fuel
samples taken during each run of a RATA are
acceptable for this purpose. The site-specific
F or Fc factor must be re-determined at least
annually, and the value from the most recent
determination must be used in the emission
calculations. Alternatively, the previous F or
Fc value may continue to be used if it is
higher than the value obtained in the most
recent determination. The owner or operator
shall keep records of all site-specific F or Fc
determinations, active for at least 3 years.
(Calculate all F- and Fc factors at standard
conditions of 20 °C (68 °F) and 29.92 inches
of mercury).
*
*
*
*
*
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
3.3.6.1 H, C, S, N, and O are content by
weight of hydrogen, carbon, sulfur, nitrogen,
and oxygen (expressed as percent),
respectively, as determined on the same basis
as the gross calorific value (GCV) by ultimate
analysis of the fuel combusted using ASTM
D3176–89 (Reapproved 2002), Standard
Practice for Ultimate Analysis of Coal and
Coke, (solid fuels), ASTM D5291–02,
Standard Test Methods for Instrumental
Determination of Carbon, Hydrogen, and
Nitrogen in Petroleum Products and
Lubricants, (liquid fuels) or computed from
results using ASTM D1945–96 (Reapproved
2001), Standard Test Method for Analysis of
Natural Gas by Gas Chromatography, or
ASTM D1946–90 (Reapproved 2006),
Standard Practice for Analysis of Reformed
Gas by Gas Chromatography, (gaseous fuels)
as applicable. (All of these methods are
incorporated by reference under § 75.6 of this
part.)
3.3.6.2 GCV is the gross calorific value
(Btu/lb) of the fuel combusted determined by
ASTM D5865–01a, Standard Test Method for
Gross Calorific Value of Coal and Coke, and
ASTM D240–00, Standard Test Method for
Heat of Combustion of Liquid Hydrocarbon
Fuels by Bomb Calorimeter, or ASTM
D4809–00, Standard Test Method for Heat of
Combustion of Liquid Hydrocarbon Fuels by
Bomb Calorimeter (Precision Method) for oil;
and ASTM D3588–98, Standard Practice for
Calculating Heat Value, Compressibility
Factor, and Relative Density of Gaseous
Where,
Xi = Fraction of total heat input derived from
each type of fuel (e.g., natural gas,
bituminous coal, wood). Each Xi value
shall be determined from the best
available information on the quantity of
fuel combusted and the GCV value, over
a specified time period. The owner or
operator shall explain the method used
VerDate Aug<31>2005
21:35 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
PO 00000
to calculate Xi in the hardcopy portion
of the monitoring plan for the unit. The
Xi values may be determined and
updated either hourly, daily, weekly, or
monthly. In all cases, the prorated Ffactor used in the emission calculations
shall be determined using the Xi values
from the most recent update.
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Fuels, ASTM D4891–89 (Reapproved 2006),
Standard Test Method for Heating Value of
Gases in Natural Gas Range by Stoichiometric
Combustion, GPA Standard 2172–96
Calculation of Gross Heating Value, Relative
Density and Compressibility Factor for
Natural Gas Mixtures from Compositional
Analysis, GPA Standard 2261–00 Analysis
for Natural Gas and Similar Gaseous
Mixtures by Gas Chromatography, or ASTM
D1826–94 (Reapproved 1998), Standard Test
Method for Calorific (Heating) Value of Gases
in Natural Gas Range by Continuous
Recording Calorimeter, for gaseous fuels, as
applicable. (All of these methods are
incorporated by reference under § 75.6 of this
part).
3.3.6.3 For affected units that combust a
combination of a fuel (or fuels) listed in
Table 1 in section 3.3.5 of this appendix with
any fuel(s) not listed in Table 1, the F or Fc
value is subject to the Administrator’s
approval under § 75.66.
3.3.6.4 For affected units that combust
combinations of fuels listed in Table 1 in
section 3.3.5 of this appendix, prorate the F
or Fc factors determined by section 3.3.5 or
3.3.6 of this appendix in accordance with the
applicable formula as follows:
Fi or (Fc)i = Applicable F or Fc factor for each
fuel type determined in accordance with
Section 3.3.5 or 3.3.6 of this appendix.
n = Number of fuels being combusted in
combination.
3.3.6.5 As an alternative to prorating the
F or Fc factor as described in section 3.3.6.4
of this appendix, a ‘‘worst-case’’ F or Fc factor
may be reported for any unit operating hour.
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
ER24JA08.020
*
4374
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
*
*
*
Where:
CO2d = Hourly average CO2 concentration
during unit operation, percent by
volume, dry basis.
Where:
CO2w = Hourly average CO2 concentration
during unit operation, percent by
volume, wet basis.
O2w = Hourly average O2 concentration
during unit operation, percent by
volume, wet basis.
F, Fc = F-factor or carbon-based FC-factor
from section 3.3.5 of this appendix.
20.9 = Percentage of O2 in ambient air.
%H2O = Moisture content of gas in the stack,
percent.
For any hour where Equation F–14a or F–
14b results in a negative hourly average CO2
value, 0.0% CO2w shall be recorded as the
average CO2 value for that hour.
*
*
*
5. Procedures for Heat Input
*
*
*
*
*
5.2.3 * * * For any operating hour where
Equation F–17 results in an hourly heat input
rate that is ≤ 0.0 mmBtu/hr, 1.0 mmBtu/hr
shall be recorded and reported as the heat
input rate for that hour.
*
*
*
*
*
5.5.1 (a) * * *
GCVo = Gross calorific value of oil, as
measured by ASTM D240–00, ASTM D5865–
01a, or ASTM D4809–00 for each oil sample
under section 2.2 of appendix D to this part,
Btu/unit mass (all incorporated by reference
under (§ 75.6 of this part).
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
*
*
*
*
*
5.5.2 * * *
GCVg = Gross calorific value of gaseous
fuel, as determined by sampling (for each
delivery for gaseous fuel in lots, for each
daily gas sample for gaseous fuel delivered
by pipeline, for each hourly average for gas
measured hourly with a gas chromatograph,
or for each monthly sample of pipeline
natural gas, or as verified by the contractual
supplier at least once every month pipeline
natural gas is combusted, as specified in
section 2.3 of appendix D to this part) using
ASTM D1826–94 (Reapproved 1998), ASTM
D3588–98, ASTM D4891–89 (Reapproved
2006), GPA Standard 2172–96 Calculation of
Gross Heating Value, Relative Density and
Compressibility Factor for Natural Gas
VerDate Aug<31>2005
21:26 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
*
2d
= 100
Fc 20.9 − O 2 d
F
20.9
100 Fc
20.9 F
O2d = Hourly average O2 concentration
during unit operation, percent by
volume, dry basis.
100 − % H 2 O
20.9
− O2w
100
(Eq. F-14b)
Mixtures from Compositional Analysis, or
GPA Standard 2261–00 Analysis for Natural
Gas and Similar Gaseous Mixtures by Gas
Chromatography, Btu/100 scf (all
incorporated by reference under § 75.6 of this
part).
*
*
*
*
*
5.5.3.1 Perform coal sampling daily
according to section 5.3.2.2 in Method 19 in
appendix A to part 60 of this chapter and use
ASTM D2234–00, Standard Practice for
Collection of a Gross Sample of Coal,
(incorporated by reference under § 75.6 of
this part) Type I, Conditions A, B, or C and
systematic spacing for sampling. (When
performing coal sampling solely for the
purposes of the missing data procedures in
§ 75.36, use of ASTM D2234–00 is optional,
and coal samples may be taken weekly.)
5.5.3.2 All ASTM methods are
incorporated by reference under § 75.6 of this
part. Use ASTM D2013–01, Standard Practice
for Preparing Coal Samples for Analysis, for
preparation of a daily coal sample and
analyze each daily coal sample for gross
calorific value using ASTM D5865–01a,
Standard Test Method for Gross Calorific
Value of Coal and Coke. On-line coal analysis
may also be used if the on-line analytical
instrument has been demonstrated to be
equivalent to the applicable ASTM methods
under §§ 75.23 and 75.66.
*
*
*
*
*
7. Procedures for SO2 Mass Emissions, Using
Default SO2 Emission Rates and Heat Input
Measured by CEMS
The owner or operator shall use Equation
F–23 to calculate hourly SO2 mass emissions
in accordance with § 75.11(e)(1) during the
combustion of gaseous fuel, for a unit that
uses a flow monitor and a diluent gas
monitor to measure heat input, and that
qualifies to use a default SO2 emission rate
under section 2.3.1.1, 2.3.2.1.1, or 2.3.6(b) of
appendix D to this part. Equation F–23 may
also be applied to the combustion of solid or
liquid fuel that meets the definition of very
low sulfur fuel in § 72.2 of this chapter,
combinations of such fuels, or mixtures of
such fuels with gaseous fuel, if the owner or
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
factors from section 3.3.5 of this appendix
shall be used in one of the following
equations (as applicable) to determine hourly
average CO2 concentration of flue gases (in
percent by volume) from the measured
hourly average O2 concentration:
(Eq. F-14a)
F, FC = F-factor or carbon-based Fc-factor
from section 3.3.5 of this appendix.
20.9 = Percentage of O2 in ambient air.
CO 2 w =
*
*
4.4.1 If the owner or operator elects to use
data from an O2 monitor to calculate CO2
concentration, the appropriate F and FC
*
CO
*
*
operator has received approval from the
Administrator under § 75.66 to use a sitespecific default SO2 emission rate for the fuel
or mixture of fuels.
E h = ( ER )( HI )
(Eq. F-23)
Where:
Eh = Hourly SO2 mass emission rate, lb/hr.
ER = Applicable SO2 default emission rate for
gaseous fuel combustion, from section
2.3.1.1, 2.3.2.1.1, or 2.3.6(b) of appendix
D to this part, or other default SO2
emission rate for the combustion of very
low sulfur liquid or solid fuel,
combinations of such fuels, or mixtures
of such fuels with gaseous fuel, as
approved by the Administrator under
§ 75.66, lb/mmBtu.
HI = Hourly heat input rate, determined
using the procedures in section 5.2 of
this appendix, mmBtu/hr.
8. Procedures for NOX Mass Emissions
*
*
*
*
*
8.1 The own or operator may use the
hourly NOX emission rate and the hourly
heat input rate to calculate the NOX mass
emissions in pounds or the NOX mass
emission rate in pounds per hour, (as
required by the applicable reporting format),
for each unit or stack operating hour, as
follows:
8.1.1 If both NOX emission rate and heat
input rate are monitored at the same unit or
stack level (e.g., the NOX emission rate value
and the heat input rate value both represent
all of the units exhausting to the common
stack), then (as required by the applicable
reporting format) either:
(a) Use Equation F–24 to calculate the
hourly NOX mass emissions (lb).
M ( NOx )h = ER ( NOx )h HI h t h
(Eq. F-24)
Where:
M(NOX)h = NOX mass emissions in lbs for the
hour.
ER(NOX)h = Hourly average NOX emission rate
for hour h, lb/mmBtu, from section 3 of
this appendix, from Method 19 in
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
ER24JA08.024
*
*
ER24JA08.022 ER24JA08.023
*
4. Procedure for CO2 Mass Emissions
ER24JA08.021
The worst-case F or Fc factor shall be the
highest F or Fc value for any of the fuels
combusted in the unit.
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
Where:
E(NOX)h = NOX mass emissions rate in lbs/hr
for the hour.
*
*
E ( NOX ) h = K Chd Q h
Where:
E(NOX)h = NOX mass emissions rate, lb/hr.
K = 1.194 x 10¥7 for NOX, (lb/scf)/ppm.
Chd = Hourly average NOX concentration
during unit operation, dry basis, ppm.
Qh = Hourly average volumetric flow rate
during unit operation, wet basis, scfh.
%H2O = Hourly average stack moisture
content during unit operation, percent by
volume.
8.3 When hourly NOX mass emissions are
reported in pounds and are determined using
a NOX concentration monitoring system and
a flow monitoring system, calculate NOX
mass emissions (lb) for each unit or stack
*
(100 − %H 2O )
(100 )
( Eq. F-26c )
h
Where:
E(NOX)h = NOX mass emissions rate in lb/hr.
K = 1.194 x 10¥7 for NOX, (lb/scf)/ppm.
Chw = Hourly average NOX concentration
during unit operation, wet basis, ppm.
Qh = Hourly average volumetric flow rate
during unit operation, wet basis, scfh.
8.2.2 When NOX mass emissions are
determined using a dry basis NOX
concentration monitoring system and a wet
basis flow monitoring system, first calculate
hourly NOX mass emission rate (in lb/hr)
during unit (or stack) operation, using
Equation F–26b. (Include bias-adjusted flow
rate or NOX concentration values, where the
bias-test procedures in appendix A to this
part shows a bias-adjustment factor is
necessary.)
( Eq. F-26b )
operating hour by multiplying the hourly
NOX mass emission rate (lb/hr) by the unit
operating time for the hour, as follows:
M ( NOX ) = E h t h
(Eq. F-26a)
h
Where:
M(NOX)h = NOX mass emissions for the hour,
lb.
Eh = Hourly NOX mass emission rate during
unit (or stack) operation from Equation
F–26a in section 8.2.1 of this appendix
or Equation F–26b in section 8.2.2 of this
appendix (as applicable), lb/hr.
th = Unit operating time or stack operating
time (as defined in § 72.2 of this chapter)
for hour ‘‘h’’, in hours or fraction of an
hour (in equal increments that can range
from one hundredth to one quarter of an
hour, at the option of the owner or
operator).
8.4 Use the following procedures to
calculate quarterly, cumulative ozone season,
and cumulative yearly NOX mass emissions,
in tons:
(a) When hourly NOX mass emissions are
reported in lb., use Eq. F–27.
p
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Where:
M(NOX)time period = NOX mass emissions in tons
for the given time period (quarter,
cumulative ozone season, cumulative
year-to-date).
time period
=
∑ M ( NO )
X h
h =1
2000
( Eq. F-27 )
M(NOX)h = NOX mass emissions in lb for the
hour.
p = The number of hours in the given time
period (quarter, cumulative ozone
season, cumulative year-to-date).
(b) When hourly NOX mass emission rate
is reported in lb/hr, use Eq. F–27a.
ER24JA08.026 ER24JA08.027
M ( NOX )
p
M ( NOX )
VerDate Aug<31>2005
21:26 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
PO 00000
time period
=
Frm 00065
∑ E(
h =1
t
NOX ) h h
2000
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
ER24JA08.030
(Eq. F-24a)
h
*
8.2 Alternatively, the owner or operator
may use the hourly NOX concentration (as
measured by a NOX concentration monitoring
system) and the hourly stack gas volumetric
flow rate to calculate the NOX mass emission
rate (lb/hr) for each unit or stack operating
hour, in accordance with section 8.2.1 or
8.2.2 of this appendix (as applicable). If the
hourly NOX mass emissions are to be
reported in lb, Equation F–26c in section 8.3
of this appendix shall be used to convert the
hourly NOX mass emission rates to hourly
NOX mass emissions (lb).
E ( NOx ) = K Chw Q h
ER24JA08.029
h
*
8.2.1 When the NOX concentration
monitoring system measures on a wet basis,
first calculate the hourly NOX mass emission
rate (in lb/hr) during unit (or stack)
operation, using Equation F–26a. (Include
bias-adjusted flow rate or NOX concentration
values, where the bias-test procedures in
appendix A to this part shows a biasadjustment factor is necessary.)
( Eq. F-27a )
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
ER24JA08.028
E ( NOx ) = ER ( NOx ) HI h
ER(NOX)h = Hourly average NOX emission rate
for hour h, lb/mmBtu, from section 3 of
this appendix, from Method 19 in
appendix A–7 to part 60 of this chapter,
or from section 3.3 of appendix E to this
part. (Include bias-adjusted NOX
emission rate values, where the bias-test
procedures in appendix A to this part
shows a bias-adjustment factor is
necessary.)
HIh = Hourly average heat input rate for hour
h, mmBtu/hr. (Include bias-adjusted flow
rate values, where the bias-test
procedures in appendix A to this part
shows a bias-adjustment factor is
necessary.)
24JAR2
ER24JA08.025
appendix A–7 to part 60 of this chapter,
or from section 3.3 of appendix E to this
part. (Include bias-adjusted NOX
emission rate values, where the bias-test
procedures in appendix A to this part
shows a bias-adjustment factor is
necessary.)
HIh = Hourly average heat input rate for hour
h, mmBtu/hr. (Include bias-adjusted flow
rate values, where the bias-test
procedures in appendix A to this part
shows a bias-adjustment factor is
necessary.)
th = Monitoring location operating time for
hour h, in hours or fraction of an hour
(in equal increments that can range from
one hundredth to one quarter of an hour,
at the option of the owner or operator).
If the combined NOX emission rate and
heat input are monitored for all of the
units in a common stack, the monitoring
location operating time is equal to the
total time when any of those units was
exhausting through the common stack; or
(b) Use Equation F–24a to calculate the
hourly NOX mass emission rate (lb/hr).
4375
4376
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
th = Monitoring location operating time for
hour h, in hours or fraction of an hour
(in equal increments that can range from
one hundredth to one quarter of an hour,
at the option of the owner or operator).
Where:
M(NOX)time period = NOX mass emissions in tons
for the given time period (quarter,
cumulative ozone season, cumulative
year-to-date).
E(NOX)h = NOX mass emission rate in lb/hr for
the hour.
p = The number of hours in the given time
period (quarter, cumulative ozone
season, cumulative year-to-date).
*
*
%H 2O =
Where:
% H2O = Hourly average stack gas moisture
content, percent H2O
O2d = Dry-basis hourly average oxygen
concentration, percent O2
O2w = Wet-basis hourly average oxygen
concentration, percent O2
*
*
( O2d − O2 w ) ×100
O2d
( Eq. F-31)
Nitrogen in Laboratory Samples of Coal
and Coke’’ in section 2.2.2.
The revisions read as follows:
Appendix G to Part 75—Determination
of CO2 Emissions.
*
45. Appendix G to Part 75 is amended
by:
I a. Revising section 2.1.2;
I b. Removing ‘‘D3174–89 ‘Standard
Test Method for Ash in the Analysis
Sample of Coal and Coke From Coal’ ’’
and by adding in its place, ‘‘D3174–00,
Standard Test Method for Ash in the
Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke from
Coal’’ in section 2.2.1; and
I c. Removing ‘‘D3178–89 (1997),
‘Standard Test Methods for Carbon and
Hydrogen in the Analysis Sample of
Coal and Coke’ ’’ and adding in its place
‘‘D5373–02 (Reapproved 2007),
Standard Test Methods for Instrumental
Determination of Carbon, Hydrogen, and
I
*
10. Moisture Determination From Wet and
Dry O2 Readings
If a correction for the stack gas moisture
content is required in any of the emissions
*
*
*
or heat input calculations described in this
appendix, and if the hourly moisture content
is determined from wet- and dry-basis O2
readings, use Equation F–31 to calculate the
percent moisture, unless a ‘‘K’’ factor or other
mathematical algorithm is developed as
described in section 6.5.7(a) of appendix A
to this part:
*
2.1.2 Determine the carbon content of
each fuel sample using one of the following
methods: ASTM D3178–89 (Reapproved
2002) or ASTM D5373–02 (Reapproved 2007)
for coal; ASTM D5291–02, Standard Test
Methods for Instrumental Determination of
Carbon, Hydrogen, and Nitrogen in
Petroleum Products and Lubricants, ultimate
analysis of oil, or computations based upon
ASTM D3238–95 (Reapproved 2000) and
either ASTM D2502–92 (Reapproved 1996) or
ASTM D2503–92 (Reapproved 1997) for oil;
and computations based on ASTM D1945–96
(Reapproved 2001) or ASTM D1946–90
(Reapproved 2006) for gas (all incorporated
by reference under § 75.6 of this part).
*
*
*
*
*
46. Appendix K to Part 75 is amended
by:
I
I a. Removing the words ‘‘(see
§§ 75.11(b) and 75.12(b))’’ and adding in
its place the words ‘‘(see § 75.11(b))’’ in
section 5;
I b. Adding a sentence to the end of
section 7.2.3;
I c. Removing the words ‘‘or § 75.12(b)’’
and ‘‘or § 75.12,’’ from section 7.2.4;
I d. Revising Table K–1 of section 8;
and
I e. Adding the words ‘‘or in Table K–
1’’ following the words ‘‘§ 75.15(h)’’ in
the second sentence of section 11.8.
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
Appendix K to Part 75—Quality
Assurance and Operating Procedures
for Sorbent Trap Monitoring Systems
*
*
*
*
*
7.2.3 * * * The sample flow rate through
a sorbent trap monitoring system during any
hour (or portion of an hour) in which the unit
is not operating shall be zero.
*
*
*
*
*
TABLE K–1.—QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL CRITERIA FOR SORBENT TRAP MONITORING SYSTEMS
Acceptance criteria
Frequency
Consequences if not met
Pre-test leak check .........................
≤4% of target sampling rate .........
Prior to sampling ..........................
Post-test leak check ........................
Ratio of stack gas flow rate to sample flow rate.
≤4% of average sampling rate .....
No more than 5% of the hourly
ratios or 5 hourly ratios (whichever is less restrictive) may deviate from the reference ratio
by more than ± 25%.
≤5% of Section 1 Hg mass ..........
After sampling ..............................
Every hour throughout data collection period.
Sampling shall not commence
until the leak check is passed.
** See Note, below.
** See Note, below.
Every sample ...............................
** See Note, below.
≤10% Relative Deviation (RD) if
the average concentration is >
1.0 µg/m3.
≤ 20% RD if the average concentration is ≤ 1.0 µg/m3.
Results are also acceptable if absolute difference between concentrations from paired traps is
≤ 0.03 µg/m3.
Average recovery between 85%
and 115% for each of the 3
spike concentration levels.
Each analyzer reading within ±
10% of true value and r2 ≥ 0.99.
Every sample ...............................
Either invalidate the data from the
paired traps or report the results from the trap with the
higher Hg concentration.
Prior to analyzing field samples
and prior to use of new sorbent
media.
On the day of analysis, before
analyzing any samples.
Field samples shall not be analyzed until the percent recovery
criteria has been met
Recalibrate until successful.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Sorbent trap section 2 breakthrough.
Paired sorbent trap agreement .......
Spike Recovery Study .....................
Multipoint analyzer calibration .........
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:42 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
ER24JA08.031
QA/QC test or specification
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 / Rules and Regulations
4377
TABLE K–1.—QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL CRITERIA FOR SORBENT TRAP MONITORING SYSTEMS—Continued
QA/QC test or specification
Acceptance criteria
Frequency
Consequences if not met
Analysis of independent calibration
standard.
Within ± 10% of true value ..........
Following daily calibration, prior to
analyzing field samples.
Spike recovery from section 3 of
sorbent trap.
RATA ...............................................
75–125% of spike amount ...........
Every sample ...............................
Recalibrate and repeat independent standard analysis until
successful.
** See Note, below.
RA ≤ 20.0% or Mean difference ≤
1.0 µg/dscm for low emitters.
Calibration factor (Y) within ± 5%
of average value from the most
recent 3-point calibration.
For initial certification and annually thereafter.
At three settings prior to initial
use and at least quarterly at
one setting thereafter. For
mass flow meters, initial calibration with stack gas is required.
Prior to initial use and at least
quarterly thereafter.
Data from the system are invalidated until a RATA is passed.
Recalibrate the meter at three orifice settings to determine a
new value of Y.
Prior to initial use and at least
quarterly thereafter.
Recalibrate. Instrument may not
be used until specification is
met.
Gas flow meter calibration ..............
Temperature sensor calibration ......
Barometer calibration ......................
Absolute temperature measured
by sensor within ± 1.5% of a
reference sensor.
Absolute pressure measured by
instrument within ± 10 mm Hg
of reading with a mercury barometer.
Recalibrate. Sensor may not be
used until specification is met.
** Note: If both traps fail to meet the acceptance criteria, the data from the pair of traps are invalidated. However, if only one of the paired traps
fails to meet this particular acceptance criterion and the other sample meets all of the applicable QA criteria, the results of the valid trap may be
used for reporting under this part, provided that the measured Hg concentration is multiplied by a factor of 1.111. When the data from both traps
are invalidated and quality-assured data from a certified backup monitoring system, reference method, or approved alternative monitoring system
are unavailable, missing data substitution must be used.
*
*
*
*
*
[FR Doc. E7–25071 Filed 1–23–08; 8:45 am]
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
BILLING CODE 6560–50–P
VerDate Aug<31>2005
21:58 Jan 23, 2008
Jkt 214001
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\24JAR2.SGM
24JAR2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 73, Number 16 (Thursday, January 24, 2008)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 4312-4377]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: E7-25071]
[[Page 4311]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part II
Environmental Protection Agency
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
40 CFR Parts 72 and 75
Revisions to the Continuous Emissions Monitoring Rule for the Acid Rain
Program, NOX Budget Trading Program, Clean Air Interstate
Rule, and the Clean Air Mercury Rule; Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 16 / Thursday, January 24, 2008 /
Rules and Regulations
[[Page 4312]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
40 CFR Parts 72 and 75
[EPA-HQ-OAR-2005-0132; FRL-8511-1]
RIN 2060-AN16
Revisions to the Continuous Emissions Monitoring Rule for the
Acid Rain Program, NOX Budget Trading Program, Clean Air
Interstate Rule, and the Clean Air Mercury Rule
AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
ACTION: Final rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: EPA is finalizing rule revisions that modify existing
requirements for sources affected by the federally administered
emission trading programs including the NOX Budget Trading
Program, the Acid Rain Program, the Clean Air Interstate Rule, and the
Clean Air Mercury Rule.
The revisions are prompted primarily by changes being implemented
by EPA's Clean Air Markets Division in its data systems in order to
utilize the latest modern technology for the submittal of data by
affected sources. Other revisions address issues that have been raised
during program implementation, fix specific inconsistencies in rule
provisions, or update sources incorporated by reference. These
revisions do not impose significant new requirements upon sources with
regard to monitoring or quality assurance activities.
DATES: This final rule is effective on January 24, 2008, for good cause
found as explained in this rule.
The incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in
the rule is approved by the Director of the Federal Register as of
January 24, 2008, for good cause found as explained in this rule.
ADDRESSES: The EPA has established a docket for this action under
Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2005-0132. All documents in the docket are
listed in the www.regulations.gov index. Although listed in the index,
some information is not publicly available, e.g., CBI or other
information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Certain other
material, such as copyrighted material, will be publicly available only
in hard copy. Publicly available docket materials are available either
electronically in www.regulations.gov or in hard copy at the Air and
Radiation Docket, EPA/DC, EPA West Building, EPA Headquarters Library,
Room 3334, 1301 Constitution Avenue, NW., Washington, DC. The Public
Reading Room is open from 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through
Friday, excluding legal holidays. The telephone number for the Public
Reading Room is (202) 566-1744, and the telephone number for the Air
and Radiation Docket is (202) 566-1742.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Matthew Boze, Clean Air Markets
Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Clean Air Markets
Division, MC 6204J, Ariel Rios Building, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW.,
Washington, DC 20460, telephone (202) 343-9211, e-mail at
boze.matthew@epa.gov. Electronic copies of this document can be
accessed through the EPA Web site at: https://www.epa.gov/airmarkets.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Regulated Entities. Entities regulated by
this action primarily are fossil fuel-fired boilers, turbines, and
combined cycle units that serve generators that produce electricity,
generate steam, or cogenerate electricity and steam. Some trading
programs include process sources, such as process heaters or cement
kilns. Although Part 75 primarily regulates the electric utility
industry, certain State and Federal NOX mass emission
trading programs rely on subpart H of Part 75, and those programs may
include boilers, turbines, combined cycle, and certain process units
from other industries. Regulated categories and entities include:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Examples of potentially regulated
Category NAICS code industries
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Industry................................ 221112 and others.......... Electric service providers Process
sources with large boilers, turbines,
combined cycle units, process heaters,
or cement kilns where emissions exhaust
through a stack.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This table is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather to provide
a guide for readers regarding entities likely to be regulated by this
action. This table lists the types of entities which EPA is now aware
could potentially be regulated by this action. Other types of entities
not listed in this table could also be regulated. To determine whether
your facility, company, business, organization, etc., is regulated by
this action, you should carefully examine the applicability provisions
in Sec. Sec. 72.6, 72.7, and 72.8 of title 40 of the Code of Federal
Regulations and in 40 CFR Parts 96 and 97. If you have questions
regarding the applicability of this action to a particular entity,
consult the person listed in the preceding FOR FURTHER INFORMATION
CONTACT section.
World Wide Web (WWW). In addition to being available in the docket,
an electronic copy of the final rule is also available on the WWW
through the Technology Transfer Network Web site (TTN Web). Following
signature, a copy of the rule will be posted on the TTN's policy and
guidance page for newly proposed or promulgated rules at https://
www.epa.gov/ttn/oarpg. The TTN provides information and technology
exchange in various areas of air pollution control.
Judicial Review. Under CAA section 307(b), judicial review of this
final action is available only by filing a petition for review in the
U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit on or before
March 24, 2008. Under CAA section 307(d)(7)(B), only those objections
to the final rule that were raised with specificity during the period
for public comment may be raised during judicial review. Moreover,
under CAA section 307(b)(2), the requirements established by today's
final rule may not be challenged separately in any civil or criminal
proceedings brought by EPA to enforce these requirements. Section
307(d)(7)(B) also provides a mechanism for the EPA to convene a
proceeding for reconsideration if the petitioner demonstrates that it
was impracticable to raise an objection during the public comment
period or if the grounds for such objection arose after the comment
period (but within the time for judicial review) and if the objection
is of central relevance to the rule. Any person seeking to make such a
demonstration to EPA should submit a Petition for Reconsideration,
clearly labeled as such, to the Office of the Administrator, U.S. EPA,
Room 3000, Ariel Rios Building, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., Washington, DC
20460, with a copy to the Associate General Counsel for the Air and
Radiation Law Office, Office of General Counsel, Mail Code 2344A, U.S.
EPA, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW., Washington, DC 20460.
Outline
I. Detailed Discussion of Rule Revisions
A. Rule Definitions
B. General Monitoring Provisions
C. Certification Requirements
[[Page 4313]]
D. Missing Data Substitution
E. Recordkeeping and Reporting
F. Subpart H (NOX Mass Emissions)
G. Subpart I (Hg Mass Emissions)
H. Appendix A
I. Appendix B
J. Appendix D
K. Appendix E
L. Appendix F
M. Appendix G
N. Appendix K
O. Other Rule Revisions
II. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews
A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory Planning and Review
B. Paperwork Reduction Act
C. Regulatory Flexibility Act
D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
E. Executive Order: 13132: Federalism
F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation and Coordination With
Indian Tribal Governments
G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of Children From
Environmental Health and Safety Risks
H. Executive Order 13211: Actions That Significantly Affect
Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use
I. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act
J. Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions To Address
Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income
Populations
K. Congressional Review Act
L. Petition for Judicial Review
M. Determination Under Section 307(d)
I. Detailed Discussion of Rule Revisions
EPA is in the process of re-engineering the data systems associated
with the collection and processing of emissions, monitoring plan,
quality assurance, and certification data. The re-engineering project
includes the creation of a client tool, provided by EPA that sources
will use to evaluate and submit their Part 75 monitoring data. This
process change will enable sources to assess the quality of their data
prior to submitting the data using EPA established checking criteria.
The process will also allow sources to report their data directly to a
database. Having the data in a true database will allow the Agency to
implement and assess the program more efficiently and will streamline
access to the data. Also, this database structure will enable EPA to
implement process changes that will reduce the redundant reporting of
certain types of data. The re-engineered systems will be supported by a
new extensible markup language (XML) data format that will replace the
record type/column format currently used by EPA to collect electronic
data. EPA intends to transition existing sources to the new XML
electronic data report (XML-EDR) format during the 2008 reporting year.
For sources reporting in 2008 for the first time, the new XML-EDR
format should be used. All sources will be required to use the new
process beginning in 2009.
Therefore, EPA finds good cause to determine that the final rule is
effective on January 24, 2008. EPA normally issues final regulations
with at least a 30-day effective date after Federal Register
publication. However, this provision of the rule which pertains to the
re-engineering of the Clean Air Markets Division's data systems and to
implementation of the Clean Air Mercury Regulation (CAMR), must be
effective by January 1, 2008. Today's rule allows sources the option of
reporting emissions data in the new XML data reporting format in 2008,
one year before the use of XML becomes mandatory. The final rule
provides the necessary record keeping and reporting requirements to
support the XML format. Second, sources subject to CAMR are required to
install and certify continuous mercury (Hg) monitoring systems by
January 1, 2009. To meet this deadline, companies with multiple CAMR-
affected units will begin monitor certification testing in the first
quarter of 2008. As described in Sections I.C.3 and I.O.3., today's
rule adds two recently-published Hg test methods, i.e., Methods 30A and
30B, to Part 75 as alternatives to the Ontario Hydro Method. For many
sources, 30A and 30B will be the test methods of choice. Third, as
discussed in Section I.A., today's rule defers until January 1, 2010
the requirement for the calibration standards used to certify Hg
continuous emission monitoring systems (CEMS) under CAMR to be
traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST).
Fourth, for CAMR units that seek to qualify as low mass emitting units
under Sec. 75.81, Hg emission testing is required in 2008. As
discussed in Section G.2., today's rule adds considerable flexibility
to the way in which this testing is conducted, particularly for common
stack configurations and groups of identical units. The use of Methods
30A and 30B for this testing is also desirable. Absent this
determination of good cause, sources would not be able to begin
scheduled monitoring certification activities until the necessary
provisions of this rule became effective. A thirty day delay would
significantly decrease the overall amount of time available for
industry to comply with the certification deadline of January 1, 2009.
Such a delay could result in sources not being able to meet the
certification deadline, since industry would lose some of its ability
to spread utilization of various certification resources (i.e., test
teams, equipment, and vendor support) over the entire course of 2008.
For these reasons, EPA believes it has good cause to expedite the
effective date of this final rule.
A. Rule Definitions
Background
EPA proposed to add several new definitions to Part 72, including
definitions for: ``Long-term cold storage'' (to mean the complete
shutdown of a unit intended to last for at least two calendar years);
``EPA Protocol Gas Verification Program'' (to support the proposed
calibration gas audit program); ``Air Emission Testing Body (AETB)''
and ``Qualified Individual'' (to support the proposed stack tester
accreditation program).
EPA also proposed to modify the definitions of ``Capacity factor'',
``EPA protocol gas,'' and ``Excepted monitoring system'', and to remove
the definition of ``Calibration gas'' and related definitions
describing the various types of gas standards that are classified as
calibration gas.
Summary of Rule Changes
All of the proposed new and modified definitions have been
finalized without substantive changes. However, one commenter cautioned
that removing the definitions of the calibration gas standards from
Part 72 might have consequences that could necessitate further rule
revisions. In view of this, the Agency reconsidered these proposed
changes and the final rule retains all but one of the definitions. The
definition of ``Research gas material'' was found to be identical to
the definition of ``Research gas mixture'' and has been removed from
the rule.
Further, for consistency with Method 30A, the new instrumental
reference method for mercury (Hg) (which, as noted in sections I.C.3
and I.O.3 of this preamble has been added to the list of acceptable Hg
reference methods in Sec. 75.22), and in light of other changes in
today's rule related to the certification of Hg monitoring systems, EPA
is adding definitions of ``NIST traceable elemental Hg standards'' and
``NIST traceable source of oxidized Hg'' to Sec. 72.2. These
definitions pertain to Hg calibration gas standards and are deemed
necessary for implementation of the continuous monitoring requirements
of the Clean Air Mercury Regulation (CAMR).
Affected units under CAMR are required to install and certify Part
75-compliant Hg monitoring systems by January 1, 2009. To meet this
requirement, the vast majority of the
[[Page 4314]]
certification testing will be performed in 2008. When CAMR was first
proposed, only one reference test method (the Ontario Hydro (OH)
Method) was prescribed for the relative accuracy test audits (RATAs) of
the required Hg monitoring systems. However, the OH method is wet
chemistry-based, and is both difficult and expensive to perform. Also,
the laboratory analysis required to obtain the test results can take a
week or more, making the OH method incompatible with the Hg emissions
trading program described in the CAMR model rule.
In a cap and trade program, the RATA results must be known while
the test team is still on-site, so that any necessary corrective
actions can be taken and retesting performed without delay. With the OH
method, if the results of the lab analysis indicate a RATA failure, a
retest must be rescheduled and the Hg monitoring system is considered
out-of-control until a subsequent RATA is passed. This can result in an
extended missing data period and loss of Hg allowances.
Thus, it became apparent during the CAMR rulemaking that an
alternative to the OH method was needed. An instrumental Hg reference
method was put forth as the logical choice, because it would provide
real-time Hg concentration data, allowing the RATA results to be known
on the day of the test. When CAMR was published on May 18, 2005, EPA
stated its intention to ``propose and promulgate'' an instrumental Hg
reference method (see 70 FR 28636). In support of the final CAMR rule,
Hg monitoring provisions were added to Part 75. Among these was an
amendment to Sec. 75.22, allowing the use of either the OH method or
an ``instrumental reference method * * * subject to the approval of the
Administrator'' for the certification testing of Hg continuous
monitoring systems. Method 30A was published on September 7, 2007 in a
direct-final rulemaking, and became effective on November 6, 2007 (see
72 FR 51494). Method 30A represents the fulfillment of the Agency's
commitment to publish an instrumental reference method for Hg.
One of the most important Part 75 requirements for the
certification of Hg continuous emission monitoring systems (CEMS) is
that the concentrations of the elemental and oxidized Hg calibration
gas standards used for the 7-day calibration error tests, linearity
checks, and system integrity checks of the CEMS must be traceable to
the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) (see Part 75,
Appendix A, Section 5.1.9). This NIST traceability requirement for Hg
standards is modeled after the NIST traceability requirements in
Section 5 of Appendix A for SO2, NOX, and diluent
gas (CO2 and O2) calibration gas standards.
For the SO2, NOX, CO2, and
O2 compressed gas standards used in Part 75 applications,
``NIST traceability'' means that the calibration gases have been
prepared according to the EPA-approved protocol cited in Section 5.1.4
of Appendix A. Further, Sec. 75.22(c)(1) requires NIST-traceable gas
standards to be used to calibrate the instrumental reference methods
used for relative accuracy testing of SO2, NOX,
CO2, and O2 CEMS (i.e., Methods 6C, 7E and 3A).
Prior to today's rulemaking, no NIST traceability protocols for Hg
calibration standards were referenced in Part 75. The new definitions
of ``NIST traceable elemental Hg standards'' and ``NIST traceable
source of oxidized Hg'' address this deficiency and cite the EPA
protocols that must be followed to ensure that the elemental and
oxidized Hg standards are traceable to NIST. However, these protocols,
which are referenced in Section 16.0 of Method 30A, are not yet fully
developed, and are not expected to be ready for use until the latter
part of 2008. A cooperative field demonstration program that will
include representatives from EPA, NIST, industry, equipment vendors,
and other key personnel is planned for the coming months, to gather the
data necessary to refine and finalize the traceability protocols. Once
these traceability protocols are finalized, they will be posted on the
Agency's Technology Transfer Network Web site (https://www.epa.gov/ttn/
emc/) and on the Agency's Clean Air Markets Division Web site (https://
www.epa.gov/airmarkets/).
In view of this, EPA is temporarily deferring (until January 1,
2010) the requirement for elemental and oxidized Hg standards to be
NIST traceable. The deferral affects both initial certifications of the
CEMS and routine quality-assurance tests of the CEMS performed prior to
January 1, 2010. Note that only the NIST traceability requirement for
the Hg calibration standards is being waived, not the requirement to
perform the calibration error tests, linearity checks, and system
integrity checks of the Hg monitoring systems by January 1, 2009.
Beginning on January 1, 2010, all daily calibration error tests,
linearity checks, and system integrity checks of Hg CEMS must be
performed using NIST traceable elemental and oxidized Hg calibration
standards, as defined in Sec. 72.2. Section 5.1.9 of Appendix A to
Part 75 has been revised to reflect this. In view of this, EPA strongly
recommends that in 2009, all CAMR-affected sources should take the
necessary steps to ensure that the NIST traceability requirement is
met. In most cases, this will involve the certification of elemental
and oxidized Hg generators, according to the traceability protocols. If
a source elects to perform daily calibrations and/or linearity checks
using compressed gas cylinders instead of an elemental Hg generator,
the owner or operator will have to obtain cylinder gases that conform
to the EPA traceability protocol for gaseous calibration standards.
Finally, note that EPA is conditionally allowing Method 30A to be
used for Part 75 Hg emission testing and RATA applications prior to
finalization of the traceability protocols in section 16.0 of the
method. The condition is that interim traceability protocols are
developed and posted on the Agency's Technology Transfer Network Web
site (https://www.epa.gov/ttn/emc/), as ``broadly applicable alternative
test method approvals'' that will expire when the final protocols are
issued. EPA's authority to approve such test method alternatives is
described in 72 FR 4257, January 30, 2007.
EPA believes that a phased-in approach to NIST traceability is
appropriate and necessary, in light of the additional time needed to
finalize the traceability protocols and the time required for the
affected sources and equipment vendors to set up the necessary
infrastructure to implement the protocols. The Agency also believes
that this approach will not compromise the quality of the data for the
emissions trading program under CAMR, since in 2010, the first year in
which Hg emissions count against allowances held, NIST traceability of
the Hg calibration standards is mandatory.
B. General Monitoring Provisions
1. Update of Incorporation by Reference (Sec. 75.6)
Background
Section 75.6 identifies a number of methods and other standards
that are incorporated by reference into Part 75. This section includes
standards published by the American Society for Testing and Materials
(ASTM), the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), the
American National Standards Institute (ANSI), the Gas Processors
Association (GPA), and the American Petroleum Institute (API). EPA
proposed changes to Sec. 75.6 that would reflect the need to
incorporate
[[Page 4315]]
recent updates for many of the referenced standards. The proposed
revisions would recognize or adhere to these newer standards by
updating references for the standards listed in Sec. Sec. 75.6(a)
through 75.6(f). Additionally, new Sec. Sec. 75.6(a)(45) through
75.6(a)(48) and 75.6(f)(4) would incorporate by reference additional
ASTM and API standards that are relevant to Part 75 implementation.
Summary of Rule Changes
The updates and additions to Sec. 75.6 have been finalized as
proposed. One commenter requested that an additional ASTM method for
analyzing the sulfur content of low-sulfur fuel oil, i.e., ASTM D5453-
06, ``Standard Test Method for Determination of Total Sulfur in Light
Hydrocarbons, Spark Ignition Engine Fuel, Diesel Engine Fuel, and
Engine Oil by Ultraviolet Fluorescence'', be added to the list of
acceptable methods in Sec. 75.6. This method has been incorporated by
reference as Sec. 75.6(a)(49) and has been added to section 2.2.5 of
Appendix D.
2. Default Emission Rates for Low Mass Emissions (LME) Units
Background
EPA proposed to allow LME units to use site-specific default
SO2 emission rates for fuel oil combustion, in lieu of using
the ``generic'' default SO2 emission rates specified in
Table LM-1 of Sec. 75.19. To use this option, a federally enforceable
permit condition would have to be in place for the unit, limiting the
sulfur content of the oil. This revision, if made, would allow more
representative, yet still conservatively high, SO2 emissions
data to be reported from oil-burning LME units. As proposed, the site-
specific default SO2 emission rate would be calculated using
an equation from EPA publication AP-42. The sulfur content used in the
calculations would be the maximum weight percent sulfur allowed by the
federally-enforceable permit. Sources choosing to implement this option
would be required to perform periodic oil sampling using one of the
four methodologies described in Section 2.2 of Appendix D to Part 75,
and would be required to keep records documenting the sulfur content of
the fuel.
The Agency also proposed to revise Sec. 75.19(c)(1)(iv)(G) to
clarify that fuel-and-unit-specific default NOX emission
rates for LME units may be determined using data from a Continuous
Emissions Monitoring System (CEMS) that has been quality-assured
according to either Appendix B of Part 75 or Appendix F of Part 60, or
comparably quality-assured under a State CEMS program. Lastly, the
Agency proposed technical revisions to the Equations LM-5 and LM-6
changing the units of rate to units of measure to make the equations
correct as units of rate cannot technically be summed.
Summary of Rule Changes
Commenters were generally supportive of the proposed revisions to
Sec. 75.19, and they have been finalized with only one substantive
change. EPA has incorporated one commenter's suggestion not to restrict
the allowable fuel oil sampling options to those described in Appendix
D. The final rule allows the use of other consensus standard fuel
sampling methods (e.g., ASTM, API, etc.) specified in applicable State
or Federal regulations or in the unit's operating permit, to determine
the sulfur content of the oil.
Another commenter requested that EPA go beyond its proposal for
SO2 and consider providing a similar, more reasonable site-
specific alternative to reporting the generic NOX emission
rates in Table LM-2. Specifically, the commenter suggested that for
units with very low annual capacity factors, the Agency should waive
the testing requirements of Sec. Sec. 75.19(c)(1)(iv) and allow
emission test data that was generated more than 5 years ago (e.g., from
a Part 60 performance test) to be used to determine fuel-specific
default NOX emission rates. The commenter asserted that the
cost of additional testing could impose a financial burden on smaller
affected sources. After careful consideration, EPA decided against
allowing infrequently-operated units to use emission test data older
than 5 years for Part 75 reporting. However, Sec. 75.19(c)(1)(iv)(I)
has been amended to provide reduced emission testing requirements for
very low capacity factor LME units. The final rule allows single-load
testing, between 75 and 100 percent of maximum load, to be performed
(both for the initial Appendix E testing and for retests) if, for the 3
years prior to the year of the test, the unit's average capacity factor
was 2.5 percent or less and did not exceed 4.0 percent in any of those
three years. Alternatively, for combustion turbines, the emission test
may be done at the maximum attainable load corresponding to the season
of the year in which the test is performed. For a group of identical
units, the single-load testing option may be used for any unit(s) in
the group that meet the very low capacity factor requirements. For a
more detailed discussion of this issue, refer to section 2.3.2 of the
Response to Comments (RTC) document.
3. Default Moisture Value for Natural Gas
Background
EPA proposed to allow gas-fired boilers equipped with CEMS to use
default moisture values in lieu of continuously monitoring the stack
gas moisture content. Two conservative default values were proposed:
14.0% H2O under Sec. 75.11(b), and 18.0% H2O under Sec.
75.12(b). The Agency also proposed that the higher default value would
apply only when Equation 19-3, 19-4, or 19-8 (from Method 19 in
appendix A-7 to part 60 of this chapter) is used to determine the
NOX emission rate. The proposed default values represent the
10th and 90th percentile values from two sets of supplemental moisture
data provided to the Agency, which is consistent with the approach that
the Agency has used in responding to past petitions under Sec. 75.66
for site-specific default moisture values.
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received on these proposed rule changes
and they have been finalized.
4. Expanded Use of Equation F-23
Background
EPA proposed to revise Sec. 75.11(e)(1) to remove the current
restrictions on the use of Equation F-23 to determine the
SO2 mass emission rate, by allowing Equation F-23 to be used
whether or not the unit has an SO2 monitor and to expand its
use to fuels other than natural gas. The proposal would allow Equation
F-23 to be used for any gaseous fuel that qualifies for a default
SO2 emission rate under Section 2.3.6(b) of Appendix D.
Further, Equation F-23 could be used for the combustion of liquid and
solid fuels that meet the definition of ``very low sulfur fuel'' in
Sec. 72.2, if a petition for a fuel-specific default SO2
emission rate is submitted to the Administrator under Sec. 75.66 and
the Administrator approves the petition. Under the proposed rule,
petitions would also be accepted for the combustion of mixtures of
these fuels and for the co-firing of these fuels with gaseous fuel.
Summary of Rule Changes
Commenters were supportive of the expanded use of Equation F-23 and
the revisions to Sec. 75.11(e) and corresponding changes to section 7
of Appendix F have been finalized as proposed.
[[Page 4316]]
5. Calculation of NOX Emission Rate--LME Units
Background
EPA proposed to re-title Sec. 75.19(c)(4)(ii) as ``NOX
mass emissions and NOX emission rate'' and to add a new
subparagraph (D) to Sec. 75.19 (c)(4)(ii), providing instructions for
determining quarterly and cumulative NOX emission rates for
a LME unit. The NOX emission rate for each hour (lb/mmBtu)
would simply be the appropriate generic or unit-specific default
NOX emission rate defined in the monitoring plan for the
type of fuel being combusted and (if applicable) the NOX
emission control status. Then, the Agency proposed that the quarterly
NOX emission rate would be determined by averaging all of
the hourly NOX emission rates and the cumulative (year-to-
date) NOX emission rate would be the arithmetic average of
the quarterly values.
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received on these proposed rule changes
and the revisions to Sec. 75.19(c)(4)(ii) have been finalized as
proposed.
6. LME Units--Scope of Applicability
Background
EPA proposed to revise Sec. 75.19(a)(1) to clarify that the low
mass emissions (LME) methodology is a stand-alone alternative to a CEMS
and/or the ``excepted'' monitoring methodologies in Appendices D, E,
and G. In other words, if a unit qualifies for LME status, the owner or
operator is required either to use the LME methodology for all
parameters or not to use the method at all. No mixing-and-matching of
other monitoring methodologies with LME is permitted. Parallel
revisions to Sec. Sec. 75.11(d)(3), 75.12(e)(3), and 75.13(d)(3),
consistent with the changes to Sec. 75.19(a)(1), were also proposed to
clarify the Agency's intent.
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received on the proposed changes and they
have been finalized.
7. Use of Maximum Controlled NOX Emission Rate When Using
Bypass Stacks
Background
Revisions to Sec. 75.17(d)(2) were proposed that would allow a
maximum controlled NOX emission rate (MCR) to be reported
instead of the maximum potential NOX emission rate (MER)
whenever an unmonitored bypass stack is used, provided that the add-on
controls are not bypassed and are documented to be operating properly.
For example, for a coal-fired unit equipped with FGD and SCR add-on
emission controls, if the SCR is documented to be working during an FGD
malfunction and the effluent gases are routed through an unmonitored
bypass stack after passing through the SCR, then the MCR, rather than
the MER, would be the more appropriate NOX emission rate to
report for the bypass hour(s). Documentation of proper add-on control
operation for such hours of operation would be required as described in
Sec. 75.34(d). The MCR would be calculated in a manner similar to the
calculation of the MER, except that the maximum expected NOX
concentration (MEC) would be used instead of the maximum potential
NOX concentration (MPC).
Summary of Rule Changes
Commenters were generally supportive of the proposed rule changes
and they have been finalized. One commenter recommended that parallel
language be added to Sec. 75.72(c)(3), to cover non-Acid Rain Program
units that are subject to the NOX mass emissions monitoring
provisions of Subpart H. EPA agrees with this comment and has added the
necessary language to Sec. 75.72(c)(3).
C. Certification Requirements
1. Alternative Monitoring System Certification
Background
EPA proposed to delete Sec. Sec. 75.20(f)(1) and (2) from the
rule, thereby removing the requirement for the Administrator to publish
each request for certification of an alternative monitoring system in
the Federal Register, with an associated 60-day public comment period.
This rule provision is considered unnecessary, in view of the Agency's
authority under Subpart E to approve alternative monitoring systems and
the rigorous requirements in Sec. Sec. 75.40 through 75.48 that
alternative monitoring systems must meet in order to be certified.
Summary of Rule Changes
Commenters were supportive of the proposed amendments to Sec.
75.20(f), and they have been finalized.
2. Part 60 Reference Test Methods
Background
On May 15, 2006, EPA promulgated final revisions to EPA reference
test methods 6C, 7E, and 3A, which are found in Appendix A of 40 CFR
Part 60. (See 71 FR 28082, May 15, 2006). These test methods are
prescribed for Part 75 emission testing and RATAs. Three new testing
options that were added to the methods were deemed unacceptable for use
under Part 75. These include:
(1) Section 7.1 of revised EPA Method 7E, allowing for custom
calibration gas concentrations to be produced by diluting EPA protocol
gases, in accordance with Method 205 in Appendix M of 40 CFR Part 51.
(2) Section 8.4 of revised EPA Method 7E, allowing the use of a
multi-hole ``rake'' probe to satisfy the multipoint traverse
requirement of the method.
(3) Section 8.6 of revised EPA Method 7E, allowing for the use of
``dynamic spiking'' as an alternative to the interference and system
bias checks of the method.
Although revised Method 7E states that for use under Part 75 the
three options above require approval by the Administrator, EPA proposed
to add similar language to Sec. 75.22(a)(5) to reinforce its position
regarding these testing alternatives.
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received on the proposed amendments to
Sec. 75.22(a)(5) and they have been finalized. However, one commenter
brought to EPA's attention another revision to the Part 60 reference
methods that impacts Part 75. EPA Method 20 was also revised on May 15,
2006. Method 20 has been the NOX emission test method
prescribed for combustion turbines (CTs) in section 2.1.2.2 of Appendix
E. Method 20 has also been used to determine fuel-specific
NOX emission rates for combustion turbines that qualify as
low mass emissions (LME) units under Sec. 75.19.
The original Method 20 required testing at 8 sampling points per
run, with typical run times averaging about 15 to 20 minutes. However,
the revised Method 20 no longer specifies the minimum number of test
points per run, but rather requires sampling point selection to be done
according to Method 7E. Revised Method 7E requires 12 traverse points
for an emission test run (which would suffice for Appendix E testing),
but the method also allows the results of stratification testing to be
used to justify using three or, in some cases, one sample point
instead. This raises questions about the required length of an Appendix
E test run. For instance, if testing were required at only one point,
each Appendix E test run would be reduced from 15-20 minutes to as
little as 2 minutes (depending on the system response time). The
commenter stated that such short sampling runs seem inadequate to
[[Page 4317]]
develop a substantial correlation curve for emission reporting. The
commenter recommended that EPA modify Appendix E or Method 20 and
either set a minimum run time of 20 minutes (providing an hour of data
at each load) or specify a minimum number of sampling points for an
Appendix E test of a CT.
EPA has incorporated the commenter's recommendations into Part 75.
First, Sec. 75.22(a)(5) has been amended to prohibit the use of Method
7E to determine the required number of sample points for the emission
testing of a combustion turbine. Section 75.22(a)(5)(ii) requires the
sample points to be determined according to section 2.1.2.2 of Appendix
E, instead. Second, for the emission test of a CT, section 2.1.2.2 of
Appendix E has been revised to require a minimum of 12 test points per
run, located according to EPA Method 1. Third, amendments have been
made to Sec. 75.22(a)(6), Sec. 75.19(c)(1)(iv)(A), section 6.5.10 of
Appendix A, and sections 2.1.2.2 and 2.1.2.3 of Appendix E, to remove
all references to EPA Method 20 from Part 75. Fourth, for the testing
of an Appendix E boiler, the text of section 2.1.2.1 of Appendix E has
been revised to require 12 traverse points per run, making it
consistent with revised section 2.1.2.2 (note that this is not a new
requirement--section 2.1.2.1 has always required 12 test points,
located according to section 8.3.1 of Method 3, and that section refers
back to Method 1). Finally, in section 2.1.2.3 of Appendix E, the
references to the measurement system response time in section 5.5 of
Method 20 (which section no longer exists) have been replaced with
references to the response time provisions in sections 8.2.5 and 8.2.6
of Method 7E. Appendix E tests performed on CTs prior to the effective
date of these amendments are grandfathered from the revised test point
location requirements.
3. Mercury Reference Methods
Background
EPA proposed to add an alternative relative deviation (RD)
specification for the results of mercury (Hg) emission data collected
with paired Ontario Hydro (OH) reference method sampling trains. The
principal RD specification in Sec. 75.22(a)(7) is 10 percent. However,
this acceptance criterion may be too stringent for sources with low Hg
emissions. Therefore, for average Hg concentrations of 1.0 [mu]g/m\3\
or less, EPA proposed an alternative RD specification of 20 percent.
This is consistent with the acceptance criteria for data from paired OH
trains, as specified in Performance Specification 12A in Appendix B of
40 CFR Part 60.
EPA also proposed amendments to Sec. Sec. 75.22(a)(7),
75.59(a)(7), 75.81(c)(1), and to sections 6.5.10 and 7.6.1 of Appendix
A, allowing EPA Method 29 (back-half impinger catch, only) to be used
as an alternative to the OH method, both for RATA testing and for
periodic emission testing of units with low Hg mass emissions (<=29 lb/
yr). Two caveats on the use of Method 29 were proposed. First, sources
electing to use Method 29 (which is similar to the OH method, but
somewhat simpler and more familiar to stack testers) would be required
to use paired sampling trains (i.e., two trains sampling the source
effluent simultaneously), and the RD specifications in Sec.
75.22(a)(7) would have to be met for each run. Second, certain
analytical and quality assurance (QA) procedures in the OH method (ASTM
D6784-02) would have to be followed instead of the corresponding
procedures in Method 29 (because the analytical and quality assurance/
quality control (QA/QC) requirements of the OH method are more detailed
and rigorous than those in Method 29), and testers could opt to follow
several of the sample recovery and preparation procedures in the OH
method instead of the Method 29 procedures.
Finally, the Agency solicited comment on the use of sorbent traps
for reference method testing. Members of the regulated community had
expressed an interest in using portable sorbent trap monitoring systems
for Hg reference method testing, as an alternative to the OH method.
EPA proposed to accommodate a possible future sorbent-based reference
method by adding language to Sec. 75.22(a)(7) that would allow an
``other suitable'' reference method approved by the Administrator to be
used for Hg emission testing and RATAs.
Summary of Rule Changes
Commenters were generally supportive of the proposed amendments
that would add Method 29 as an alternative Hg reference method, and
those provisions have been finalized without substantive change. One
commenter objected to the requirement to use paired sampling trains for
OH and Method 29 tests, asserting that this adds to the cost of testing
and may result in significant numbers of test runs being discarded.
However, EPA does not agree with the commenter. The Agency believes
rather that paired sampling trains provide added assurance of data
quality when these test methods are used. The decision to require
paired trains for the OH method was made during the rulemaking that led
to publication of the Clean Air Mercury Regulation (CAMR) (see 70 FR
28636-28639, May 18, 2005).
Two commenters supported the proposed 20 percent alternative RD
specification for low emitters, and that provision has been finalized.
However, one of the commenters noted that even a 20 percent RD
specification may be too stringent for extremely low Hg concentrations.
EPA agrees that when Hg concentrations are exceptionally low (0.1
[mu]g/m\3\ or less), the 20 percent RD specification may be difficult
to meet. Therefore, the final rule adds a third tier to the RD
specifications in Sec. 75.22. The paired train agreement is also
considered to be acceptable if the absolute difference between the two
measured Hg concentrations does not exceed 0.03 [mu]g/m\3\.
Several commenters strongly supported the proposal to allow the use
of a sorbent-based reference method for Hg emission testing and for the
RATAs of Hg monitoring systems. Since publication of the proposed rule,
a great deal of progress has been made in this area. First, EPA
conducted a Method 301 analysis of available data comparing sorbent
trap sampling to the OH method. The results of this analysis showed
that a sorbent-based sampling method can be a viable alternative
reference method. Second, EPA drafted ``Method 30B'', a reference
method that uses iodated carbon traps to measure vapor phase Hg
emissions. Finally, as part of a direct final rulemaking, Method 30B
was published on September 7, 2007 (see 72 FR 51494-51531), along with
Method 30A, an instrumental Hg reference method. Today's final rule
allows both Methods 30A and 30B to be used.
D. Missing Data Substitution
1. Block Versus Step-Wise Approach
Background
Historically, EPA's policy has required sources to use a ``block''
approach for CEMS missing data substitution. The percent monitor data
availability (PMA) at the end of the missing data period has been used
to determine which mathematical algorithm applies, and the substitute
data value or values prescribed by that one algorithm have been
reported for each hour of the missing data period.
However, EPA has recently reconsidered and revised its missing
substitution data policy, to allow sources to apply the missing data
algorithms in a stepwise manner instead of using the block approach.
Under the
[[Page 4318]]
stepwise methodology, the various missing data algorithms are applied
sequentially. That is, the least conservative algorithm is applied to
the missing data hours until the PMA drops below 95%. Then, the next
algorithm is applied until the PMA has dropped below 90%, and so on.
Since Part 75 is not clear about which of the two methods should be
used for missing data substitution, EPA proposed to amend Sec. Sec.
75.33 and 75.32(b), to clarify that the stepwise, hour-by-hour method
is the preferred one, and that use of that method would be required for
all CEMS data recorded on and after January 1, 2009, and for any CEMS
data recorded in XML-format during the transition year of 2008.
Summary of Rule Changes
Commenters unanimously supported the proposal to adopt stepwise
missing data substitution and the proposed amendments to Sec. Sec.
75.32 and 75.33 have been finalized.
2. Substitute Data Values for Controlled Units
Background
For units with add-on emission controls, when the PMA for
SO2 or NOX is below 90.0 percent, Sec.
75.34(a)(3) has historically allowed the designated representative (DR)
to petition the Administrator under Sec. 75.66 for permission to
report the maximum controlled concentration or emission rate recorded
in a specified lookback period instead of reporting the maximum value
recorded in that lookback period, for each missing data hour in which
the add-on controls are documented to be operating properly. After more
than ten years of implementing the Acid Rain Program, EPA no longer
believes that such special petitions are necessary, because sources
with add-on controls are required to implement a quality assurance/
quality control (QA/QC) program that includes the recording of
parametric data to document the hourly operating status of the emission
controls. This parametric information must be made available to
inspectors and auditors upon request. Therefore, any claim that the
emission controls were operating properly during a particular missing
data period can be easily verified through the audit process.
In view of this, the Agency proposed to remove from Sec.
75.34(a)(3) and Sec. 75.66(f) the requirement to petition the
Administrator to use the maximum controlled SO2 or
NOX concentration (or maximum controlled NOX
emission rate) from the applicable lookback period. The proposed
revisions would simply allow the maximum controlled values to be
reported whenever parametric data are available to document that the
emission controls are operating properly. The proposed rule would
further clarify that this reporting option applies only to the third
missing data tier, when the PMA is greater than or equal to 80.0
percent, but less than 90.0 percent.
EPA also proposed to add a new paragraph (a)(5) to Sec. 75.34,
which would allow units with add-on emission controls to report
alternative substitute data values for missing data periods in the
fourth missing data tier, when the PMA is below 80.0 percent. Proposed
Sec. 75.34(a)(5) would allow the owner or operator to replace the
maximum potential SO2 or NOX concentration (MPC)
or the maximum potential NOX emission rate (MER) with a less
conservative substitute data value, for missing data hours where
parametric data, (as described in Sec. Sec. 75.34(d) and 75.58(b)) are
available to verify proper operation of the add-on controls.
Specifically, for SO2 and NOX concentration, the
replacement value for the MPC would be the greater of: (a) The maximum
expected concentration (MEC); or (b) 1.25 times the maximum controlled
value in the standard missing data lookback period. For NOX
emission rate, the replacement value for the MER would be the greater
of: (a) The maximum controlled NOX emission rate (MCR); or
(b) 1.25 times the maximum controlled value in the standard missing
data lookback period. The NOX MCR would be calculated in the
same manner as the NOX MER, except that the MEC, rather than
the MPC, would be used in the calculation. The proposed alternative
data substitution methodology in Sec. 75.34(a)(5) would ensure that
the substitute data values for the fourth missing data tier are always
higher than the corresponding substitute data values for the third
tier.
Finally, EPA proposed to revise Sec. 75.38(c) to extend the
alternative missing data options for the third and fourth tiers to
mercury (Hg) concentration, and Sec. 75.58(b)(3) would be revised to
be consistent with the proposed revisions to Sec. Sec. 75.34(a)(3),
75.34(a)(5), and 75.38(c).
Summary of Rule Changes
Comments on the proposed alternative missing data substitution
values for controlled units were generally supportive and these
provisions have been finalized. Two commenters requested that parallel
language be added to Sec. 75.72(c)(3), to extend the use of the new
missing data provisions to ozone season-only reporters. Another
commenter asked EPA to clarify that the MCR may be implemented on a
fuel-specific basis. EPA has incorporated both of these suggestions in
the final rule. Two other commenters suggested that, for common stack
configurations, EPA should allow the substitute data values to be
apportioned or prorated in some way instead of requiring maximum
potential values to be reported, in cases where the emission controls
installed on some of the units sharing the stack are documented to be
operating properly, but such documentation cannot be provided for the
controls on the other units. The Agency believes that this approach
would unnecessarily complicate the missing data substitution process
and would provide no assurance that emissions are not being
underestimated. Therefore, this suggestion was not incorporated in the
final rule.
3. Substitute Data Values for Hg
Background
EPA proposed to revise the Hg missing data procedures. First, for
Hg CEMS, the text of Sec. 75.38(a) would be amended to clarify that
the PMA ``trigger conditions'' for Hg monitoring systems are different
from the trigger conditions for all other parameters. For all
parameters except Hg, the trigger points that define the boundaries of
the four missing data tiers are 95 percent, 90 percent, and 80 percent
PMA. However, for Hg the corresponding trigger points are 90 percent,
80 percent and 70 percent, respectively.
Second, EPA proposed to completely revise the missing data
provisions in Sec. 75.39 for sorbent trap monitoring systems, to make
them the same as for Hg CEMS, so that. the initial missing data
procedures of Sec. 75.31(b) and the standard Hg missing data
provisions of Sec. 75.38 would be followed for sorbent trap systems.
EPA believes that this proposed missing data approach greatly
simplifies the missing data substitution process for Hg monitoring
systems. The hourly Hg concentration data stream from a sorbent trap
system will look essentially the same as the data stream from a CEMS,
except that the Hg concentration will ``flat-line'' (i.e., will not
change) during each data collection period. Therefore, under the
proposal, when the owner or operator elects to use a primary Hg CEMS
and a backup sorbent trap system (or vice-versa), the appropriate
substitute data values would be derived from a lookback through the
previous 720 hours of quality-assured data, irrespective of
[[Page 4319]]
whether they were from the primary monitoring system or from the backup
system.
Summary of Rule Changes
Commenters were supportive of the proposed changes to the sorbent
trap missing data procedures in Sec. 75.39, and these provisions have
been finalized.
4. Correction of Cross-References
Background
For sources that report emissions data on an ozone season-only
basis, EPA proposed to revise Sec. 75.74(c)(3)(xi) and (c)(3)(xii) by
replacing references to specific missing data sections with more
general references to the entire block of CEMS missing data sections,
i.e., Sec. Sec. 75.31 through 75.37.
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received on these proposed rule changes
and they have been finalized, as proposed.
E. Recordkeeping and Reporting
Background
To accommodate its new, re-engineered XML reporting format, which
will replace the current electronic data reporting (EDR) format in
2009, EPA proposed to revise the monitoring plan recordkeeping
requirements in Sec. 75.53, with corresponding revisions to Sec.
75.73(c)(3) (for sources reporting NOX mass emissions under
Subpart H) and to Sec. 75.84 (for sources reporting Hg mass emissions
under Subpart I).
EPA proposed to add two new paragraphs, (g) and (h), to Sec.
75.53, which describe the required monitoring plan data elements in
EPA's re-engineered XML data structure. Under this proposal, the
provisions of paragraphs (g) and (h) would be followed instead of the
existing recordkeeping requirements of paragraphs (e) and (f), on and
after January 1, 2009. In 2008, sources would be allowed to choose
between the EDR format and XML, but new sources reporting for the first
time in 2008 would be strongly encouraged to use the XML format.
Included among the proposed monitoring plan changes would be mandatory
recording and reporting of the key rectangular duct wall effects data
elements using these record types. The proposed requirements to record
and report the results of wall effects adjustment factor (WAF)
determinations in the monitoring plan are found in Sec. Sec. 75.53 (e)
and (g) and in Sec. 75.64.
EPA also proposed to make a series of modifications to Sec. Sec.
75.58 and 75.59 to support the new XML data structure. The proposed
changes to the monitoring plan and recordkeeping sections were
presented, section-by-section, in Tables 1, 2, and 3 in the preamble to
the August 22, 2006 proposed rule.
Summary of Rule Changes
No significant adverse comments were received on the proposed
changes and they have been finalized.
1. Other Reporting Issues
a. Long-Term Cold Storage and Deferred Units
Background
EPA proposed changes to Part 75 to clarify the meaning of the term
``long-term cold storage (LTCS)'', found in Sec. 75.4(d). First, a
proposed definition of long-term cold storage would be added to Sec.
72.2. LTCS would mean that the unit has been completely shut down and
placed in storage and that the shutdown is intended to last for an
extended period of time (at least two calendar years). Second, the
Agency proposed to add a new paragraph, (a)(7), to Sec. 75.61,
requiring the owner or operator to provide notifications when a unit is
placed in LTCS and when the unit re-commences operation. Third,
modifications to Sec. 75.20(b) were proposed, requiring
recertification of all monitoring systems when a unit re-commences
operations after a period of long-term cold storage. If a source
claiming LTCS status re-commenced operation sooner than two years after
being placed in LTCS, the notification and recertification requirements
would apply. Fourth, the proposed rule would exempt a unit in LTCS from
quarterly emissions reporting under Sec. 75.64 until the unit
recommences operation. Parallel LTCS rule provisions and appropriate
cross-references regarding quarterly reporting requirements for Subpart
H and Subpart I units would be added to Sec. Sec. 75.73(f)(1) and
75.84(f)(1), respectively, for consistency.
EPA also proposed to revise the provisions of Sec. Sec. 75.4(d)
and 75.61(a)(3) pertaining to ``deferred'' units, i.e., units for which
a planned or unplanned outage prevents the required continuous
monitoring systems from being certified by the compliance date. The
proposed revisions would broaden the scope of Sec. 75.4(d) beyond the
Acid Rain Program, to include units in State or Federal pollutant mass
emissions reduction programs that adopt the monitoring and reporting
provisions of Part 75. Examples of such programs include the Clean Air
Interstate Regulation (CAIR), which is scheduled to begin in 2008 and
the Clean Air Mercury Regulation (CAMR), which goes into effect in
2009. The proposed revisions to Sec. Sec. 75.4(d) and 75.61(a)(3) were
deemed necessary because the CAIR and CAMR rules do not address
deferred units.
The proposed revisions to Sec. 75.4(d) would require the owner or
operator of a deferred unit to provide notice of unit shutdown and
recommencement of commercial operation, either according to Sec.
75.61(a)(3) (for planned shutdowns such as scheduled maintenance
outages and for unplanned, forced unit outages) or Sec. 75.61(a)(7)
(for units in long-term cold storage). For all of these circumstances
involving deferred units, EPA proposed that the Part 75 continuous
monitoring systems would have to be certified within 90 unit operating
days or 180 calendar days (whichever comes first) of the date that the
unit recommences commercial operation. In the time interval between the
unit re-start and the completion of the required certification tests,
the owner or operator would be required to report emissions data, using
either: (1) Maximum potential values; (2) the conditional data
validation procedures of Sec. 75.20(b)(3); (3) EPA reference methods;
or (4) another procedure approved by petition to the Administrator
under Sec. 75.66. Finally, the Agency proposed to revise the
notification requirements of Sec. 75.61(a)(3) to be consistent with
the proposed changes to Sec. 75.4(d).
Summary of Rule Changes
Commenters were generally supportive of the proposed long-term cold
storage provisions, requesting only minor clarifications. These
provisions have been finalized with no substantive changes. One
commenter encouraged EPA to adopt the proposed amendments to broaden
the scope of Sec. 75.4(d), to ensure that deferred units under
programs such as CAIR and CAMR are provided with a reasonable window of
time in which to certify the required monitoring systems, when the
units resume operation. EPA has finalized these amendments to Sec.
75.4(d), as proposed.
b. Notice of Initial Certification Deadline
Background
EPA proposed to add a new paragraph (a)(8) to Sec. 75.61, to
require new and newly affected sources to notify EPA when the
monitoring system certification deadline is reached. Depending on the
program(s) to which the unit is subject, this date will always be a
particular number of calendar days or unit operating days after a unit
either:
[[Page 4320]]
(a) Commences commercial operation; (b) commences operation; or (c)
becomes an affected unit. For Acid Rain Program sources, the Agency
must know this date to correctly assess when to begin counting
emissions against allowances pursuant to Sec. 72.9. Knowing this date
also confirms that the monitoring systems either have or have not been
certified by the legal deadline.
Summary of Rule Changes
One commenter asserted that the requirement for sources to submit
to EPA a notification of the deadline for initial monitoring system
certification is unnecessarily burdensome and should not be
incorporated into Part 75. Another commenter requested that the
information be reported in the electronic monitoring plan, rather than
requiring a separate notification. EPA does not agree that reporting
this information will be burdensome or that it is appropriate to report
the date of the initial certification deadline in the electronic
monitoring plan. Rather, this date is an essential data element that
will be managed using the web-based CAMD Business System (CBS).
Therefore, the notification requirement can be met electronically using
the CBS. In view of this, the amendment to Sec. 75.61 has been
finalized, as proposed.
c. Monitoring Plan Submittal Deadline
Background
EPA proposed to amend Sec. 75.62(a) by changing the submittal
deadline for the initial monitoring plan for new and newly-affected
units from 45 days to 21 days prior to the initial certification
testing, in order to synchronize the initial monitoring plan submittal
with the initial test notice. Corresponding changes to Subpart H (Sec.
75.73(e)) and to Subpart I (Sec. 75.84(e)) were proposed, for
consistency.
EPA also proposed to remove the requirement from Sec. 75.62(a)(1)
that the electronic monitoring plan must be submitted ``in each
electronic quarterly report''. Rather, inclusion of the monitoring plan
in the report would be optional, and monitoring plan updates would be
made either prior to or concurrent with (but not later than) the date
of submission of the quarterly report. These proposed revisions would
allow sources to maintain their monitoring plan information separate
from the quarterly report, but this option would only be available to
sources reporting in the new XML format under the re-engineered data
submission process.
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received on these proposed rule changes
and they have been finalized, as proposed.
d. EPA Form 7610-14
Background
EPA proposed to amend Sec. Sec. 75.63(a)(1) and (a)(2), to remove
the requirement to submit hardcopy EPA form 7610-14 along with every
certification or recertification application. Significant upgrades to
EPA's data systems have been made in recent years, and Form 7610-14 is
no longer needed to process these applications.
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received on these proposed rule changes
and they have been finalized, as proposed.
e. LME Applications
Background
EPA proposed to remove the requirement from Sec.
75.63(a)(1)(ii)(A) for a hardcopy LME certification application to be
submitted to the Administrator. The proposal would require only the
electronic portion of the application, including the monitoring plan
and LME qualification records, to be sent to EPA's Clean Air Markets
Division. The hardcopy portion of the LME application would be sent to
the State and to the EPA Regional Office.
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received on these proposed rule changes
and they have been finalized, as proposed.
f. Reporting Test Data for Diagnostic Events
Background
EPA proposed to revise Sec. 75.63(a)(2)(iii) to make the reporting
of the results of diagnostic tests more flexible. Rather than requiring
these test results to be reported in the electronic quarterly report
for the quarter in which the tests are performed, they could either be
submitted prior to or concurrent with that quarterly report. However,
this proposed flexibility in the reporting of diagnostic test results
would only be available to sources reporting in the new XML format
under the re-engineered data submission process.
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received on these proposed rule changes
and they have been finalized, as proposed.
g. Modifications to Sec. 75.64
Background
As part of its data systems re-engineering effort, EPA proposed to
revise Sec. 75.64(a) to describe the transition from the existing EDR
reporting requirements to the reporting requirements of the new XML
format. The Agency proposed to renumber several paragraphs, to replace
paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) with new paragraphs (a)(3) through (a)(7),
and to remove existing paragraph (a)(8).
Summary of Rule Changes
No adverse comments were received on these proposed rule changes.
These amendments to Sec. 75.64(a) have been finalized, as proposed.
h. Steam Load Reporting
Background
EPA proposed to add a third option to P